Clinical trial NCT02477839
Conditions: Epilepsy With Partial-onset Seizures
Keywords: Epilepsy children partial-onset seizures lacosamide LCM pediatric
Sponsor: UCB BIOSCIENCES, Inc.
Start date: 2015-06-05; Completion date: 2020-05-28
Enrollment: 255 participants; Allocation: RANDOMIZED; Intervention model: PARALLEL

Brief summary:
The purpose of this trial is to assess the efficacy, safety and tolerability of lacosamide administered as add-on therapy with 1 to 3 anti-seizure medications. This trial is for children aged 1 month to less than 4 years with epilepsy who currently have uncontrolled partial-onset seizures.

Detailed description:
The trial consists of a 7-day Baseline Period, a 20-day Titration Period, a 7-day Maintenance Period, and a 12-day Transition Period for subjects who complete the study and choose to enter the extension study. Subjects who will not enter the extension study will continue after the Maintenance Period with a 16-day Taper Period followed by a 30-day Safety Follow-Up Period. The Taper Period and Safety Follow-Up are also applicable for subjects not eligible for continuation and therefore ending the study earlier.

If subjects meet the eligibility criteria, they will be randomized to receive either lacosamide 8 mg/kg/day to 12 mg/kg/day, or placebo during the Maintenance Phase. The dose of lacosamide will be titrated from 4 mg/kg/day at study start to maximum of 12 mg/kg/day at 4-day intervals of 1-2 mg/kg/day.

All subjects who complete the 20-day Titration Period will enter the 7-day Maintenance Period. No dose adjustment is allowed during the Maintenance Phase. The Treatment Phase is defined as the combined Titration and Maintenance Phases.

Arms: arm 1: Lacosamide syrup 8 mg/kg/day to 12 mg/kg/day arm 2: Matching placebo syrup
Interventions: intervention 1: Lacosamide intervention 2: Placebo
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: Active Substance: Lacosamide Pharmaceutical Form: Syrup Concentration: 10 mg/mL Route of Administration: oral intervention 2: Active Substance: Placebo Pharmaceutical Form: Syrup Concentration: N/A Route of Administration: oral

Protocol documents:
Prot_000.pdf: 
UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 1 of 144
PROTOCOL SP0967 AMENDMENT 3
A MULTICENTER, DOUBLE-BLIND, RANDOMIZED, 
PLACEBO-CONTROLLED, PARALLEL-GROUP STUDY TO 
INVESTIGATE THE EFFICACY AND SAFETY OF 
LACOSAMIDE AS ADJUNCTIVE THERAPY IN SUBJECTS 
WITH EPILEPSY ≥1 MONTH TO <4 YEARS OF AGE WITH 
PARTIAL-ONSET SEIZURES
PHASE 3
EudraCT Number: 2013-000717-20
IND Number: 73809
Sponsor:
UCB BIOSCIENCES Inc.
8010 Arco Corporate Drive
Raleigh, NC 27617
UNITED STATES
Protocol/Amendment 
number
Date
Type of amendment
Final Protocol
29 May 2014
Not applicable
Protocol Amendment 1
14 Jan 2015
Substantial
Protocol Amendment 2
09 Aug 2016
Substantial
Protocol Amendment 3
05 Apr 2018
Substantial
Confidential Material
Confidential
This document is the property of UCB and may not – in full or in part – be passed on, 
reproduced, published, or otherwise used without the express permission of UCB.
REDACTED 
C
rco Co
rco Co
Ralei
Ralei
U
COPY 
or:
or:
IEN
IEN
This document cannot be 
c
be used
ol A
ol A
ed 
Am
ed to 
men
men
o supp
ndmen
dmen
port t
pp
s
any 
a
marketing
UNITE
UNIT
ar
ar
ark
ar
authorization 
CES 
CES 
orpora
rpora
igh, N
gh, N
application and 
20
any extensions or
TH
T
variations 
S 
S 
TH
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 2 of 144
STUDY CONTACT INFORMATION
Sponsor
UCB BIOSCIENCES Inc.
8010 Arco Corporate Drive
Raleigh, NC 27617
UNITED STATES
Principal/Coordinating Investigator
Will be listed separately.
Sponsor Study Physician
Name:
, MD
Address:
UCB BIOSCIENCES Inc. 
8010 Arco Corporate Drive 
Raleigh, NC 27617
UNITED STATES
Phone:
Fax:
Clinical Project Manager
Name:
Address:
UCB BIOSCIENCES GmbH 
Alfred-Nobel-Straße 10 
40789 Monheim
GERMANY
Phone:
Fax:
RED
EDACTED 
D
CT
EDA
COPY 
This document canno
Fa
F
not 
Pho
ho
no
an
be 
one
one
be used to support
UCB
UC
A
or
su
ort any 
ny
an marketing authorization 
at
ho
a
application 
n and 
d
a
any 
a
extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 3 of 144
Clinical Trial Biostatistician
Name:
Address:
UCB BIOSCIENCES Inc. 
8010 Arco Corporate Drive 
Raleigh, NC 27617 
UNITED STATES
Phone:
Fax:
Clinical Monitoring Contract Research Organization
Name:
Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc.
Address:
4130 Park Lake Avenue, Suite 400
Raleigh, NC 27612
UNITED STATES
Phone:
+1 919 786 8200
Fax:
+1 919 786 8201
REDACTED 
ED
AC
COPY 
CO
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization 
on
iza
th
application 
n and 
d any extensions 
io
or r
o variations 
v
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 4 of 144
SERIOUS ADVERSE EVENT REPORTING
Serious adverse event reporting (24h)
Fax
Europe and Rest of the World: +32 2 386 24 21
USA or Canada: +1 800 880 6949 or +1 866 890 3175
Email
DS_ICT@ucb.com (for all regions)
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application and any extensions 
io
or 
or variations 
v
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 5 of 144
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS...........................................................................................................5 
LIST OF TABLES...................................................................................................................10 
LIST OF FIGURES .................................................................................................................10 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS..................................................................................................11 
1 
SUMMARY.....................................................................................................................14 
2 
INTRODUCTION ...........................................................................................................15 
3 
STUDY OBJECTIVE(S).................................................................................................17 
4 
STUDY VARIABLES.....................................................................................................18 
4.1 
Efficacy variables...................................................................................................18 
4.1.1 
Primary efficacy variable.............................................................................18 
4.1.2 
Secondary efficacy variables .......................................................................18 
4.1.3 
Other efficacy variables...............................................................................19 
4.2 
Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic variables................................................19 
4.3 
Safety variables......................................................................................................19 
4.3.1 
Primary safety variables...............................................................................19 
4.3.2 
Other safety variables ..................................................................................19 
5 
STUDY DESIGN.............................................................................................................19 
5.1 
Study description ...................................................................................................19 
5.1.1 
Study duration per subject ...........................................................................21 
5.1.2 
Planned number of subjects and sites ..........................................................21 
5.1.3 
Anticipated regions and countries................................................................22 
5.2 
Schedule of study assessments...............................................................................22 
5.3 
Schematic diagram.................................................................................................29 
5.4 
Rationale for study design and selection of dose...................................................32 
6 
SELECTION AND WITHDRAWAL OF SUBJECTS...................................................33 
6.1 
Inclusion criteria ....................................................................................................33 
6.2 
Exclusion criteria ...................................................................................................33 
6.3 
Withdrawal criteria ................................................................................................35 
6.3.1 
Potential drug-induced liver injury IMP discontinuation criteria................36 
7 
STUDY TREATMENTS.................................................................................................37 
7.1 
Description of investigational medicinal products ................................................37 
7.2 
Treatment(s) to be administered ............................................................................37 
7.2.1 
Titration Period............................................................................................37 
7.2.2 
Maintenance Period .....................................................................................38 
7.2.3 
Transition Period..........................................................................................39 
7.2.4 
Taper Period.................................................................................................39 
7.3 
Packaging...............................................................................................................40 
REDACTED 
....
....
......
...
bject
bject
f subj
f subj
COPY 
.....
......
.....
This document
7
cannot 
TUDY
TUDY
7.1
7.1
be 
1
used 
sioio
ithdra
thdra
to 
c
on c
on c
support
udy 
dy 
D WIT
WIT
criter
riter
any 
.....
....
y des
y de
marketing
ects 
ects
and co
and c
ssment
smen
authorization 
....
......
....
......
....
......
....
s a
s a
application 
.....
...
.......
....
...........
.....
and 
......
....
any 
......
.....
extensions 
......
....
......
....
.....
....
or 
....
....
variations 
.15
15
1
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 6 of 144
7.4 
Labeling .................................................................................................................40 
7.5 
Handling and storage requirements .......................................................................40 
7.6 
Drug accountability................................................................................................40 
7.7 
Procedures for monitoring subject compliance......................................................41 
7.8 
Concomitant medications/treatments.....................................................................41 
7.8.1 
Permitted and prohibited concomitant treatments (medications and 
therapies)......................................................................................................41 
7.8.2 
Rescue medication .......................................................................................42 
7.9 
Blinding..................................................................................................................42 
7.9.1 
Procedures for maintaining and breaking the treatment blind.....................42 
7.9.1.1 
Maintenance of study treatment blind................................................42 
7.9.1.2 
Breaking the treatment blind in an emergency situation....................42 
7.10 
Randomization and numbering of subjects............................................................43 
8 
STUDY PROCEDURES BY VISIT ...............................................................................43 
8.1 
Baseline Period: Visit 1 (Day -7) to Visit 2 (Day -3 to Day -1)............................43 
8.1.1 
Baseline Period: Visit 1 (Day -7).................................................................43 
8.1.2 
Baseline Period: Visit 2 (Day -3 to Day -1).................................................44 
8.2 
Titration Period: Visit 3 (Day 1) to Telephone Contact 3 (Day 20) ......................45 
8.2.1 
Titration Period: Visit 3 (Day 1)..................................................................45 
8.2.2 
Titration Period: Telephone Contact 1 (Day 5), Telephone Contact 2 
(Day 13), and Telephone Contact 3 (Day 20)..............................................46 
8.2.3 
Titration Period: Visit 4 (Day 9)..................................................................46 
8.2.4 
Titration Period: Visit 5 (Day 17)................................................................47 
8.3 
Maintenance Period: Visit 6/Early Termination (Day 24 to Day 27)....................48 
8.3.1 
Maintenance Period: Visit 6/Early Termination (Day 24, Day 25, and 
Day 26) ........................................................................................................48 
8.3.2 
Maintenance Period: Visit 6/Early Termination (Day 27)...........................49 
8.4 
Transition Period: Transition Visit 1 (Day 32) to Transition Visit 2 (Day 40) .....50 
8.4.1 
Transition Period: Transition Visit 1 (Day 32)............................................50 
8.4.2 
Transition Period: Transition Telephone Contact 1 (Day 36) .....................50 
8.4.3 
Transition Period: Transition Visit 2 (Day 40)............................................51 
8.5 
Taper Period: Telephone Contact 4 (Day 32) and Taper Visit (Day 36, Day 40, or 
Day 44)...................................................................................................................51 
8.5.1 
Taper Period: Telephone Contact 4 (Day 32)..............................................51 
8.5.2 
Taper Period: Taper Visit (Day 36, Day 40, or Day 44) .............................52 
8.6 
Safety Follow-Up Period .......................................................................................52 
8.6.1 
Safety Follow-Up Period: Safety Follow-Up Clinic Visit (Day 50, Day 54,
or Day 58) ....................................................................................................52 
REDACTED 
Day 1)
Day 1)
hone C
hone C
hone C
hone C
Visit 
Visit 
COPY
o Day
 Day
eleph
eleph
This document cannot 
4
5
be 
.3.3
used
Tra
Tra
T
to 
on P
n 
an
support 
......
....
tenance
enanc
Peri
Per
any
e Peri
 Per
marketing
4 (Da
4 (Da
Visit 5 (
sit 5 
Visit 6/
Visit 6
authorization
hone C
one 
......
......
Conta
Conta
Conta
Conta
application
o Day
o Day
........
......
-1)
1)..
C
and 
....
.....
....
any
tion
tio
......
extensions
.........
......
....
.........
on
or 
..
variations 
41
42
42
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 7 of 144
8.6.2 
Safety Follow-Up Period: Safety Follow-Up Telephone Contact (Day 66,
Day 70, Day 74, or Day 93).........................................................................53 
8.7 
Unscheduled Visit..................................................................................................53 
9 
ASSESSMENT OF EFFICACY......................................................................................54 
9.1 
Primary and secondary efficacy variables .............................................................54 
9.2 
Other efficacy assessments ....................................................................................54 
9.2.1 
Global Impression of Change ......................................................................54 
9.2.2 
PedsQL.........................................................................................................54 
9.2.3 
Healthcare resource use ...............................................................................55 
10 ASSESSMENT OF PHARMACOKINETIC AND PHARMACODYNAMIC 
VARIABLES ...................................................................................................................55 
11 ASSESSMENT OF SAFETY..........................................................................................55 
11.1 
Adverse events.......................................................................................................55 
11.1.1 
Definition of adverse event..........................................................................55 
11.1.1.1 
Signs and symptoms of depression ....................................................56 
11.1.2 
Procedures for reporting and recording adverse events...............................56 
11.1.3 
Description of adverse events......................................................................56 
11.1.4 
Follow up of adverse events ........................................................................56 
11.1.5 
Rule for repetition of an adverse event........................................................56 
11.1.6 
Suspected transmission of an infectious agent via a medicinal product......57 
11.1.7 
Overdose of investigational medicinal product ...........................................57 
11.1.8 
Safety signal detection.................................................................................57 
11.2 
Serious adverse events ...........................................................................................57 
11.2.1 
Definition of serious adverse event .............................................................57 
11.2.2 
Procedures for reporting serious adverse events..........................................58 
11.2.3 
Follow up of serious adverse events............................................................59 
11.3 
Adverse events of special interest..........................................................................59 
11.4 
Immediate reporting of adverse events..................................................................60 
11.5 
Anticipated serious adverse events ........................................................................60 
11.6 
Laboratory measurements......................................................................................61 
11.6.1 
Liver function tests and evaluation of PDILI ..............................................62 
11.6.1.1 
Consultation with Medical Monitor and local hepatologist...............66 
11.6.1.2 
Immediate action: determination of IMP discontinuation .................66 
11.6.1.3 
Testing: identification/exclusion of alternative etiology ...................66 
11.6.1.4 
Follow-up evaluation .........................................................................68 
11.7 
Other safety measurements....................................................................................69 
11.7.1 
Physical examination ...................................................................................69 
11.7.1.1 
Complete physical examination.........................................................69 
11.7.1.2 
Brief physical examination ................................................................69 
REDACTED
verse
verse
of an 
of an 
gation
gation
ction
ction
COPY 
......
......
......
......
This document cannot 
1.6.6
be 
Lab
6 1
6 1
used
icipat
ipat
bora
bora
to
ate r
ate 
support
up of 
p of 
ents of
ents o
rep
re
any
or rep
or re
se
marketing 
.......
.......
.......
....
rious a
ious 
authorization 
.........
event
event
infect
infect
al med
l med
application 
.......
......
erse ev
erse ev
.......
.....
and 
......
....
any 
.
.....
....
extensions
.........
C
......
.....
......
or 
..
variations 
54
54
54
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 8 of 144
11.7.2 
Neurological examination............................................................................69 
11.7.2.1 
Complete neurological examination ..................................................69 
11.7.2.2 
Brief neurological examination..........................................................69 
11.7.3 
Vital signs, body weight, and height............................................................69 
11.7.4 
12-lead ECG ................................................................................................70 
11.7.5 
Overall ECG interpretation..........................................................................70 
11.7.6 
Achenbach CBCL........................................................................................70 
11.7.7 
BRIEF-P.......................................................................................................71 
11.7.8 
Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development, Third Edition .............71 
12 STUDY MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.................................................72 
12.1 
Adherence to protocol............................................................................................72 
12.2 
Monitoring .............................................................................................................72 
12.2.1 
Definition of source data..............................................................................72 
12.2.2 
Source data verification ...............................................................................73 
12.3 
Data handling.........................................................................................................73 
12.3.1 
Case Report form completion......................................................................73 
12.3.2 
Database entry and reconciliation................................................................73 
12.3.3 
Subject Screening and Enrollment log/Subject Identification Code list......74 
12.4 
Termination of the study........................................................................................74 
12.5 
Archiving and data retention..................................................................................74 
12.6 
Audit and inspection ..............................................................................................74 
12.7 
Good Clinical Practice ...........................................................................................75 
13 STATISTICS ...................................................................................................................75 
13.1 
Definition of analysis sets......................................................................................75 
13.1.1 
Analysis of the primary efficacy variable....................................................75 
13.1.1.1 
Analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the US ........................76 
13.1.1.2 
Analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the EU ........................77 
13.1.2 
Analysis of secondary efficacy variables.....................................................78 
13.1.3 
Other efficacy analyses................................................................................78 
13.2 
Planned safety and other analyses..........................................................................78 
13.2.1 
Safety analyses.............................................................................................78 
13.2.2 
Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics ..................................................79 
13.2.2.1 
Descriptive statistics of LCM and AED plasma concentrations........79 
13.2.2.2 
Population pharmacokinetics.............................................................79 
13.3 
Handling of protocol deviations.............................................................................79 
13.4 
Handling of dropouts or missing data....................................................................79 
13.5 
Planned interim analysis and data monitoring.......................................................80 
13.6 
Determination of sample size.................................................................................80 
REDACTED 
me
......
......
......
.....
......
......
COPY 
......
....
ent l
ent l
This document cannot
13.2
3.2
13
13
be
Plan
Pla
used 
An
A
Ot
Ot
nn
to
Analy
nal
support 
f t
Analysi
naly
Ana
Ana
any 
s s
s s
the pr
he p
marketing 
..
.......
.....
......
.... .
sets
sets
authorization
log/Su
og/Su
......
....
......
.....
....
application 
..
.........
...
........
....
......
.....
and 
.......
.....
any 
.....
....
..
extensions 
......
....
......
...
......
....
or 
......
variations 
70
70
71
7
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 9 of 144
14 ETHICS AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS......................................................81 
14.1 
Informed consent ...................................................................................................81 
14.2 
Subject identification cards....................................................................................81 
14.3 
Institutional Review Boards and Independent Ethics Committees........................82 
14.4 
Subject privacy.......................................................................................................82 
14.5 
Protocol amendments.............................................................................................83 
15 FINANCE, INSURANCE, AND PUBLICATION.........................................................83 
16 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................84 
17 APPENDICES .................................................................................................................86 
17.1 
AMENDMENT 1...................................................................................................86 
17.2 
AMENDMENT 2.................................................................................................111 
17.3 
AMENDMENT 3.................................................................................................136 
18 DECLARATION AND SIGNATURE OF INVESTIGATOR .....................................143 
19 SPONSOR DECLARATION ........................................................................................144 
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application 
..
and 
.......
.....
any 
.....
....
..
extensions 
......
....
......
...
......
....
or 
......
variations 
83
83
84
8
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 10 of 144
LIST OF TABLES
Table 5‒1: Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods).......................23 
Table 5‒2: Schedule of study assessments (Transition Period)..............................................27 
Table 5‒3: Schedule of study assessments (Taper and Safety Follow-Up Periods)...............28 
Table 7‒1: Recommended dosing schedule for LCM (or matching PBO) during the 
Titration Period.....................................................................................................38 
Table 7‒2: Transition Period LCM dosing schedule for subjects randomized to PBO..........39 
Table 7-3: Dosing of LCM (or matching PBO) during the Taper Period..............................39 
Table 11‒1: 
Anticipated SAEs for the pediatric epilepsy population..............................61 
Table 11‒2: 
Laboratory measurements............................................................................62 
Table 11‒3: 
Required investigations and follow up of PDILI.........................................64 
Table 11‒4: 
PDILI laboratory measurements..................................................................67 
Table 11‒5: 
PDILI information to be collected...............................................................68 
Appendix Table 1: 
Summary of changes in SP0967 Amendment 2 ..............................112 
Appendix Table 2: 
Summary of changes in SP0967 Amendment 3 ..............................137 
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 5‒1:  
Subjects entering EP0034 open-label extension study ................................30 
Figure 5‒2:  
Subjects not entering EP0034 open-label extension study..........................31 
REDACTED 
T OF
OF
P0034
P0034
ng
ng
COPY 
67 7
P0967
096
This document cannot be used to support any marketing 
4 o
g EP00
EP00
uthorization 
7 A
F FIG
F FIG
open
open
application 
........
.....
mendm
endm
Amen
Ame
and 
..........
any 
......
....
extensions 
......
....
......
.....
.....
....
or 
....
variations 
8
39
39
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 11 of 144
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
ADF
average daily frequency
AE
adverse event
AED
antiepileptic drug
ALP
alkaline phosphatase
ALT
alanine aminotransferase
AST
aspartate aminotransferase
AV
atrioventricular
bid
twice daily
BMI
body mass index
BP
blood pressure
BRIEF®-P
Behavior Rating Inventory of Executive Function®-Preschool Version
BZD
benzodiazepine
CBCL
Childhood Behavior Checklist
CDMS
clinical data management system
CPM
Clinical Project Manager
CPMP
Committee for Proprietary Medicinal Products
CRO
contract research organization
DAP 
Data Analysis Plan
eCRF
electronic Case Report form
ECG
electrocardiogram
EEG
electroencephalogram
EMA
European Medicines Agency
FAS
Full Analysis Set
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
REDACTED 
tory
ory
ehavi
ehavi
COPY 
ry of
y o
This document 
EEG
EE
cannot 
G
be used to support
ommi
ommi
con
co
any
 Pro
Pro
marketing 
or C
r C
manag
mana
ojej
authorization 
f Exec
f Exe
Ch
Ch
application and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 12 of 144
GCP
Good Clinical Practice
GMP
Good Manufacturing Practice
HRQoL
health-related quality of life
ICH
International Council for Harmonisation
IDMC
Independent Data Monitoring Committee 
IEC
Independent Ethics Committee
IMP
investigational medicinal product
IRB
Institutional Review Board
iv
intravenous
IXRS
interactive voice/web response system
LCM
lacosamide
LFT
liver function test
LSM
least square means 
MedDRA®
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities®
PBO
placebo
PDILI
potential drug-induced liver injury
PedsQLTM
Pediatric Quality of Life InventoryTM
PET
polyethylene terephthalate
PK
pharmacokinetic(s)
PK-PPS
Pharmacokinetic Per Protocol Set
PPS
Per Protocol Set
PT
preferred term
QTc
corrected QT interval
RDC
remote data capture
REDACTED 
ns s 
tiona
tiona
COPY 
This document 
PT
PT
cannot 
S
be used to support 
Pediatr
ediat
po
p
any
al dru
al dr
marketing
ary fo
ary fo
authorization application and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 13 of 144
SAE
serious adverse event
SAP
Statistical Analysis Plan
SOC
system organ class
SOP
Standard Operating Procedure
SS
Safety Set
TEAE
treatment-emergent adverse event
ULN
upper limit of normal
VNS
vagus nerve stimulation
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 14 of 144
1
SUMMARY
SP0967 is a Phase 3, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo (PBO)-controlled, 
parallel-group study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of lacosamide (LCM) (VIMPAT®; SPM 
927; previously referred to as harkoseride; [R]-2-acetamido-N-benzyl-3-methoxypropionamide, 
ADD 234037) 8mg/kg/day to LCM 12mg/kg/day as adjunctive therapy in subjects with epilepsy 
≥1 month to <4 years of age with uncontrolled partial-onset seizures. This study is 1 of 2 pivotal 
studies in a pediatric partial-onset seizure population. In addition to SP0967, SP0969 is a 
Phase 3, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, PBO-controlled, parallel-group study to evaluate 
the efficacy and safety of LCM as an adjunctive therapy in subjects with epilepsy ≥4 years to 
<17 years of age with partial-onset seizures. 
The primary objective of SP0967 is to evaluate the efficacy of LCM administered concomitantly 
with 1 to 3 antiepileptic drugs (AEDs) in pediatric subjects (≥1 month to <4 years of age) with 
epilepsy who currently have uncontrolled partial-onset seizures. The secondary objective is to 
evaluate the safety and tolerability of LCM in pediatric subjects with partial-onset seizures. An 
additional objective is to evaluate the pharmacokinetics (PK) of LCM in subjects ≥1 month to <4 
years of age.
A total of approximately 244 subjects (122 subjects per treatment arm) are planned to be 
randomized at approximately 140 sites in North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Latin 
America, with possible extension to other countries and regions. Stratification of subjects will be 
done by age category (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to <1 year of age, ≥1 year to 
<2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age). A target of 50% of the randomized subjects 
should consist of subjects <2 years of age. The maximum duration of study medication 
administration in SP0967 is 55 days (this includes a 20-day Titration Period, a 7-day 
Maintenance Period, a 12-day Transition Period, and/or up to a 16-day Taper Period), and the 
maximum study duration is 93 days (not withstanding visit windows).
The study is comprised of the following: a 7-day Baseline Period; a 20-day blinded Titration 
Period (with study medication dosing flexibility allowed based on tolerability) to attain the target 
dose of study medication for the 7-day blinded Maintenance Period (LCM 8mg/kg/day to 
LCM 12mg/kg/day, or matching PBO, with no adjustments to study medication dose allowed 
during the Maintenance Period); and a 12-day blinded Transition Period for subjects who 
complete the study and choose to enter the open-label extension study (EP0034) or a Taper 
Period (up to 16 days) followed by a 30-day Safety Follow-Up Period for subjects who are not 
eligible or who choose not to enter EP0034. The Transition Period will be required for eligible 
subjects who complete the Maintenance Period and choose to enter EP0034. The Taper Period 
and Safety Follow-Up Period are required for subjects who complete the study but choose not to 
enroll in EP0034 or for subjects who do not complete the Titration, Maintenance, and Transition 
Periods.
Based on US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and European Medicines Agency (EMA) 
requirements, 2 (co-) primary efficacy variables have been defined for this study based on 
electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical correlate depending upon subject 
age. The primary efficacy variable will be the change in average daily frequency (ADF) of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures (US) or proportion of subjects experiencing ≥50% reduction 
in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (EU) as measured on the 
REDACTED
s of
s of a
f age)
f age)
ge. The
e. Th
(this in
this in
ition
ition
COPY
merica
eric
ies and
ies an
ag
ag
This document
Perio
erio
Ba
B
cannot
wh
wh
afety F
fety F
oll in 
ll in 
od
be 
who
ho co
ho c
sed
y
6 day
6 day
o ch
o ch
to
and
and
support
or th
r th
matchin
match
ce Per
ce Pe
d c
any
dosin
dosi
he 7
he
marketing
nc
n Peri
n Peri
(not wi
not w
owing
owin
authorization
nd re
d re
ge, ≥6
e, ≥6
). A ta
 A ta
he max
e max
clude
lud
application 
tment a
ment 
, Europ
Euro
egio
egio
and
parti
art
M in 
M in 
any
ndary
ndar
tial
tial
extensions 
yea
red co
red co
years
years
or
ars t
ars
variations 
alal
valu
valu
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 15 of 144
End-of-Maintenance Period video-electroencephalogram (EEG) compared to the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG. Partial-onset seizures will be counted locally by the 
investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader based on evaluating the characteristic 
ictal patterns of electrographic seizures. At the request of FDA, a contingent primary efficacy 
variable has also been defined based on the percentage of subjects who discontinue early from 
the study prior to completing the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG. Contingent upon 
>10% of subjects discontinuing early from the study, the primary efficacy parameter for the US 
will become identical to the primary efficacy parameter for the EU. The endpoint not designated 
as primary will still be summarized as a secondary efficacy parameter. 
Secondary and other efficacy variables will aid further exploration of the effect of LCM on 
partial-onset seizure frequency, global impressions of change, quality of life assessment 
(Pediatric Quality of Life InventoryTM [PedsQLTM]), and healthcare resource use. Plasma 
concentrations of LCM will be obtained in order to develop a population PK model of LCM, to 
investigate the effect of LCM on the steady-state plasma concentrations of concomitant AEDs, 
and to investigate the correlation between LCM plasma concentrations and efficacy or safety.
Safety and tolerability will be assessed primarily based on the occurrence of adverse events 
(AEs) reported spontaneously by the subject’s parent(s) and/or his/her legal 
representative(s)/caregiver(s) or observed by the investigator, and subject withdrawals due to 
AEs. Other safety variables will include assessment for change in hematology and clinical 
chemistry parameters; results of periodic physical and neurological examination, body mass 
index (BMI), 12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG), and vital sign measurements. Baseline 
behavioral function assessment (Achenbach Childhood Behavior Checklist [CBCL]) and 
cognitive function assessment (Behavior Rating Inventory of Executive Function®-Preschool 
Version [BRIEF®-P]) will be conducted for analysis in EP0034.
2
INTRODUCTION
Epilepsy is the second most prevalent neurological disorder in the world. It is estimated that 
almost 70 million people suffer from epilepsy (Ngugi et al, 2011). Although some forms of 
epilepsy may respond to surgical treatment and others may not require any treatment at all, most 
patients with epilepsy require appropriate pharmacological therapy (Perucca, 1996). The Institute 
of Medicine of the National Academies recently provided a review of the burdens of epilepsy, 
global incidence and prevalence of epilepsy, classification systems for seizure types and 
syndromes, gaps in information about epilepsy, and general recommendations (Institute of 
Medicine, 2012). Several newer options for the medical treatment of epilepsy have been 
introduced, including novel AEDs and vagus nerve stimulation (VNS).
The classification of epilepsies in children was described in 1989 by the Commission on 
Classification and Terminology of the International League Against Epilepsy (1989; Aicardi, 
1994). Seizures are categorized based on whether the onset is focal or generalized and whether 
the disorder is idiopathic, symptomatic, or cryptogenic. Specific syndromes are further classified 
according to a number of criteria including seizure type, cause, anatomy, precipitating factors, 
age at onset, and sometimes prognosis.
The newer AEDs differ from older agents in several important ways, including mechanism of 
action, spectrum of activity, and PK characteristics (Herman and Pedley, 1998). However, more 
than 30% of patients have inadequate seizure control on currently available AEDs or experience 
REDACTED
G), a
G), a
h Chil
h Chil
r Ratin
Rati
ed for
ed for
N
COPY
for c
for 
al and 
l and 
and
and
This document
1994
994
the 
the
cannot
assific
ssific
ssifica
sifica
4)
4)
be
, inc
, inc
used
s in i
in i
12). S
2). S
l
to
nd pr
d p
inin
support
gigi
quire a
uire a
tional A
ional
prev
prev
any
from
fro
cal tr
cal tr
marketing 
r a
alent ne
ent n
om
om
authorization
neu
neu
d vital
vita
ldhood
dhood
ng Inv
ng Inv
analy
anal
application
urre
urre
his/her
his/he
r, and 
, and
hange 
hange
urol
urol
and
s an
an
renc
enc
any
f con
f co
nd e
nd e
extensions
CM o
M 
sment
men
se. Pla
e. Pla
mod
mod
or 
on
variations 
S 
S 
nated 
ated 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 16 of 144
significant adverse drug effects (CHMP/EWP/566/98, 2010). Therefore, a need remains for 
AEDs with improved effectiveness and tolerability (Sander, 1998).
Among the newer AEDs, only 6 (gabapentin, lamotrigine, oxcarbazepine, topiramate, 
levetiracetam, and perampanel) have successfully demonstrated efficacy as adjunctive therapy in 
children with difficult to treat partial-onset seizures (Rheims and Ryvlin, 2013; Glauser et al, 
2006; Glauser et al, 2000; Appleton et al, 1999; Duchowny et al, 1999; Elterman et al, 1999;). 
Despite the availability of new AEDs, more than 25% of pediatric patients have inadequate 
seizure control on currently available AEDs or experience significant adverse drug effects 
(Hadjiloizou and Bourgeois, 2007).
Lacosamide belongs to a novel class of functionalized amino acids. It has minimal protein 
binding and effect on cytochrome P450 enzyme system function (reducing the risk of drug-drug 
interactions), high oral bioavailability, and a half-life of approximately 13 hours (in adults), 
which allows a twice daily (bid) dose regimen. It also displays dose-proportional PK following 
administration over a range of doses up to 800mg in adults.
In the US, LCM has been approved as monotherapy and adjunctive therapy in the treatment of 
partial-onset seizures in patients 4 years of age and older for tablets and oral solution, and 
17 years of age and older for intravenous [iv] infusion. In the EU, LCM has been approved as 
monotherapy and adjunctive therapy in the treatment of partial-onset seizures with or without 
secondary generalization in adults, adolescents, and children from 4 years of age with epilepsy 
(tablets, oral solution, and solution for iv infusion). The oral solution (also referred to as syrup) is 
a formulation suitable for administration to children. Bioequivalence has been shown between 
the tablet and oral solution formulations, comparing 2 tablets of LCM 100mg and the oral 
solution containing LCM 200mg, after single-dose administration in healthy subjects. The PK of 
LCM and SPM 12809 (major LCM metabolite in humans) in plasma, urine, and saliva were 
identical or very similar after single oral doses of LCM 200mg administered as tablets or as oral 
solution.
In the clinical development program for LCM, safety and tolerability of multiple doses of up to 
LCM 400mg bid (LCM 800mg/day) were evaluated in approximately 800 unique volunteers who 
received LCM in Phase 1 studies. The safety and efficacy of LCM has also been evaluated in 
Phase 2/3 studies as adjunctive oral therapy in over 1300 adult subjects with partial-onset 
seizures and as oral monotherapy in over 2400 adult subjects in other indications (neuropathic 
pain, osteoarthritis, fibromyalgia, and migraine prophylaxis). In addition, LCM solution for 
infusion was evaluated as short-term replacement therapy in a subset of subjects with 
partial-onset seizures (220 patients) who were receiving adjunctive LCM tablets.
Three double-blind, PBO-controlled, multicenter studies (SP667, SP754, and SP755) in 
1308 adult subjects, aged 16 to 70 years, established the efficacy of oral LCM as adjunctive 
therapy (1 to 3 concomitant AEDs) in subjects with difficult to control partial-onset seizures. In 
these studies, LCM was initiated at a dose of 100mg/day (in 2 divided doses) and escalated to the 
randomized dose (LCM 200mg/day, LCM 400mg/day, or LCM 600mg/day) in LCM 100mg/day 
per week increments.
When oral LCM was administered as adjunctive therapy at doses up to LCM 600mg/day in the 
3 double-blind, PBO-controlled, multicenter studies in subjects with partial-onset seizures, the 
most frequently reported treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) were central nervous 
REDACTED
hildre
hildr
compa
ompa
single
single
metab
metab
ora
or
COPY 
of p
of
d child
d chil
n). Th
n). T
This document
hera
hera
thes
the
r
cannot
doubl
oubl
8 adul
adu
apy
ap
be
et se
et se
used
tis, f
s, f
valua
valua
eiz
eiz
to 
mo
fib
fib
support 
studi
tudi
djunctiv
unct
monot
ono
any
gram
ra
g/day
g/day
marketing
bolit
olit
al dose
al dose
am f
am
authorization
ld
The or
he or
en. Bio
en. Bi
aring 2
aring 2
e-dose
dose
ite
ite
application
ets an
ets a
EU, LC
EU, L
rtial
ial-on
o
dren fr
ren f
and 
therap
herap
any 
tio
tio
extensions
protei
rotei
sk of 
k of 
urs (in
rs (in
onal
ona
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 17 of 144
system- and gastrointestinal-associated events. A dose relationship was seen for the most 
frequently reported common TEAEs, including dizziness, nausea, and diplopia. The nature and 
frequency of AEs were comparable to adjunctive therapy with other marketed AEDs. Safety 
evaluations support the further development of LCM as an AED.
Pellock et al have recently conducted a systematic review of AEDs used in the treatment of 
partial-onset seizures (Bourgeois and Goodkin, 2012; Pellock et al, 2012). The AEDs that were 
shown to be superior to PBO for the adjunctive treatment of partial-onset seizures in adult 
clinical studies were also shown to be superior to PBO for adjunctive treatment of partial-onset 
seizures in the pediatric clinical studies (subjects >2 years of age) in which they were 
investigated. The efficacy and safety of LCM observed in clinical studies in adults and 
preclinical data, as well as many additional attributes of LCM, render the drug appropriate to 
investigate in pediatric subjects. These attributes include predictable and linear PK, lack of 
drug-drug interactions, easy bid dosing, and the availability of 3 different types of formulations 
in multiple strengths (allowing for flexibility in dose range and individualizing treatment).
Lacosamide is being evaluated in pediatric subjects 1 month to 17 years of age with partial-onset 
seizures in completed and ongoing studies. The completed pediatric studies include: SP847 
(open-label, safety, tolerability, and PK study) and SP1047 (PK study for subjects prescribed 
LCM). The ongoing pediatric studies include: SP848 and EP0034 (open-label, long-term safety 
studies). In SP847, SP848, and EP0034, subjects with uncontrolled partial-onset seizures have 
received LCM oral solution at doses up to 12mg/kg/day based on tolerability. In SP1047, 
subjects with epilepsy received LCM oral tablets (50mg, 100mg, 150mg, or 200mg), or LCM 
oral solution (syrup; LCM 10mg/mL) that they had been prescribed for epilepsy and brought 
with them to the clinic for dosing. Preliminary data have not demonstrated any clinically relevant 
changes in vital signs, in ECGs, or in clinical laboratory values; or evidence of cardiac related 
TEAEs or body weight changes.
SP0967 is a Phase 3, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, PBO-controlled, parallel-group 
study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of LCM (LCM 8mg/kg/day to 12mg/kg/day, or 
matching PBO) as adjunctive therapy in subjects ≥1 month to <4 years of age with epilepsy with 
uncontrolled partial-onset seizures.
3
STUDY OBJECTIVE(S)
The primary objective of this study is to evaluate the efficacy of LCM administered 
concomitantly with 1 to 3 AEDs in subjects ≥1 month to <4 years of age with epilepsy who 
currently have uncontrolled partial-onset seizures.
The secondary objective is to evaluate the safety and tolerability of LCM in subjects ≥1 month to 
<4 years of age with epilepsy who currently have uncontrolled partial-onset seizures.
An additional objective is to evaluate the PK of LCM in children ≥1 month to <4 years of age. 
REDACTED
ets (
ets 
they h
they h
minary
inar
clinic
clinic
COPY
th un
th un
kg/da
kg/da
(5
(5
This document
An a
n a
cannot
onda
nda
ears of
ars of
add
ad
be 
ve
ary
ar
sed
c
with 
with 
e unc
un
to
ive 
ive 
support
eizu
eizu
DY OB
Y O
of
any
therap
thera
zure
ur
marketing 
ca
ouble
uble b
safety
safe
authorization
ay ba
y ba
0mg, 
0mg,
had be
ad be
y data
data
al lab
l lab
application
ric s
c s
K study
stud
P0034 (
0034
control
ontro
ase
ase
and
ars o
rs o
stud
stu
any
izing
zin
f
extensions 
nd d 
propri
ropri
PK, l
PK, l
pes of
es of
or variations 
nset 
nset 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 18 of 144
4
STUDY VARIABLES
4.1
Efficacy variables
Primary and secondary efficacy variables will be based on video-EEGs (up to 72 hours of 
continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of interpretable recording). 
4.1.1
Primary efficacy variable
For the US, the primary efficacy variable will be contingent on the percentage of subjects that 
discontinue from the study after the first dose of study medication but prior to performance of the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG (ie, early discontinuation).
The following variable will be considered primary for the US given that ≤10% of subjects 
discontinue early from the study:
x The change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures as measured on the End-of-
Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG. 
If >10% of subjects discontinue early from the study, the following contingency endpoint will be 
considered primary for the US (same as the primary efficacy variable for the EU):
x The proportion of responders where a responder is a subject experiencing a 50% or greater 
reduction in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures recorded on the End-of-
Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG.
For the EU:
The primary efficacy variable will be the proportion of responders where a responder is a subject 
experiencing a 50% or greater reduction in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
recorded on the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the End-of-Baseline Period 
video-EEG.
4.1.2
Secondary efficacy variables
The secondary efficacy variables are described below.
x Percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
x Proportion of subjects who achieved “seizure-free” status (yes/no) from all seizure types, and 
from partial-onset seizure types only for subjects who completed at least 48 hours of 
interpretable video-EEG recording during the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
x Proportion of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, 50% to 75%, or >75% reduction in 
ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the end-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to 
the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
x Proportion of subjects experiencing no change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures (between <25% reduction and <25% increase) from the End-of-Baseline Period 
video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
x Proportion of subjects experiencing an increase in ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures of ≥25% from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance 
Period video-EEG
REDACTED 
propo
prop
on in t
on in t
e P
e Perer
COPY
onse
onse
the En
the E
This document 
x
cannot
porti
orti
ADF o
DF o
the 
the 
be 
tab
ioio
used
su
su
al-onse
onse
ble v
ble v
to
ubje
ubje
support 
chang
chang
eriod
riod
any
les ar
les a
marketing 
iod v
od v
acy v
acy v
authorization 
nd-
ortion
ortion
their A
heir A
i
application
iab
iable 
le
ect exp
ect ex
seizur
eizu
of
of B
and 
contin
ontin
f
any 
o
riod v
riod v
extensions 
subjec
ubjec
on t
n t
or variations 
at t 
e of t
e of t
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 19 of 144
4.1.3
Other efficacy variables
Other efficacy variables to be examined include:
x Clinical Global Impression of Change at the end of the Maintenance Period
x Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change at the end of the Maintenance Period
x Change from Baseline in PedsQL health summary score at the end of the Maintenance Period
x Healthcare resource use: concomitant medications, medical procedures, healthcare provider 
consultations not related to the study, and hospitalizations not related to the study
4.2
Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic variables
Plasma concentrations of LCM will be obtained in order to:
x Develop a population PK model of LCM
x Investigate the correlation between LCM plasma concentrations and efficacy or safety
4.3
Safety variables
4.3.1
Primary safety variables
Safety and tolerability will be assessed using the following primary safety variables:
x Adverse events reported spontaneously by the subject’s parent(s) and/or legal 
representative(s)/caregiver(s) (in accordance with local regulation) or observed by the 
investigator
x Subject withdrawals due to AEs
4.3.2
Other safety variables
x Change in hematology and clinical chemistry parameters
x Change in 12-lead ECGs
x Change in vital signs measurements (ie, blood pressure [BP] and pulse rate)
x Physical and neurological examination findings
x Changes in body weight, height, and calculated BMI
5
STUDY DESIGN
5.1
Study description
SP0967 is a Phase 3, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, PBO-controlled, parallel-group 
study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of LCM 8mg/kg/day to LCM 12mg/kg/day as 
adjunctive therapy in subjects ≥1 month to <4 years of age with epilepsy with partial-onset 
seizures.
Primary and secondary efficacy variables will be based on video-EEGs (up to 72 hours of 
continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of interpretable recording). 
The video-EEGs will be conducted in an inpatient setting. Assessment of video-EEG seizure 
count will be performed locally by the investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified designated 
reader for the purpose of both assessment of eligibility and study analyses.
REDACTED
nce w
nce w
bles
bles
COPY
owin
owi
e subj
e subj
wi
This document
ud
ud
adjun
adjun
se
se
annot 
967 is 
67 is 
dy to
y to
be used 
STU
STU
to
dy w
y w
suppor
measu
eas
ologica
logic
ei
any 
sure
sur
marketing 
es
ical che
cal ch
authorization
ject’
ject’
ith loc
th loc
application 
g prima
prim
s p
and 
d e
d e
any 
effic
effic
extensions or variations 
od
od
vider 
ider 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 20 of 144
Baseline Period
At Visit 1 (Day -7), subjects who meet the selection criteria will begin a 7-day Baseline Period 
(Day -7 to Day -1). In the event that additional time is needed to access inpatient facilities to 
perform the video-EEG, a maximum of 7 days may be added to the period between Visit 1 and 2.
From Visit 2 (Day -3 to Day -1) to Visit 3 (Day 1), an End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG will be 
performed. 
After completion of the End-of-Baseline video-EEG at Visit 3, subjects who meet the selection 
criteria will be randomized in a double-blind manner to 1 of 2 parallel treatment arms: LCM or 
PBO in a 1:1 ratio.
Titration Period
Subjects will begin a 20-day blinded Titration Period (Day 1 to Day 20) to attain the target dose 
for the Maintenance Period (LCM 8mg/kg/day to LCM 12mg/kg/day, or matching PBO). 
Subjects will be dispensed study medication and will begin treatment with LCM oral solution 
4mg/kg/day or matching PBO for 4 days. Subjects will then be titrated at 4-day intervals as 
recommended in Table 7‒1. The current 4-day titration step approach has been selected as it is 
generally accepted that frequent seizures require a rapid titration of AEDs.
Dosing flexibility during the Titration Period based on tolerability is allowed in SP0967. After 
completion of Day 4, investigators will assess whether a subject would tolerate a further dose 
increase or whether a subject should hold the dose for a longer duration. In addition to holds, 
subjects may have the study medication titrated to a higher dose or back titrated by 
LCM 1mg/kg/day or 2mg/kg/day (or matching PBO) steps. If study medication is titrated to a 
higher dose, the subject should remain on the higher dose for ≥4 days unless a back titration step 
based on tolerability is required.
If study medication is back titrated, the back titrated dose must never be lower than LCM 
4mg/kg/day (or matching PBO) and must be maintained for ≥3 days (in order to reach steady 
state) before a subsequent dose increase. After study medication is back titrated, if a subject 
returns to a higher dose previously administered, the dose must be maintained for ≥3 days before 
subsequent titration to a higher dose. There is no limit to the number of titration steps or dose 
holds allowed and all are at the investigator’s discretion; however, subjects must achieve at least 
the minimum target dose (LCM 8mg/kg/day or matching PBO) for the final 3 days of the 
Titration Period. If it becomes apparent that the subject will not be able to reach the minimum 
target dose, then the subjects should be withdrawn from the Titration Period and enter the Taper 
Period.
No adjustments in dose of study medication will be permitted after Day 20. Subjects who are not 
able to tolerate the study medication during the Titration Period or who will not be able to 
achieve the target dose by the end of the Titration Period will be withdrawn from the Titration 
Period and enter the Taper Period. 
Maintenance Period
Subjects who achieve at least the minimum target study medication (LCM 8mg/kg/day or 
matching PBO) dose for the final 3 days of the Titration Period will enter a 7-day blinded 
Maintenance Period on the dose achieved on the final day of the Titration Period 
(LCM 8mg/kg/day to LCM 12mg/kg/day, or matching PBO). No adjustments to study 
REDACTED 
dose
os
ated to
ated to
tching
ching
n on th
n on th
COPY
on to
on to
ether a
ether
se fo
e f
This document
achie
achie
Per
Pe
cannot 
justm
ustm
e to to
to to
be used
. If it
If i
hen th
en th
to
t do
t do
t b
t
support 
vioio
higher 
highe
are at t
are at 
ose
ose
any
incr
inc
ously
ous
marketing 
the bac
he ba
nd mu
nd mu
rea
authorization 
a su
a s
or a lo
r a lo
o a hig
a hig
g PBO
PBO
he hig
e hig
application
oach 
ach
on of A
n of 
erabilit
rabil
subje
ubj
and
wit
wit
ed at 
ed at 
h h
h h
any 
h LC
h LC
extensions 
ain the
in the
tchin
chin
or variations 
ion 
on
M or
M or
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 21 of 144
medication dose will be allowed during the Maintenance Period. Subjects who complete the 
Maintenance Period may be eligible to participate in the open-label extension study (EP0034). 
Transition Period
A 12-day blinded Transition Period will be required for eligible subjects who complete the 
Maintenance Period and who plan to enter EP0034. For subjects randomized to LCM, the 
Maintenance Period dose will be maintained during the Transition Period. Subjects randomized 
to PBO will be transitioned in a double-blind fashion as described in Table 7‒2.
Taper Period
A blinded Taper Period (8 to 16 days, depending on dose level achieved) will be required for 
subjects who discontinue study medication prematurely and for subjects who complete the 
Maintenance Period but will not be entering EP0034. Study medication will be tapered as 
described in Table 7-3.
At the discretion of the investigator, AEDs may be added or adjusted and VNS adjustments may 
be made once the subject enters the Taper Period. 
Safety Follow-Up Period
There will be a 30-day Safety Follow-Up Period for subjects not entering the open-label 
extension study (EP0034). The Safety Follow-Up Period will include a Safety Follow-Up Clinic 
Visit 14 days (±2 days) after the final dose of study medication, and a Safety Follow-Up
Telephone Contact 30 days (-1/+3 days) after the final dose of study medication.
Unscheduled visits can be conducted at the discretion of the investigator.
Detailed schedules of study procedures are provided in Section 5.2, and study schematic 
diagrams are included in Section 5.3.
5.1.1
Study duration per subject
For each subject, the maximum total study duration can be up to 93 days (not withstanding visit 
windows), including the 30-day Safety Follow-Up Period. Each subject’s participation in the 
study begins with a 7-day Baseline Period (no administration of study medication). Each 
subject’s maximum total duration of study medication administration in SP0967 can be up to 55 
days. This includes a 20-day Titration Period, a 7-day Maintenance Period, a 12-day Transition 
Period (for subjects who plan to enter the open-label extension study [EP0034]) and/or up to a 
16-day Taper Period (for subjects who will not be entering EP0034). 
The end of the study is defined as the date of the last visit of the last subject in the study.
5.1.2
Planned number of subjects and sites
A total of approximately 244 subjects (122 subjects per treatment arm) are planned to be 
randomized. Approximately 50% of the 244 randomized subjects should be <2 years of age. Of 
these (n=122), every attempt will be made to enroll a minimum target of 20% (n=25) of subjects 
in each of the 3 age categories: ≥1 month to <6 months, ≥6 months to <1 year, and ≥1 year to <2 
years.
REDACTED
the 
the 
he disc
he disc
es are 
es are
3
COPY
ub
ub
eriod
eriod
dy me
dy me
fifi
This document 
A tot
to
rand
rand
th
cannot 
otal
tal
be
f the 
f the
used
cts 
ts 
Period
Period
to 
a 2
s wh
wh
support
Base
Base
tal dura
al du
20
20-d
any
tot
tot
ay Sa
ay Sa
li
marketing 
e p
er sub
r sub
tal s
tal
authorization
edic
edic
inal do
nal do
cretion
cretio
provi
rov
application 
s not e
 not e
will in
will i
atit
and 
nd
nd
any 
d VN
VN
extensions
quired
uired
mplete
mplete
e tape
tape
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 22 of 144
Every attempt will be made to enroll subjects in the following age categories as detailed below:
x ≥1 month to <6 months of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥6 months to <1 year of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥1 year to <2 years of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥2 years to <4 years of age (≥20 subjects)
Approximately 140 sites are planned in order to recruit the required subjects; additional sites will 
be added if deemed necessary. 
5.1.3
Anticipated regions and countries
The study will be conducted in North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Latin America with
possible extension to other countries and regions. A target of approximately 30% of the 
randomized subjects should consist of subjects originating from sites in North America and 
Europe.
5.2
Schedule of study assessments
A tabular schedule of study procedures for the Baseline and Treatment Periods is presented in 
Table 5‒1. A tabular schedule of study procedures for the Transition Period is presented in 
Table 5‒2. A tabular schedule of study procedures for the Taper and Safety Follow-Up Periods is 
presented in Table 5‒3.
COPY
tht
for the
for th
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application 
reatme
eatm
Transiti
ransit
e Tape
Tap
and any
orth 
orth
extensions 
Amer
Amer
30% o
0% o
h A
h A
or variations 
es wil
s wil
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 23 of 144
Table 5‒1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
Informed consent
X
Demographics
c
X
Inclusion/exclusion criteria
X
X
X
Medical history
X
Seizure history/count
X
Concomitant medications
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Concomitant AEDs
Xe
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
VNS assessmentf
X
X
X
X
X
X
Physical examination (complete)
X
X
Physical examination (brief)
X
X
X
X
Vital signs (including BP and 
pulse rate)g
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Body weight
X
X
X
X
X
X
Height
X
X
Head circumference
X
X
Neurological examination 
(complete)
X
X
Neurological examination (brief)
X
X
X
X
ECG (12-lead)h
X
X q
X
X
REDACTED 
X
D
X
TE
AC
DA
R
A
RE
R
COPY 
Y
OP
C
This document t cannot
ef)f)
ot t
ot
nn
c
be 
b
used 
e
X
ed
se
to 
o support 
rt
pp
su
s
any 
a
marketing 
g
ng
ng
ng
ke
a
m
authorization 
io
X
tioioio
X
riz
ho
ut
application 
on
tio
li
o
lililic
ppli
ap
and 
an
any
24
2
an
a
extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
e
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 24 of 144
Table 5‒1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
Video-EEGi
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rescue medicationj
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Clinical chemistry/hematology
X
X
X
LCM plasma concentration
X
X
Clinical GIC 
X
Caregiver’s GIC
X
Contact IXRS
X
X
X
X
X
X
Randomization
Xk
Dispense study medication
Xk
X
X
X
X
Return study medication
X
X
X
X
Dosing instructionsl
X
X
X
AE reporting
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Withdrawal criteria
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Healthcare resource use
X
X
Bayley-III scalesm
X
BRIEF-Pn
X
REDACTED 
D
TE
AC
Xk
DA
R
A
RE
R
COPY 
Y
OP
C
This document cannot be 
be used 
se
se
se
se
se
to 
to support 
X
t
X
or
up
su
any 
X
any
a
marketing 
g
Xk
g 
ng
ke
a
ma
authorization 
io
tioioio
riz
ho
uth
application 
on
X
tio
li
o
lililic
ppli
ap
and 
an
any
24
2
an
a
extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
e
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 25 of 144
Table 5‒1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
PedsQLo
X
X
Achenbach CBCLp
X
AE=adverse event; AED=antiepileptic drug; BP=blood pressure; BRIEF-P=Behavior Rating Inventory of Executive Function-Preschool Version; 
CBCL=Childhood Behavior Checklist; ECG=electrocardiogram; EEG=electroencephalogram; ET=Early Termination; GIC=Global Impression of 
Change; IXRS=interactive voice/web response system; LCM=lacosamide; PedsQL=Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory; T=Telephone Contact; 
UV=Unscheduled Visit; V=Visit; VNS=vagus nerve stimulation.
a If an Unscheduled Visit is needed, then the assessments noted will be performed. Additional assessments may be performed at the investigator’s 
discretion.
b The Day -3 and Day 24 assessments should be conducted prior to the start of video-EEG monitoring. A maximum of 7 days may be added to the 
period between Visit 1 and 2 in the event that additional time is needed to access inpatient facilities to perform the video-EEG. 
c Demographics: date of birth, age group category, age in months and years, race, ethnicity, and gender. In countries where recording of complete 
date of birth is not permitted, only permitted data will be collected.
d The concomitant medications recording will include any current medication intake as well as any medications taken ≤30 days prior to Visit 1.
e The concomitant AED recording will include any current medication intake as well as any previous AED taken prior to Visit 1.
f The VNS setting will be assessed as applicable.
g Orthostatic assessments of BP and pulse rate will be assessed where it is feasible according to investigator judgment.
h A 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings) will be performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if possible, with the subject 
in the supine position for 5 minutes preceding the ECG recording. The second recording will be conducted approximately 20 to 30 minutes after 
the first recording. Electrocardiograms will be reviewed locally by the investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader and at a central 
ECG laboratory. The investigator may consult with the cardiologist at the central ECG laboratory to confirm the presence of a clinically significant 
ECG abnormality; however, it remains the responsibility of the investigator to decide whether an ECG finding is of clinical significance on the 
basis of the complete clinical picture and whether this finding influences the subject’s participation in the study.
i The video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of interpretable recording) will be conducted 
in an inpatient setting. Upon completion of the End-of-Baseline video-EEG (Visits 2 and 3), the investigator will assess the electrographic seizure 
count and confirm the selection criteria have been met. If the subject meets all selection criteria, including the requisite number of seizures based 
on the video-EEG data, the subject may be randomized at Visit 3. Assessment of video-EEG seizure count will be performed locally by the 
investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader for the purpose of both assessment of eligibility and study analyses. The 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be done at Visit 6. Subjects who discontinue on or before Day 20 will not require a video-EEG.
med
med
tart of 
art of 
ded to 
ded to 
and yea
and ye
ed.
ed.
COPY
alal
=Pedi
=Ped
d. A
d. A
This document 
erio
ri
cannot
n crit
cri
subjec
ubjec
ator, or
tor, or
od
od
be
pletio
pletio
iter
ite
used
 r
nd whe
whe
ntinuo
ntinuo
to
lt 
respo
espo
support 
rfor
fo
ECG rec
CG re
eviewed
viewe
with t
with t
any
ssed w
sed w
ormed
rme
marketing 
arsrs
edicatio
edicat
ication i
ation
h
authorization 
ddition
dition
video
video
access 
ccess
s, rac
 rac
application 
on
entory o
ntory
m; ET=
m; ET=
atric Qu
tric Q
tio
and 
an
any
24
2
an
a
extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
e
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 26 of 144
Table 5‒1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
j Additional assessment for changes in VNS or rescue medication taken within 24 hours prior to and until the end of the video-EEG monitoring.
k Randomization and initial dispensing of study medication will occur at Visit 3 and after the completion of the video-EEG and confirmation that the 
subject has met selection criteria. 
l Dosing instructions will be provided to the caregiver(s) during the telephone contacts. At a minimum, AEs and tolerability should be discussed 
with the caregiver(s) in order to determine the next dose for the subject. See Section 7.2.1 for additional details on dosing options. 
m Investigators must make every attempt to administer the Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development, Third Edition, for subjects who are 
<18 months of age who originate in English-speaking countries. The investigators may utilize trained pediatric psychologists or other appropriately 
skilled individuals to administer the scale. 
nThe BRIEF-P will be used only for subjects who are ≥2 years of age at Visits 3. BRIEF-P will be used only in countries where a translated version 
is available.
o The version of the PedsQL used at Visit 3 should be consistent with the subject’s age at Visit 3 and should be maintained for each subject for the 
duration of the study. The PedsQL will be used only in countries where a translated version is available. 
p The Achenbach CBCL/1½-5 will be completed by the parent(s)/legal representative(s)/caregiver(s) of subjects ≥18 months of age at Visit 3. The 
Achenbach CBCL will be administered only in countries where a translated version is available.
q ECG at Visit 3 will be performed at the discretion of the investigator.
REDACTED
ts 3. B
ts 3. B
the sub
he sub
where a
where 
/legal 
/legal 
t
COPY
d Tod
d To
rs may
rs ma
This document cannot be used to support any marketing
repres
repre
ranslate
anslat
gator.
gator.
authorization 
y util
uti
RIEF
RIEF
bject’s 
ect’s 
trans
trans
application 
on
imum, A
mum,
r additio
addit
dler Dev
ler De
ilize 
lize
and
the e
the e
n of th
of th
any
24
2
an
end
a
extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
e
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 27 of 144
Table 5‒2:
Schedule of study assessments (Transition Period)
Assessments 
Transition Period (12 days)
Visit
TV1
TT1
TV2
a
Study Day 
32
36
40
Concomitant medications
X
X
X
b
Concomitant AEDs
X
X
Xb
VNS assessment
c
X
Xb
Physical examination (brief)
X
Physical examination (complete)
Xb
Vital signs (including BP and pulse rate)
d
X
Xb
Body weight
X
Xb
Neurological examination (brief)
X
Neurological examination (complete)
Xb
ECG (12-lead)e
Xb
Clinical chemistry/hematology
Xb
Contact IXRS
X
X
Dosing instructionsf
X
Dispense study medication
X
Return study medication
X
X
AE reporting
X
X
Xb
Withdrawal criteria
X
X
X
AE=adverse event; AED=antiepileptic drug; BP=blood pressure; ECG=electrocardiogram; IXRS=interactive 
voice/web response system; TT=Transition Telephone Contact; TV=Transition Visit; VNS=vagus nerve 
stimulation
a Transition Visit 2 will also serve as Visit 1 for EP0034.
b The designated procedures will serve as the point of data for both TV2 in SP0967 and Visit 1 for EP0034.
c Vagus nerve stimulation setting will be assessed as applicable.
d Orthostatic assessments of BP and pulse rate will be assessed if it is feasible according to investigator judgment.
e A 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings) will be performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs assessment 
and, if possible, with the subject in the supine position for 5 minutes preceding the ECG recording. The second 
recording will be conducted approximately 20 to 30 minutes after the first recording. 
f Dosing instructions will be provided to the caregiver(s) during the telephone contacts. See Section 7.2.3 for 
additional details on dosing options.
REDACTED 
ED
CT
ED
R
COPY 
Y
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
This document cannot
ng wi
ng wi
ing ins
ng ins
dition
dition
be
CG
sible, 
sible,
used 
lati
ati
ssment
sment
G (2 i
 (2 i
to 
dur
ion s
ion 
support 
=T
o serve 
serv
res wi
es w
any
ic dru
c dr
Trans
ran
y marketing 
ting
rk
m
authorization 
n
at
ori
ho
au
application 
n
on
at
p
and 
d
a
any 
ny extensions s
sio
te
xte
xte
te
xte
or 
Xb
variations 
n
on
at
va
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 28 of 144
Table 5‒3:
Schedule of study assessments (Taper and Safety Follow-Up 
Periods)
Assessments 
Taper Period (8 to 16 days)
Safety Follow-Up Period (30 days)
a
Visit
T4
b
Taper Visit
c
Safety Follow-Up
Clinic Visit
Days in Study: 
FSM+14 (±2)
Safety Follow-Up
Telephone Contact
Days in Study: 
FSM+30 (-1/+3)
Study Day 
32
d
36/40/44c,d
50/54/58d
66/70/74/93d
Concomitant medications
X
X
X
X
Concomitant AEDs
X
X
X
X
VNS assessment
e
X
X
Physical examination (brief)
X
Physical examination (complete)
X
Vital signs (including BP and 
pulse rate)
f
X
X
Body weight
X
X
Neurological examination (brief)
X
Neurological examination 
(complete)
X
ECG (12-lead)
g
Xh
X
h
Clinical chemistry/hematology
Xh
Xh
Contact IXRS
X
Dosing instructionsi
X
Return study medication
X
AE reporting
X
X
X
X
Withdrawal criteria
X
X
AE=adverse event; AED=antiepileptic drug; BP=blood pressure; ECG=electrocardiogram; FSM=Final Study 
Medication; IXRS=interactive voice/web response system; T=Telephone Contact; VNS=vagus nerve 
stimulation
a The Safety Follow-Up Clinic Visit will be scheduled 14 days (±2 days) after the final dose of study 
medication. The Safety Follow-Up Telephone Contact will occur 30 days (-1/+3 days) after the final dose of 
study medication.
b A telephone contact (T4) will be conducted at the end of the first taper step of the Taper Period.
c Each subject will have only 1 Taper Visit. The Taper Visit will be scheduled at the end of the Taper Period 
(Day 36, 40, or 44), depending on dose level achieved (see Table 7-3).
d The study day numbers provided are for subjects who complete the Maintenance Period and enter the Taper 
Period. The study day numbers provided do not apply to subjects who enter the Taper Period at other times. 
Day 66, 70, or 74 result from the administration of final study medication during the Taper Period whereas 
Day 93 would result from a subject progressing to the end of the Transition Period, but then not entering 
EP0034 and instead entering the Transition Period followed by the Taper Period.
e VNS setting will be assessed as applicable.
f Orthostatic assessments of BP and pulse rate will be assessed where it is feasible according to investigator 
REDACTED 
D
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
RED
COPY 
X
OP
C
This document
Eac
ac
(D
(D
d
cannot
tion. 
on. 
y medi
medi
teleph
eleph
h
be
Follo
Foll
T
used
AED
E
RS=int
S=int
to
D=a
D=a
o support 
rtrtrtrt
ort
pp
s
any y marketing 
ng
eti
ar
authorization 
n
tio
tho
a
application 
X
lic
ap
and 
d
a
any y
an
a
extensions 
X
s
X
sio
te
or 
o variations 
ria
ar
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 29 of 144
Table 5‒3:
Schedule of study assessments (Taper and Safety Follow-Up 
Periods)
Assessments 
Taper Period (8 to 16 days)
Safety Follow-Up Period (30 days)
a
Visit
T4
b
Taper Visit
c
Safety Follow-Up
Clinic Visit
Days in Study: 
FSM+14 (±2)
Safety Follow-Up
Telephone Contact
Days in Study: 
FSM+30 (-1/+3)
Study Day 
32
d
36/40/44c,d
50/54/58d
66/70/74/93d
judgment.
g A 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings) will be performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs 
assessment and, if possible, with the subject in the supine position for 5 minutes preceding the ECG 
recording. The recordings should be made approximately 20 to 30 minutes apart.
h The assessment will be required for subjects with a clinically significant abnormal value (clinical chemistry or 
hematology) or reading (ECG) at the previous clinic visit. For non-clinically significant abnormalities, repeat 
of these assessments is at the discretion of the investigator. 
i Dosing instructions will be provided to the caregiver(s). See Section 7.2.3 for additional details on dosing 
options.
5.3
Schematic diagram
An overall schematic diagram for subjects entering EP0034 is provided in Figure 5‒1. An overall 
schematic diagram for subjects not entering EP0034 is provided in Figure 5‒2.
REDACTED COPY 
g EP00
g EP0
034 i
034 i
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization
0
is pro
is pro
application 
d
34 is 
34 is 
and 
dition
itio
any
e (cli
e (c
nt abn
nt abn
extensions 
l signs
signs
e ECG
e ECG
s
lin
lin
s or 
o variations 
ria
ar
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 30 of 144
Figure 5‒1: Subjects entering EP0034 open-label extension study
PBO=placebo; T=Telephone Contact; TT=Transition Telephone Contact; TV=Transition Visit; V=Visit
RED
EDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support
Telep
elep
any 
phon
pho
marketing authorization application and any extensions or 
or variations 
on thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 31 of 144
Figure 5‒2:
Subjects not entering EP0034 open-label extension study
a Subjects progressing to the end of the Transition Period, but then not entering EP0034 and instead entering the Transition Period followed by the Taper Period 
would complete the Safety Follow-Up Period at Day 93.
PBO=placebo; T=Telephone Contact; V=Visit
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marke
en not en
n not e
keting authorization application and any extensions r
or variations 
on
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 32 of 144
5.4
Rationale for study design and selection of dose
Epilepsy is a condition for which an improved benefit/risk ratio for medicinal products remains a 
challenge; this is especially true for pediatric patients. Based on the demonstrated efficacy and 
safety of LCM as adjunctive treatment in subjects aged ≥16 years of age, and the experience with 
other AEDs in pediatric subjects, it is likely that LCM will be an efficacious and safe treatment 
in the pediatric population with uncontrolled partial-onset seizures.
SP0967 is a Phase 3, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, PBO-controlled, parallel-group 
study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of LCM as adjunctive therapy in subjects ≥1 month to 
<4 years of age with epilepsy who have uncontrolled partial-onset seizures. 
Based on the currently available LCM pediatric PK, safety, and tolerability data from SP847 and 
SP1047, as well as on information available in the medical literature, the recommendations for 
SP0967 are as follows:
x Subjects must weigh ≥4kg to <30kg at Visit 1.
x Feeding tube administration is permitted for subjects who are unable to swallow the oral 
solution.
x Titration should occur over a 20-day period; with LCM dose increased by 2mg/kg/day every 
4 days until the target dose (LCM 8mg/kg/day to 12mg/kg/day, or matching PBO) is 
achieved. All subjects will start on a dose of LCM 4mg/kg/day or matching PBO at the start 
of the Titration Period.
x During the Titration Period, step-back titration by LCM 1mg/kg/day or LCM 2mg/kg/day 
will be permitted to allow subjects with reduced tolerability to remain in the study depending 
on tolerability (ie, based on investigator judgment and legal representative[s]/caregiver[s] 
feedback). If study medication is back titrated, the dose must never be lower than 
LCM 4mg/kg/day (or matching PBO) and must be maintained for ≥3 days (in order to reach 
steady state) before subsequent titration to a higher dose.
x During the Titration Period, subjects may also have the dose of study medication held steady 
or titrated to a higher dose. If study medication is titrated to a higher dose, the subject must 
remain on that dose for ≥4 days unless a step-back titration based on tolerability is required.
x The LCM dose should remain fixed over the Maintenance Period.
Based on US FDA and EMA requirements, 2 (co-) primary efficacy variables have been defined 
for this study based on electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical correlate 
depending upon subject age. The primary efficacy variable will be the change in ADF of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures (US) or proportion of subjects experiencing ≥50% reduction 
in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (EU) as measured on the End-of-
Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG. At the 
request of FDA, a contingent primary efficacy variable has also been defined based on the 
percentage of subjects who discontinue early from the study prior to completing the End-of-
Maintenance Period video-EEG. Contingent upon >10% of subjects discontinuing early from the 
study, the primary efficacy parameter for the US will become identical to the primary efficacy 
parameter for the EU.
REDACTED 
o
ack ti
ack ti
cts wi
cts wi
vesti
vesti
COPY 
th L
th 
ay to 1
y to 1
f LC
f LC
This document
lec
in th
in th
M
cannot
stud
stud
nding
nding
ctrog
ctrog
be
US F
US 
udy
udy
used
dose 
ose 
FD
FD
to 
do
support
Perio
erio
her do
er do
ose fo
se fo
any
quen
quen
d
marketing 
ith
igator 
gator
is back
s bac
ing PB
ng P
nt
authorization
12
CM 4m
CM 4m
itratio
ratio
h red
h red
application 
re u
e u
CM dos
M do
2mg/k
mg/k
and 
una
una
any extensions 
ta from
a fro
comm
omm
or 
mo
m
variations 
roup
oup 
mont
ont
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 33 of 144
The endpoint not designated as primary will still be summarized as a secondary efficacy 
parameter.
6
SELECTION AND WITHDRAWAL OF SUBJECTS
6.1
Inclusion criteria
To be eligible to participate in this study, all of the following criteria must be met:
1.
An Institutional Review Board (IRB)/Independent Ethics Committee (IEC) approved 
written Informed Consent form is signed and date by the parent(s) or legal 
representative(s)/caregiver(s) (in accordance with local regulation). 
2.
Subject’s parent(s) or legal representative(s)/caregiver(s) is considered reliable and capable 
of adhering to the protocol visit schedule or medication intake according to the judgment of 
the investigator.
3.
Subject is male or female from ≥1 month (ie, 4 weeks after full term [37 weeks gestational 
age]) to <4 years of age. For preterm infants <1 year old, the corrected gestational age 
should be used when determining eligibility. The generally accepted definition of corrected 
gestational age, which is calculated by subtracting the number of weeks born before 
37 weeks of gestation from the chronological age, will be used for this study. 
4.
Subject has a diagnosis of epilepsy with partial-onset seizures. The results of ≥1 prior EEG 
and ≥1 magnetic resonance imaging/computerized tomography scan should be consistent 
with this diagnosis.
5.
Subject weighs ≥4kg to <30kg at Visit 1.
7.
Subject has experienced ≥2 partial-onset seizures with or without secondary generalization 
during each consecutive 7-day period during the 2 weeks prior to Visit 1.
8a.
Subject has ≥2 partial-onset seizures with or without secondary generalization during the 
End-of-Baseline video-EEG. Electrographic seizures are defined as recognizable ictal
patterns on an EEG involving ≥2 contiguous electrodes. The seizures are initiated as a 
unilateral or strongly asymmetric abnormal epileptiform discharge lasting a total of 
>10 seconds.
9.
Subject is on a stable (concurrently or sequentially) dosage regimen of 1 to 3 AEDs. The 
dosage regimen of concomitant AED therapy must be kept constant for a period of 
≥2 weeks prior to Visit 1. A stable daily dosage regimen of a concomitant benzodiazepine 
(BZD) will be considered as a concomitant AED. 
10.
Vagus nerve stimulation is allowed and will not be counted as a concomitant AED. The 
VNS device must have been implanted for ≥6 months prior to Visit 1; device settings must 
be kept stable for ≥2 weeks prior to Visit 1 and kept stable during the Baseline, Treatment,
and Transition Periods. Use of the VNS device magnet is allowed.
11.
Subject is an acceptable candidate for venipuncture.
6.2
Exclusion criteria
Subjects are not permitted to enroll in the study if any of the following criteria are met:
REDACTED
ompu
omp
at Visi
at Vis
artia
artia
COPY
age
ag
partial
artial
put
put
This document cannot
BZD
BZD
Va
Va
be
week
week
)
used
 on 
on 
regim
regim
to 
a
support 
invo
invo
ngly as
gly a
any
EEG
EEG
olv
ol
marketing
alal-ons
on
y perio
perio
et seiz
t sei
authorization 
ons
on
terized
erize
sit 1.
it 1.
application
lly ac
ly ac
numb
numb
will be
will b
nset
set
and 
l tete
e corr
corr
any 
erm 
erm
extensions 
eliable
liabl
ing to
ng to
or variations 
ed 
ed 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 34 of 144
1a.
Subject has been previously randomized in this study (re-screening for screen-failed 
subjects is only allowed with prior consultation and permission of the medical monitor).
2.
Subject has participated in another study of an investigational medicinal product (IMP) or a 
medical device during the 2 months immediately prior to Visit 1 or is currently 
participating in another study of an IMP or a medical device.
3.
Subject has any medical or psychiatric condition that, in the opinion of the investigator, 
could jeopardize or would compromise the subject’s ability to participate in this study.
4a.
Subject has been previously treated with LCM and the LCM treatment was stopped due to 
lack of efficacy or adverse event(s).
5.
Subject has a known hypersensitivity to any component of the study medication.
6.
Subject has a medical condition that could be expected, in the opinion of the investigator, 
to interfere with study medication absorption, distribution, metabolism, or excretion.
7.
Subject has experienced febrile seizures exclusively. The occurrence of febrile seizures in 
addition to partial-onset seizures is not exclusionary.
8a.
Subject is on a ketogenic diet that has either changed within the 4 weeks prior to Visit 1 or 
is expected to change during the study.
9a.
Subject has creatinine clearance <30mL/minute.
10.
Subject has a clinically relevant ECG abnormality, in the opinion of the investigator (eg, 
second or third degree heart block at rest or a corrected QT interval [QTc] ≥450ms). 
11.
Subject has a hemodynamically significant congenital heart disease. 
12.
Subject has an arrhythmic heart condition requiring medical therapy. 
13.
Subject has a known history of severe anaphylactic reaction secondary to medication intake 
or serious blood dyscrasias. 
14.
Subject has nonepileptic events that could be confused with seizures. Subjects may be 
included if epileptic events can be clearly distinguished and the frequency meets the study 
inclusion criteria. 
15a. Subject has a current diagnosis of Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, epilepsia partialis continua, 
primary generalized epilepsy, Dravet Syndrome, or seizures that are not of partial-onset 
origin. 
16a. Subject has a history of generalized convulsive status epilepticus ≤2 months prior to 
Screening (Visit 1). 
19.
Subject has been treated with felbamate and has experienced any serious toxicity issues 
(defined as liver failure, aplastic anemia) with this treatment. Subjects treated with 
felbamate for <12 months are excluded. Subjects treated with felbamate for ≥12 months 
prior to Visit 1 and who have not experienced serious toxicity issues are eligible.
20.
Subject has an acute or subacutely progressive central nervous system disease. Subject has 
epilepsy secondary to a progressing cerebral disease or any other progressively 
neurodegenerative disease (malignant brain tumor or Rasmussen Syndrome).
REDACTED 
G abno
G abno
k at res
at re
ly sign
ly sig
t
COPY 
minut
minut
This document 
19.
19.
cannot 
g
Subje
Subj
Sc
Sc
be 
y
in.
in.
used
as a 
s a 
y gen
gen
to 
r
cu
support
ept
epticic
ptic ev
tic ev
ia.a.
any 
ias.
ias.
c e
marketing 
gnini
rt cond
cond
ry of se
y of 
authorization 
e.
ormal
rmal
st or a
st or a
ific
fic
application 
within
withi
and
curren
urren
any
olism
olism
extensions 
edicati
dicat
n of 
n of 
o
ped
ped
variations 
or,r,
udy.
dy.
d d
d
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 35 of 144
21a. Subject has a known cardiac sodium channelopathy, such as Brugada syndrome.
22.
Subject has >2x upper limit of normal (ULN) of any of the following: alanine 
aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), alkaline phosphatase (ALP), or 
>ULN total bilirubin (≥1.5xULN total bilirubin if known Gilbert’s syndrome). If subject 
has elevations only in total bilirubin that are >ULN and <1.5xULN, fractionate bilirubin to 
identify possible undiagnosed Gilbert’s syndrome (ie, direct bilirubin <35%).
For randomized subjects with a Baseline result >ULN for ALT, AST, ALP, or total 
bilirubin, a Baseline diagnosis and/or the cause of any clinically meaningful elevation must 
be understood and recorded in the electronic Case Report form (eCRF).
If subject has >ULN ALT, AST, or ALP that does not meet the exclusion limit at 
screening, repeat the tests, if possible, prior to dosing to ensure there is no further ongoing 
clinically relevant increase. In case of a clinically relevant increase, inclusion of the subject 
must be discussed with the Medical Monitor.
Tests that result in ALT, AST, or ALP up to 25% above the exclusion limit may be 
repeated once for confirmation.
6.3
Withdrawal criteria
Parent(s)/legal representative(s) are free to withdraw the subject from the study at any time, 
without prejudice to their continued care. The following criteria for subject withdrawal from 
SP0967 are outlined below. Additional discontinuation criteria for potential drug-induced liver 
injury (PDILI) are presented in Section 6.3.1.
Subjects must be withdrawn from the study if any of the following events occur:
1. Subject experiences intolerable AEs, including clinically relevant abnormal laboratory 
findings that, in the opinion of the investigator, preclude further participation in the study. 
Subjects who are unable to tolerate study medication will be withdrawn from the study as 
follows:
x Subjects unable to achieve or maintain target dose for the final 3 days of the Titration Period
2. The sponsor or a regulatory agency requests withdrawal of the subject.
3. Subject has QTc interval of ≥500ms that is confirmed by a cardiologist over-read on any 
ECG.
4. Subject develops a second or third degree atrioventricular (AV) block. 
5. Subject is unwilling or unable to continue, or the parent(s)/legal 
representative(s)/caregiver(s) is unwilling or unable to allow the subject to continue in the 
study.
6. Investigator's decision that withdrawal from further participation would be in the subject’s 
best interest.
7. Subject experiences generalized convulsive status epilepticus.
REDACTED
contin
conti
6.3.1
.3.1
he stud
he stu
A
COPY 
raw th
raw t
follow
ollow
This document
r
cannot
bject
ect
Subje
Subj
rep
re
be 
t d
t d
used
s QT
QT
to 
r a r
a r
support 
achiev
achiev
regu
reg
any
tol
to
marketing 
ud
AEs, inc
Es, inc
f the in
the in
olera
oler
authorization
wing 
wing
nuatio
nuatio
dy if 
y if 
application 
e subj
e sub
and 
exclu
exclu
any extensions 
n limit
limit
s no f
no f
inclu
nclu
or 
ata
variations 
o
tion
tion
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 36 of 144
Subjects may be withdrawn from the study if any of the following events occur:
1. Subject has any clinically relevant change in medical or psychiatric condition and in the 
opinion of the investigator, the condition warrants discontinuation from the study.
2. Subject requires a medication that is not permitted by the protocol.
3. Subject’s legal representative(s)/caregiver(s) (in accordance with local regulation) is 
noncompliant with study procedures or medication, in the opinion of the investigator. 
5. Subject uses BZDs within 24 hours prior to or during video-EEG for any reason other than a
stable daily dosage regimen as a concomitant AED. The Medical Monitor should be 
contacted if withdrawal is being considered. Use of a stable daily dosage regimen of a 
concomitant BZD (ie, 1 of the Baseline concomitant AED[s]) should be maintained for the
video-EEG procedures.
Investigators should attempt to obtain information for subjects who withdraw. For subjects 
considered as lost to follow up, the investigator should make an effort (at least 1 phone call and 1 
written message to the parent[s] or legal representative[s]/caregiver[s]), and document his/her 
effort (date and summary of the phone call and copy of the written message in the source 
documents), to complete the final evaluation. All results of these evaluations and observations, 
together with a narrative description of the reason(s) for removing the subject, must be recorded 
in the source documents. The eCRF must document the primary reason for withdrawal.
Investigators should contact the Medical Monitor, whenever possible, to discuss the withdrawal 
of a subject in advance.
Subjects withdrawn from the study will proceed to the blinded Taper Period described in 
Section 7.2.4 and the assessments described in Table 5‒3 will be performed.
Subjects who are withdrawn from the study will not be replaced.
6.3.1
Potential drug-induced liver injury IMP discontinuation criteria
Subjects with potential drug-induced liver injury must be assessed to determine if IMP must be 
discontinued. In addition, all concomitant medications and herbal supplements that are not 
medically necessary should also be discontinued. 
The PDILI criteria below require immediate and permanent discontinuation of IMP: 
x Subjects with either of the following:
 ALT or AST ≥5xULN
 ALT or AST ≥3xULN and coexisting total bilirubin ≥2xULN 
The PDILI criterion below requires immediate discontinuation of IMP:
x Subjects with ALT or AST ≥3xULN who exhibit temporally associated symptoms of 
hepatitis or hypersensitivity. Hepatitis symptoms include fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right 
upper quadrant pain or tenderness. Hypersensitivity symptoms include fever (without clear 
alternative cause), rash, or eosinophilia (ie, >5%).
The PDILI criterion below allows for subjects to continue on IMP at the discretion of the 
investigator. 
REDACTED
onito
onito
will pr
will p
descr
desc
COPY
(s) fo
(s) fo
ment t
ment 
This document
The 
The 
cannot
ALT
ALT

A
be 
s w
LT
LT
used
ria b
ia 
with
with
to 
a be
a be
support 
ug-
on, all 
n, all
should
should
any 
g-i
indu
ind
marketing
ribed
ribed
the stu
the st
ind
ind
authorization
the p
he 
r, whe
r, wh
oceed
ocee
application 
ve
ritten m
itten 
f these 
f these
r remov
remo
prim
pri
and
ort (
ort (
er[s]
r[s]
any
thdra
thdra
(at
(at
extensions 
ld b
d b
gimen 
imen 
mainta
mainta
or 
be
be
variations 
her th
er th
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 37 of 144
x Subjects with ALT or AST ≥3xULN (and ≥2x Baseline) and <5xULN, total bilirubin 
<2xULN, and no eosinophilia (ie, ≤5%), with no fever, rash, or symptoms of hepatitis (eg, 
fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper quadrant pain or tenderness).
Evaluation of PDILI must be initiated as described in Section 11.6.1. If subjects are unable to 
comply with the applicable monitoring schedule, IMP must be discontinued immediately.
Investigators should attempt to obtain information on subjects in the case of IMP discontinuation 
to complete the final evaluation. Subjects with PDILI should not be withdrawn from the study 
until investigation and monitoring are complete. All results of these evaluations and 
observations, as well as the reason(s) for IMP discontinuation and subject withdrawal (if 
applicable), must be recorded in the source documents. The eCRF must document the primary 
reason for IMP discontinuation.
7
STUDY TREATMENTS
7.1
Description of investigational medicinal products
Investigational medicinal product will be provided as LCM oral solution (LCM 10mg/mL) and 
matching PBO. The LCM 10mg/mL oral solution and matching PBO oral solution are colorless 
to pale yellow in appearance. Both oral solutions will be packaged in amber polyethylene 
terephthalate (PET) bottles. 
Study medication will be measured and administered via a dosing syringe. If a subject is unable 
to swallow the oral solution, administration by feeding tube will be permitted. 
It should be noted, in cases of incomplete doses (eg, subject spits out all or a portion of the 
syrup), missed doses, or administration of an erroneous volume of syrup, study medication 
should not be readministered.
7.2
Treatment(s) to be administered
At Visit 3, subjects will be randomized in a double-blind manner to 1 of 2 parallel treatment 
arms: LCM or PBO in a 1:1 ratio. Randomization will occur after completion of the End-of-
Baseline video-EEG and after confirmation that the subject has met selection criteria. 
Randomization will be stratified by age category (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to 
<1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age).
At the end of Visit 3, subjects should take the first dose of study medication while in the clinic. 
At each subsequent clinic visit, subjects should take study medication (and any concomitant 
AEDs) at the regular time(s). Study medication will be administered orally bid (at approximately 
12-hour intervals in the morning and in the evening).
SP0967 will target Maintenance Period doses of LCM 8mg/kg/day to 12mg/kg/day or matching 
PBO.
7.2.1
Titration Period
Subjects will be dispensed study medication and will begin treatment with LCM oral solution at 
a dose of LCM 4mg/kg/day or matching PBO. Table 7‒1 provides the recommended LCM (or 
matching PBO) dosing schedule during the Titration Period for subjects to reach the target doses 
for the Maintenance Period.
REDACTED
nis
n by f
n by f
ete do
ete d
tion o
tion o
COPY 
stere
stere
This document
SP0
P0
PB
PB
cannot
at th
at th
our in
ur in
096
096
be
ubseq
se
the
the
used 
Visit 
Visit 
equ
equ
to
yea
ye
support 
:1 r
1 r
d after
d afte
be stra
e stra
ar
any
ndom
ndom
ratio
rati
marketing 
of a
o be a
o be 
mi
authorization 
ed via
ed via
feedin
eedin
oses (
ses (
an e
an e
application
l sol
sol
ing PB
ng PB
packag
ackag
and
pro
ro
olut
lut
any 
odu
odu
extensions
wal 
al 
ent the
nt the
or 
(if
(if
variations 
uation
ation
study
study
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 38 of 144
Table 7‒1:
Recommended dosing schedule for LCM (or matching PBO) during 
the Titration Period
Target LCM (or matching PBO) doses for the Titration Period
Day 1 to Day 4
Day 5 to Day 8
Day 9 to Day 12
Day 13 to Day 16
Day 17 to Day 20
4mg/kg/day
6mg/kg/day
8mg/kg/day
10mg/kg/day
12mg/kg/day
LCM=lacosamide; PBO=placebo
Dosing flexibility during the Titration Period based on tolerability is allowed in SP0967. After 
completion of Day 4, investigators will assess whether a subject would tolerate a further dose 
increase or whether a subject should hold the dose for a longer duration. In addition to holds, 
subjects may have the study medication titrated to a higher dose or back titrated by LCM 
1mg/kg/day or 2mg/kg/day (or matching PBO) steps. If study medication is titrated to a higher 
dose, the subject should remain on the higher dose for ≥4 days unless a back-titration step based 
on tolerability is required. 
If study medication is back titrated, the back titrated dose must never be lower than LCM 
4mg/kg/day (or matching PBO) and be maintained for ≥3 days before a subsequent dose 
increase. After study medication is back titrated, if a subject returns to a higher dose previously 
administered, the dose must be maintained for ≥3 days (in order to reach steady state) before 
subsequent titration to a higher dose. After study medication is back titrated, if a subject 
subsequently receives a higher dose not previously administered, that dose should be maintained 
for ≥4 days unless tolerability concerns require a back titration. 
There is no limit to the number of titration steps or dose holds allowed and all are at the 
investigator’s discretion; however, subjects must achieve at least the minimum target dose of 
study medication (LCM 8mg/kg/day or matching PBO) for the final 3 days of the Titration 
Period. If it becomes apparent that the subject will not be able to reach the minimum target dose, 
then the subject should be withdrawn from the Titration Period and enter the Taper Period.
No adjustments in dose of study medication will be permitted after Day 20. Subjects who are not 
able to tolerate the study medication at an earlier time point during the Titration Period or who 
are not able to tolerate the reduced dose at the end of the Titration Period will be withdrawn from 
the study and enter the blinded Taper Period. Subjects who withdraw during the Transition 
Period will also enter the blinded Taper Period. 
7.2.2
Maintenance Period
Subjects who achieve at least the minimum target dose of study medication (LCM 8mg/kg/day 
or matching PBO) for the final 3 days of the Titration Period will enter the 7-day blinded 
Maintenance Period on the dose achieved at the end of the Titration Period and will continue to 
receive this dose for the duration of the Maintenance Period. No adjustments to study medication 
dose will be allowed during the Maintenance Period. 
Subjects who complete the Maintenance Period will be offered the opportunity to enroll in an 
open-label extension study (EP0034). Eligible subjects who choose to enroll in EP0034 will 
proceed to a blinded 12-day Transition Period. 
REDACTED
vious
viou
require
equire
ration
ratio
subj
subj
COPY
s
days 
days
dy me
y m
l
This document
Mai
Mai
rec
ec
cannot
cts wh
ts wh
match
match
nt
be used
er
so ent
o ent
M
to
r the
r th
support
f stu
stu
dy med
y me
te the 
the 
e b
any
hdra
dr
udy
udy
marketing
jects 
jects 
y or ma
y or m
at the s
t the
rawn
raw
authorization
edica
edica
ly adm
y adm
re a ba
a ba
step
step
application
neve
ev
ys befo
ys be
ect retu
ct ret
(in ord
(in or
ati
and 
ver
ver
any
back
bac
extensions
furth
urth
ition t
tion t
ated b
ted b
is titr
s titr
k
or
67.
67
her
her
variations 
ay
s
ati
7 A
thereof. 
th


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 39 of 144
7.2.3
Transition Period
During the Transition Period, subjects randomized to PBO will be transitioned in a double-blind 
manner from PBO to LCM 8mg/kg/day over a 12-day period. Transition dosing will be 
administered according to Table 7‒2. Subjects randomized to LCM will remain on their 
Maintenance Period dose during the Transition Period.
Table 7‒2:
Transition Period LCM dosing schedule for subjects randomized to 
PBO
Maintenance Period 
LCM doses for the Transition Period
Day 28 to Day 31
Day 32 to Day 35
Day 36 to 39
PBO
4mg/kg/day
6mg/kg/day
8mg/kg/day
LCM=lacosamide; PBO=placebo
At Visit 1 of EP0034, all subjects will transition to a dose of LCM 10mg/kg/day. The SP0967 
final Transition Visit is the same as Visit 1 of EP0034.
7.2.4
Taper Period
Subjects who are not eligible for or who choose not to enter EP0034, or subjects who do not 
complete the Maintenance Period, will proceed to a blinded Taper Period of 8 to 16 days during 
which treatment with study medication will be withdrawn. The taper steps will be based on the 
dose of LCM (or matching PBO) achieved during the Maintenance Period according to 
Table 7-3. A slower taper is permitted if medically necessary. In case of an emergency, a faster 
taper is permitted after discussion with the Medical Monitor, whenever possible. 
Subjects who are withdrawn during either the Titration Period or the Transition Period will also 
proceed to the Taper Period, and study medication will be tapered starting at the respective dose 
achieved during the Titration Period or the Transition Period. At the discretion of the 
investigator, AEDs may be added or adjusted and VNS adjustments may be made once the 
subject enters the Taper Period. 
Table 7-3:
Dosing of LCM (or matching PBO) during the Taper Period
LCM (or matching 
PBO) dose achieved
LCM (or matching PBO) doses for the Taper Period 
Day 28 to Day 31
Day 32 to Day 35
Day 36 to Day 39
Day 40 to Day 43
11 or 12mg/kg/day
9mg/kg/day
6mg/kg/day
4mg/kg/day
2mg/kg/day
9 or 10mg/kg/day
8mg/kg/day
6mg/kg/day
4mg/kg/day
2mg/kg/day
7 or 8mg/kg/day
6mg/kg/day
4mg/kg/day
2mg/kg/day
2mg/kg/day
5 or 6mg/kg/day
4mg/kg/day
2mg/kg/day
2mg/kg/day
NA
4mg/kg/day
2mg/kg/day
2mg/kg/day
NA
NA
LCM=lacosamide; NA=not applicable; PBO=placebo
Note: The study day numbers provided are for subjects who complete the Maintenance Period and enter the Taper 
Period. The study day numbers provided do not apply to subjects who enter the Taper Period at other times.
Subjects who enter the Taper Period will return for the Taper Visit at the end of the Taper 
Period. 
REDACTED
e 
durin
durin
f medi
f medi
th the
th the
g eit
g eit
COPY 
t to 
to
o a bl
o a bl
with
with
This document
5 or 6
or 6
4m
4m
en
um
u
canno
8mg/kg
mg/k
not
g/kg
/kg
no
6m
6m
ca
be 
g/d
g
g/d
g/d
be used 
ved
ed
day
day
us
to 
to
t
support 
erio
rio
g of L
g of L
su
any
ded 
ded
od.
od.
marketing
ther th
ther th
udy me
udy m
riod or
riod o
d o
d
authorization
lin
hdraw
hdraw
ng the
g the
dically
ically
 Med
Med
application 
nter EP
ter EP
nded 
nded 
and
0m
0m
any 
mg/k
mg/
extensions 
Day 3
Day 3
ns
8
ns
ex
or r variations 
d to
d to
v
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 40 of 144
Taper of LCM may not be required for some subjects who are on the lowest dose of study 
medication or who need to discontinue study medication abruptly, depending on the treatment 
option selected by the investigator in consultation with the medical monitor.
7.3
Packaging
Lacosamide and matching PBO are manufactured, packaged, and labeled according to Good 
Manufacturing Practice (GMP) guidelines and applicable laws or regulations. The IMP is 
suitably packaged in such a way as to protect the IMP from deterioration during transport and 
storage.
Lacosamide 10mg/mL oral solution and matching PBO will be packaged in amber PET bottles, 
and will be measured and administered via a dosing syringe.
7.4
Labeling
Clinical drug supplies will be labeled in accordance with the current International Council for 
Harmonisation (ICH) guidelines on Good Clinical Practice (GCP) and GMP and will include any 
locally required statements. If necessary, labels will be translated into the local language.
7.5
Handling and storage requirements
The investigator (or designee) is responsible for the safe and proper storage of IMP at the site. 
Investigational medicinal product stored by the investigator is to be kept in a secured area with 
limited access according to the storage conditions mentioned on the label.
Appropriate storage conditions must be ensured either by controlling the temperature or by 
completion of a temperature log in accordance with local requirements on a regular basis, 
showing minimum and maximum temperatures reached over the time interval.
In case an out-of-range temperature is noted, it must be immediately reported as per instructions 
contained in the IMP Handling Manual.
The investigator (or designee) will instruct the subject‘s legal representative(s)/caregiver(s) (in 
accordance with local regulation) to store the IMP following the instructions on the label.
7.6
Drug accountability
A Drug Accountability form will be used to record IMP dispensing and return information on a 
by-subject basis and will serve as source documentation during the course of the study. Details of 
any IMP lost, damaged (due to breakage or wastage), not used, partially used, disposed of at the 
study site, or returned to the sponsor or designee must also be recorded on the appropriate forms. 
All supplies and pharmacy documentation must be made available throughout the study for UCB 
(or designee) to review.
The investigator (or designee) is responsible for retaining all used, unused, and partially used 
containers of IMP until returned.
The investigator may assign some of the investigator’s duties for drug accountability at the study 
site to an appropriate pharmacist/designee.
The investigator must ensure that the IMP is used only in accordance with the protocol.
REDACTED
ition
ition
ensure
nsure
ccorda
corda
tempe
tempe
COPY
he saf
he sa
inves
inve
ns
ns
This document 
The
The
cannot 
te, 
e, 
upplie
pplie
desig
desi
be 
ost, 
st, 
or r
or r
used
ab
ab
sis and
is an
, da
da
to
bilit
bilit
suppor
gulati
ulat
g acco
acc
any
) wil
) wi
tion
tio
marketing
eratu
eratu
e is not
is no
Manual
Manua
l
authorization
stiga
tiga
 ment
men
red eit
red eit
ance w
nce w
tur
tur
application 
d in
d in
s
e and p
and 
ator
ato
and
and G
nd G
into
nto
any
nterna
terna
GM
G
extensions
er PE
r PE
or variations 
rt and 
t and
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 41 of 144
Periodically, and/or after completion of the clinical phase of the study, all used (including empty 
containers/partially used), unused, damaged, and/or expired IMP must be reconciled and either 
destroyed at the site according to local laws, regulations, and UCB SOPs or returned to UCB’s 
designee. Investigational medicinal product intended for the study cannot be used for any other 
purpose than that described in this protocol.
7.7
Procedures for monitoring subject compliance
At each visit after IMP is dispensed, subjects must return all used, unused, IMP and empty IMP 
containers. Drug accountability must be done in the presence of the subject’s parent(s)/legal 
representative(s)/caregiver(s) in order to obtain explanations regarding discrepancies in 
compliance with the dosing regimen. Drug accountability must be recorded on the Drug 
Accountability form.
If a subject is found to be persistently noncompliant (defined as <75% or >125% compliant with 
the dosage schedule), the sponsor, in conjunction with the investigator, will make a decision as to 
whether the subject should be withdrawn from the study.
7.8
Concomitant medications/treatments
7.8.1
Permitted and prohibited concomitant treatments (medications and 
therapies)
Subjects must have been maintained on a stable dosage regimen of 1 to 3 marketed AEDs for 
≥2 weeks prior to Visit 1. 
Vagus nerve stimulation is allowed and will not be counted as concomitant AED use. The VNS 
device must have been implanted for ≥6 months prior to Visit 1, kept at a stable setting for 
≥2 weeks prior to Visit 1, and kept stable during the Baseline, Treatment, and Transition Periods. 
Use of the VNS device magnet is allowed.
For subjects who enter the Taper Period, AEDs may be added or adjusted and VNS adjustments 
may be made at the discretion of the investigator.
The following concomitant medications are prohibited during the study:
x Clozapine
x Monoamine oxidase-A inhibitors 
x Barbiturates (except as AEDs)
x Cannabidiols (not approved or indicated for epilepsy by local health authority)
Neuroleptics (except for clozapine) are allowed during the study but the investigator should 
make every effort to keep the dose stable.
Subjects who have been treated with felbamate and have experienced any serious toxicity issues 
are excluded from the study. Any subject who is currently treated with felbamate, and has 
received felbamate for a period of less than 12 months, is excluded from the study. Subjects 
treated with felbamate for ≥12 months prior to Visit 1 and who have not experienced serious 
toxicity issues are eligible.
REDACTED 
d will 
will 
r ≥6 m
r ≥6 m
stab
stab
COPY 
e dos
e dos
This document
mak
mak
S
cannot
nnab
nnab
urolep
urole
k
be 
uratat
bid
bid
used
oxi
oxi
ates 
tes
to 
xid
xid
support
tant m
ant m
any
n of t
n of 
marketing
m
ble du
ble du
llowed
lowe
r Peri
Per
authorization
sage r
sage r
not b
not b
month
onth
application 
nt trea
nt tre
and any 
, will 
 will
extensions
ies i
es i
the Dr
he Dr
>125
125
or 
)/le
/l
inin
variations 
pty IM
y IM
lega
ega
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 42 of 144
The following medications are not allowed unless used as described: 
x Amphetamines: stable use only. 
A stable daily dosage regimen of concomitant BZDs will be considered as a concomitant AED. 
Such use is permitted throughout the study and should be maintained for the video-EEG 
procedures. Use of BZDs as rescue medications (ie, not as part of a stable daily dosing regimen) 
is permitted. However, use of BZDs for any reason other than a stable daily dosage regimen as 
concomitant AED within 24 hours prior to or during the video-EEG is not permitted and may 
lead to the subject being withdrawn from the study (May Withdrawal Criterion 5; Section 6.3).
Therapy that becomes necessary (in the investigator’s opinion) during the course of the study 
must not be refused to a subject, even if described above as a therapy that is expressly not 
permitted. In cases where this occurs but withdrawal criteria have not been met, the advisability 
of the subject’s continuation in the study must be discussed between the Medical Monitor and 
the investigator. Other medications are permitted according to current clinical standards (eg, 
topical anesthetic).
7.8.2
Rescue medication
Use of BZDs as rescue medications (ie, not as part of a daily regimen) is permitted. However, 
use of BZDs for rescue within 24 hours prior to or during video-EEG recording is not permitted.
7.9
Blinding
Subjects, investigators, and all site personnel are blinded to study medication.
Lacosamide and PBO oral solutions are colorless to pale yellow solutions packaged in amber 
PET bottles. The blind is maintained as the accompanying packaging is identical in appearance 
so that neither the investigator/investigator’s designee nor the subject is able to tell whether the 
subject is receiving LCM or PBO.
An interactive voice/web response system (IXRS) will be used to assign a treatment to subjects 
who meet eligibility criteria at Visit 3, based on a predetermined randomization schedule. The 
IXRS is used to control all drug distribution and inventory for this study.
The IXRS will be responsible for subsequent issue of treatment kits, as appropriate to the visit 
schedule.
7.9.1
Procedures for maintaining and breaking the treatment blind
7.9.1.1
Maintenance of study treatment blind
All subject treatment details will be allocated and maintained by the IXRS.
7.9.1.2
Breaking the treatment blind in an emergency situation
In the event of an emergency, it will be possible to determine to treatment arm and dose the 
subject has been allocated by contacting the IXRS. All sites will be provided with details of how 
to contact the system for code breaking at the start of the study. The Medical Monitor or 
equivalent should be consulted prior to unblinding, whenever possible.
The Clinical Project Manager will be informed immediately via the IXRS when a code is broken, 
but will remain blinded to specific treatment information. Any unblinding of the IMP performed 
by the investigator must be recorded in the source documents and on the Study Termination 
REDACTED 
nel ar
nel ar
re col
re col
ed as t
ed as t
sti
st
COPY
duri
dur
This document 
7.9.
.9.
In
In
cannot 
ubjec
ubjec
1
be used 
Pro
Pr
to support
a 
all dru
all dr
sponsi
ponsi
any
onse
ns
at Vi
at Vi
marketing
the 
he 
igator’
gator’
se sy
se
authorization 
re blin
e blin
lorless
orles
e ac
ac
application 
ily regi
ly reg
ng vide
g vid
and any 
M
clinic
clini
extensions
of th
of th
xpress
press
met, t
met, t
Medic
edi
or 
tioio
variations 
n)
n)
n as
as 
d may 
may 
on
on 6
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 43 of 144
eCRF page. Subjects whose treatment is unblinded will be discontinued from the study and 
tapered off of LCM as noted in Table 7-3.
7.10
Randomization and numbering of subjects
An IXRS will be used for assigning eligible subjects to a treatment regimen based on a 
predetermined randomization schedule provided by UCB or its designee. 
To enroll a subject (Visit 1), the investigator will contact the IXRS and provide brief details 
about the subject to be enrolled. Each subject will receive a 5-digit number assigned at Screening 
which serves as the subject identifier throughout the study. The subject number will be required 
in all communication between the investigator/investigator's designee and the IXRS regarding a 
particular subject. Subject numbers and kit numbers will be tracked via the IXRS. 
To randomize a subject (Visit 3), the investigator (or designee) will contact the IXRS and 
provide brief details about the subject to be randomized. The IXRS will allocate kit numbers to 
the subject based on the subject number during the course of the study.
Randomization will be stratified by age category (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to 
<1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age).
8
STUDY PROCEDURES BY VISIT 
Detailed tabular schedules of study procedures are provided in Section 5.2. The subject should 
take concomitant AEDs at the usual time(s) on the morning of each clinic visit.
At all visits and telephone contacts, subjects will be instructed to call the investigator if any 
intolerable and/or serious AEs (SAEs) occur before the next visit or contact. After subjects begin 
study medication, if any AEs necessitate a subject’s withdrawal from the study, the subject 
should come in for a clinic visit as soon as possible after the occurrence of the AE. 
Planned clinic visits should be scheduled as indicated in Section 5.2 with a window of ±2 days 
relative to Visit 3 (Baseline Period), with the exception of the Safety Follow-Up Clinic Visit, 
which should be scheduled 14 days (±2 days) after the final dose of study medication, and the 
Safety Follow-Up Telephone Contact, which should be scheduled 30 days (-1/+3 days) after the 
final dose of study medication.
8.1
Baseline Period: Visit 1 (Day -7) to Visit 2 (Day -3 to Day -1)
At Visit 1 (Day -7), subjects who meet the selection criteria will begin a 7-day Baseline Period 
(Day -7 to Day -1). Visit 1 may occur over more than 1 day; however, all results of Visit 1 
assessments should be available before Visit 3. In the event that additional time is needed to 
access inpatient facilities to perform the video-EEG, a maximum of 7 days may be added to the 
period between Visit 1 and 2. During the Baseline Period, study visits are scheduled on Days -7,
-3, -2, and -1.
8.1.1
Baseline Period: Visit 1 (Day -7) 
At Visit 1, subjects will be evaluated for their suitability for enrollment. It is acceptable for this 
visit to be conducted on more than 1 day; however, all results of Visit 1 assessments should be 
available prior to randomization. Prior to the conduct of any study-related procedures, a 
complete explanation (both verbal and written) of the nature and purpose of the study will be 
given to the subject’s parent(s)/legal representative(s) by the investigator (or designee). The 
REDACTED
on t
on t
ects w
ects w
s) occu
s) occu
ssitate
ssitate
COPY 
V
are pr
are p
the
the
This document
perio
erio
-3,3,
cannot
ment
ent
ess inp
ss in
iod
od
be
 Day
 Da
used 
Bas
as
ay 
ay -7
o
ase
se
support 
d 1
phone 
hone
medicat
edica
i
any
eriod
erio
4 da
4 da
marketing
e a s
e a s
oon as 
on as 
chedule
hedu
od)
od)
authorization
rovi
ovi
e mor
mor
will be
ll be
ur bef
ur bef
su
su
application 
<6 m
4 years
years
IT
ide
ide
and 
dy.y.
mon
mo
any
allo
allo
extensions
RS re
RS re
RS. 
RS. 
ct the 
t the 
oc
or
be re
e r
variations 
lsls
Scree
Scree
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 44 of 144
parent(s)/legal representative(s) of the subject is required to sign and date the IRB/IEC-approved 
informed consent if he/she decides to participate in the study.
The subject’s eligibility for the study will be determined on the basis of the inclusion/exclusion 
criteria, signature of an informed consent prior to any study-related procedures or evaluations, 
and the results of the following pretreatment assessments (for further details of the assessments 
and the required procedures and methods, refer to Section 9, Section 10, and Section 11 of this 
protocol):
x Informed consent
x Demographics (date of birth [where permitted], age group category, age in months and years, 
race, ethnicity, and gender)
x Inclusion/exclusion criteria
x Medical history
x Seizure history/count
x Concomitant medications (including any current medication intake as well as any 
medications taken ≤30 days prior to Visit 1)
x Concomitant AEDs (including any current medication intake as well as any previous AED 
taken prior to Visit 1)
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (complete)
x Vital signs (including BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible 
according to investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Height
x Head circumference
x Neurological examination (complete)
x 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings [approximately 20 to 30 minutes apart] to be 
performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if possible, with the 
subject in a supine position for 5 minutes preceding the ECG recording)
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology
x Contact IXRS
x AE reporting
8.1.2
Baseline Period: Visit 2 (Day -3 to Day -1) 
From Visit 2 (Day -3 to Day -1) to Visit 3 (Day 1), an End-of-Baseline video-EEG (up to 72 
hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of interpretable 
recording) will be performed. The Day -3 assessments should be conducted prior to the start of 
video-EEG monitoring. The video-EEG will be conducted in an inpatient setting. Upon
REDACTED 
pulse
pulse
COPY 
medicat
edica
This document
x
C
cannot
ect 
ect 
Blood
Bloo
be
med
ed
t in
t in
used 
CG (2
CG (2
d pr
d p
to
exam
xam
support 
e
min
mi
any marketing
se rate,
e rate
ment)
ent)
authorization 
ati
application 
ion int
on in
ion in
on in
and any extensions
onths
onths
or variations 
is 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 45 of 144
completion of the End-of-Baseline video-EEG (Visits 2 and 3), the investigator will assess the 
electrographic seizure count and confirm the selection criteria have been met. If the subject 
meets all selection criteria, including the requisite number of seizures based on the End-of-
Baseline video-EEG data, the subject may be randomized at Visit 3. Assessment of the video-
EEG seizure count will also be performed locally by the investigator, subinvestigator, or 
qualified designated reader for the purpose of study analyses; however, completion of this review 
is not required prior to randomization.
During Visit 2, the following assessments will be performed:
x Inclusion/exclusion criteria (Day -3 only)
x Concomitant medications 
x Concomitant AEDs 
x VNS assessment (Day -3 only and only if applicable)
x Physical examination (brief) (Day -3 only)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment; Day -3 only)
x Body weight (Day -3 only)
x Neurological examination (brief) (Day -3 only)
x Video-EEG 
x Rescue medication assessment
x AE reporting 
x Review withdrawal criteria 
8.2
Titration Period: Visit 3 (Day 1) to Telephone Contact 3 (Day 20)
Beginning with Visit 3 at Day 1 and continuing up to Telephone Contact 3 at Day 20, telephone 
contacts and clinic visits will be conducted during the Titration Period.
Subjects will be randomized into a treatment arm and study medication will be dispensed. The 
subject will take the first dose of study medication in the clinic. The subject will be instructed to 
call the investigator if any intolerable and/or SAEs occur. If any change in the study medication 
is required, the subject should come in for a clinic visit as soon as possible.
During the Titration Period, visits are scheduled on Days 1, 9, and 17, and telephone contacts are 
scheduled on Days 5, 13, and 20.
8.2.1
Titration Period: Visit 3 (Day 1)
Randomization and initial dispensing of study medication will occur at Visit 3 and after the 
completion of the video-EEG and confirmation that the subject has met selection criteria.
During Visit 3, the following assessments will be performed:
x Inclusion/exclusion criteria
REDACTED
3 on
3 on
COPY 
nly
nly
This document
sche
che
8.
8.
cannot 
red,
ed,
ring th
ng th
hedu
edu
be
vesti
est
d, th
d, th
used 
ran
ra
ake the
ke the
tiga
tiga
o
ando
ndo
support 
at Day
t Day
isits wi
sits w
any
eriod
erio
marketing authorization 
y)
application 
sments
smen
and any extensions or variations 
iew 
ew 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 46 of 144
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x 12-lead ECG will be at the discretion of the investigator. The ECG (2 interpretable 
recordings [approximately 20 to 30 minutes apart] to be performed, if possible, with the 
subject in a supine position for 5 minutes preceding ECG recording) 
x Video-EEG (End-of-Baseline video-EEG)
x Rescue medication assessment
x Contact IXRS
x Randomization
x Dispense study medication and administer first dose of study medication before the 
conclusion of visit
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
x Healthcare resource use
x Investigators must make every attempt to administer the Bayley-III scales (for subjects who 
are <18 months of age who originate in English-speaking countries) 
x BRIEF-P score 
x PedsQL score 
x Achenbach CBCL (the CBCL/1½-5 will be completed by parent[s]/legal 
representative[s]/caregiver[s] of subjects ≥18 months of age at Visit 3)
8.2.2
Titration Period: Telephone Contact 1 (Day 5), Telephone Contact 2 
(Day 13), and Telephone Contact 3 (Day 20)
During the Titration Period telephone contacts (Telephone Contact 1, Telephone Contact 2, and 
Telephone Contact 3), the following assessments will be performed:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
x Dosing instructions
At Telephone Contact 3, in addition to the procedures noted, the investigator or designee will 
confirm that the subject has tolerated study medication. After Day 20, the dose must remain 
stable.
8.2.3
Titration Period: Visit 4 (Day 9)
At Visit 4, the following assessments will be performed:
REDACTED
Engl
Eng
½
COPY 
dmini
dmini
lis
li
This document 
x
cannot
E repo
repo
Rev
Rev
be 
mit
mit
used
nt m
t m
tant
tant
to 
3
med
support 
an
an
eriod t
riod 
), the
), the
any
iod:
iod
nd T
d T
marketing 
½-5 wi
5 w
of subj
f sub
d: T
d:
authorization
ister
ster
sh-spe
spe
application 
r th
r th
and any 
ioio
extensions 
on b
on b
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 47 of 144
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (brief)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Neurological examination (brief)
x Contact IXRS
x Dispense study medication
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
8.2.4
Titration Period: Visit 5 (Day 17)
During Visit 5, the following assessments will be performed:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x Physical examination (brief)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Neurological examination (brief)
x 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings [approximately 20 to 30 minutes apart] to be 
performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if possible, with the 
subject in a supine position for 5 minutes preceding ECG recording)
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology
x Blood sample for determination of LCM plasma concentration 
x Contact IXRS
x Dispense study medication
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
REDACTED
ill b
ill b
COPY 
17)
17)
be p
be
This document 
x
cannot
ood s
od s
Bloo
Bloo
be 
in 
in 
used
 (2
(
d prior
prior
n a s
a s
to
2 in
2 in
support 
minati
minat
t
any marketing 
e, inclu
e, incl
authorization 
perfor
perfor
application and any extensions or variations 
ng to
ng to
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 48 of 144
8.3
Maintenance Period: Visit 6/Early Termination (Day 24 to 
Day 27)
Subjects completing the Titration Period will enter the Maintenance Period and continue on the 
final dose of LCM achieved during the Titration Period. Dose reduction or escalation during the 
Maintenance Period is not permitted. Subjects who are withdrawn will enter the Taper Period 
(see Section 7.2.4). Subjects who complete the Maintenance Period may be eligible to participate 
in the open-label extension study (EP0034).
During the Maintenance Period, study visits are scheduled on Days 24 to 27. The subject should 
take concomitant AEDs and study medication at the usual time(s) on the morning of each clinic 
visit.
8.3.1
Maintenance Period: Visit 6/Early Termination (Day 24, Day 25, and 
Day 26)
The Day 24 assessments should be conducted prior to the start of the End-of Maintenance Period 
video-EEG monitoring (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at 
least 48 hours of interpretable recording). Assessment of video-EEG seizure count will be 
performed locally by the investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader for the 
purpose of the study analyses. The following assessments will be performed on Day 24 for all 
subjects:
x Concomitant medications 
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (brief)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Neurological examination (brief)
x Video-EEG 
x Rescue medication assessment
x Contact IXRS
x Dispense study medication
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
The following assessments will be performed on Day 25 and Day 26 during the video-EEG:
x Concomitant medications 
x Concomitant AEDs
x Rescue medication assessment
REDACTED COPY
sme
m
This document
x
A
cannot
pens
ens
Retur
Retu
be 
nse
nse
used 
ca
ca
XRS
XRS
to
ation
atio
support
ation
tion
any 
n (
marketing 
e, incl
e, inc
authorization application
-EEG
EE
ualified
ualifie
ts will b
s will
and 
E
ith ev
th ev
G
any 
End
nd
extensions
of e
of e
y 24, D
24, D
or
ect
ec
eac
eac
variations 
ipate
ipate
ct sh
ct sh
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 49 of 144
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
8.3.2
Maintenance Period: Visit 6/Early Termination (Day 27)
On the final day of the Maintenance Period, the following assessments will be performed after 
the completion of the End of Maintenance Period video-EEG:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (complete)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Height
x Head circumference
x Neurological examination (complete)
x 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings [approximately 20 to 30 minutes apart] to be 
performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if possible, with the 
subject in a supine position for 5 minutes preceding ECG recording)
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology
x Blood sample for determination of LCM plasma concentration 
x Clinical Global Impression of Change
x Caregiver’s Global Impressions of Change
x Contact IXRS
x Dispense study medication
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
x Rescue medication assessment
x Review withdrawal criteria
x Healthcare resource use
x PedsQL (same version used at Visit 3)
REDACTED 
gs [ap
gs [ap
s and v
and
5 minu
minu
sts
COPY 
This document 
x
cannot
E repo
repo
Resc
Resc
be 
stu
stu
used
udy 
udy 
udy
udy
to 
m
support 
Impres
mpre
any
on of 
on of
marketing 
ut
try/hem
ry/hem
ion of 
on of
authorization 
pprox
prox
vital s
vital 
tes p
es p
application and any
ere f
ere
extensions 
fefe
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 50 of 144
8.4
Transition Period: Transition Visit 1 (Day 32) to Transition 
Visit 2 (Day 40)
Eligible subjects who choose to enter EP0034 will enter a 12-day Transition Period upon 
completion of the Maintenance Period.
During the Transition Period, subjects assigned to PBO will be transitioned in a double-blind 
manner from PBO to LCM 8mg/kg/day over a 12-day period according to the schedule shown in 
Table 7‒2. Subjects assigned to LCM 8mg/kg/day to 12mg/kg/day will remain at the dose 
achieved during the Maintenance Period. At the entry visit of EP0034, all subjects will transition 
to a dose of LCM 10mg/kg/day.
During the Transition Period, study visits will be scheduled on Days 32 and 40, and a telephone 
contact will be conducted on Day 36.
8.4.1
Transition Period: Transition Visit 1 (Day 32) 
During Transition Visit 1, the following assessments will be performed:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (brief)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Neurological examination (brief)
x Contact IXRS
x Dispense study medication
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
8.4.2
Transition Period: Transition Telephone Contact 1 (Day 36)
During Transition Telephone Contact 1, the following assessments will be performed:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
x Dosing instructions
REDACTED 
ding o
ing o
COPY 
This document
x
C
x
cannot 
ing Tr
ng T
C
be used 
g
withdr
withd
to support
cation
atio
dication
catio
any 
on
marketing 
ief)
ef)
authorization 
orthos
orthos
application and
rmed
med
any extensions 
0, and
, and
or 
l trt
variations 
own in
wn in
se e
tran
tran
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 51 of 144
8.4.3
Transition Period: Transition Visit 2 (Day 40)
Transition Visit 2 will also serve as Visit 1 for EP0034.
During Transition Visit 2, the following assessments will be performed:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (complete)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Neurological examination (complete)
x 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings [approximately 20 to 30 minutes apart] to be 
performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if possible, with the 
subject in a supine position for 5 minutes preceding ECG recording)
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology
x Contact IXRS
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
8.5
Taper Period: Telephone Contact 4 (Day 32) and Taper Visit 
(Day 36, Day 40, or Day 44)
A blinded Taper Period (8 to 16 days, depending on the dose level achieved) will be required for 
subjects who discontinue study medication prematurely and for subjects who complete the 
Maintenance Period but will not enroll in EP0034. Study medication will be tapered as described 
in Table 7-3.
During the Taper Period, a telephone contact will be conducted on Day 32 and a Taper Visit will
be scheduled at the end of the Taper Period, on Day 36, 40, or 44. Note that the study day 
numbers provided are for subjects who complete the Maintenance Period and enter the Taper 
Period; the study day numbers provided do not apply to subjects who enter the Taper Period at 
other times.
8.5.1
Taper Period: Telephone Contact 4 (Day 32)
During Telephone Contact 4, the following assessments will be performed:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x AE reporting
REDACTED COPY 
din
logy
logy
This document
othe
othe
8
cannot 
dule
ule
bers pr
ers p
riod; 
iod;
be 
Ta
Ta
led
led
used 
aper
aper
to 
od b
od b
support 
(8 to 
(8 to 
inue st
nue s
but
bu
any
ay 40
ay 4
marketing 
Tele
Tel
authorization application
 to 3
to 3
ssment 
smen
ECG re
CG r
and 
30
30
any extensions 
sible a
ible a
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 52 of 144
x Review withdrawal criteria
8.5.2
Taper Period: Taper Visit (Day 36, Day 40, or Day 44)
A Taper Visit will be scheduled at the end of the Taper Period (Day 36, 40, or 44), depending on 
dose level achieved.
During the Taper Visit, the following assessments will be performed:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (brief)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Neurological examination (brief)
x 12-lead ECG will be required for subjects with a clinically significant abnormal reading at 
the previous clinic visit. For non-clinically significant abnormalities, repeat of this 
assessment is at the discretion of the investigator. The ECGs (2 interpretable recordings 
[approximately 20 to 30 minutes apart] is to be performed prior to any blood draws and vital 
signs assessment and, if possible, with the subject in a supine position for 5 minutes 
preceding ECG recording)
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology collection will be required for subjects with 
a clinically significant abnormal value at the previous clinic visit. For non-clinically 
significant abnormalities, repeat of these assessments are at the discretion of the investigator.
x Contact IXRS
x Dosing instructions
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
8.6
Safety Follow-Up Period
There will be a 30-day Safety Follow-Up Period for all subjects who will not be entering 
EP0034.
8.6.1
Safety Follow-Up Period: Safety Follow-Up Clinic Visit (Day 50, 
Day 54, or Day 58)
The Safety Follow-Up Clinic Visit will occur 14 days (±2 days) after the final dose of study 
medication and will include the following assessments:
x Concomitant medications
REDACTED
estig
estig
t] is to
] is to
with th
ith t
sts
COPY
h a cl
h a c
signifi
signif
igat
ga
This document 
The
he
EP0
EP0
cannot 
erere
be
w wi
w w
used 
ing
ng
to 
med
med
support 
s
dica
dic
any 
p
marketing 
try/hem
ry/hem
mal valu
al val
peat o
eat 
authorization
fican
can
tor. T
or. T
o be p
be p
he sub
e sub
application 
nically
icall
ant a
nt a
and any
ere f
ere
extensions 
e fefe
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 53 of 144
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (complete)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Neurological examination (complete)
x 12-lead ECG will be required for subjects with a clinically significant abnormal reading at 
the previous clinic visit. For non-clinically significant abnormalities, repeat of this 
assessment is at the discretion of the investigator.  
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology collection will be required for subjects with 
a clinically significant abnormal value at the previous clinic visit. For non-clinically 
significant abnormalities, repeat of these assessments are at the discretion of the investigator.
x AE reporting
8.6.2
Safety Follow-Up Period: Safety Follow-Up Telephone Contact 
(Day 66, Day 70, Day 74, or Day 93)
The Safety Follow-Up Telephone Contact will occur 30 days (-1/+3 days) after the final dose of 
study medication and will include the following assessments:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x AE reporting
8.7
Unscheduled Visit
Unscheduled visits can be conducted at the discretion of the investigator (eg, due to an AE). 
During the Unscheduled Visit, the following assessments will be performed:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
In addition to the required assessments listed above, additional assessments may be performed at 
the investigator’s discretion.
REDACTED
will o
will o
ollowin
lowin
COPY
ety F
ety F
Day 
Day 
This document
x
cannot 
S as
as
Vital 
Vital 
inv
inv
be 
asse
asse
used 
m
tant A
ant A
to
med
med
support 
be con
be con
uled Vi
led V
any
ed V
ed V
marketing authorization
93)
93)
occur 3
ccur 3
ing as
ng as
application
the 
he
ollow
ollow
)
and
sit.
it. F
e di
e di
any 
requi
requ
or
extensions 
rmal re
mal r
eat of 
eat of
or variations 
o
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 54 of 144
9
ASSESSMENT OF EFFICACY
9.1
Primary and secondary efficacy variables
The primary and secondary efficacy variables are based on the ADF of partial-onset seizures as 
measured on video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at 
least 48 hours of interpretable recording). 
Partial-onset seizure count will be based on electrographic seizures with or without clinical 
correlate depending upon age as specified below. 
Partial-onset seizure frequency for infants aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months will be based on 
electrographic seizures. Partial-onset seizure frequency for children aged >6 months to <4 years 
will be based on electrographic seizures with an accompanying clinical correlate.
Electrographic seizures are defined as recognizable ictal patterns on an EEG involving 
≥2 contiguous electrodes. The seizures are initiated as a unilateral or strongly asymmetric 
abnormal epileptiform discharge lasting a total of >10 seconds. 
The video-EEG recordings will be evaluated for seizure counts locally by the investigator, 
subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader. 
Calculation of the Baseline Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures and the 
Maintenance Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be based on results from a 
video-EEG during each period. Subjects are expected to have at least 48 hours of interpretable 
video-EEG during each period. For subjects who drop out during the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG, the number of hours from the start of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG to 
the time of withdrawal (in hours) will be considered for analysis. Subjects who discontinue on or 
before Day 20 will not require a video-EEG.
9.2
Other efficacy assessments
9.2.1
Global Impression of Change
The Clinical and Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change will be administered according to the 
tabular schedules of study procedures (Section 5.2).
The Clinical Global Impression of Change is a 7-point categorical rating scale in which the 
investigator assesses the subject’s change from Baseline in clinical status, including an 
evaluation of seizure frequency and intensity, the occurrence of AEs, and subject’s functional 
status.
The Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change is a 7-point categorical rating scale in which the 
caregiver(s) assesses the subject’s change from Baseline in clinical status, including an 
evaluation of seizure frequency and intensity, the occurrence of AEs, and subject’s functional 
status.
9.2.2
PedsQL
The PedsQL is a validated instrument that consists of generic core scales suitable for use with 
pediatric populations, including those with acute or chronic health conditions (Varni et al, 2001). 
The PedsQL will be administered only in countries where a translated version is available. The 
REDACTED
exp
exp
cts wh
cts wh
the st
he s
ill be 
ill be 
deo
deo
COPY
graph
grap
tial
tial-on
o
pec
pec
This document
eval
eval
stst
cannot 
Caregi
areg
egive
egiv
be used
sesse
esse
f seizu
seizu
to
al Im
al I
es
support
er’s G
er’s 
udy pr
udy p
Imp
m
any
ssi
ss
Gl
G
marketing 
co
-EEG
EEG
asses
asse
ion
io
uthorization
nset
set
cted to
ted t
ho dro
ho dro
tart of
rt of
onsi
onsi
application
s loca
s loc
hic part
ic par
t se
t se
and any 
EG
E
trongl
rong
extensions
sed o
ed 
onths t
nths 
elate.
elate.
EG in
G in
or 
on
on
variations 
al
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 55 of 144
version of the PedsQL used at Visit 3 (Baseline) should be maintained for the duration of the 
study in accordance with the tabular schedules of study procedures (Section 5.2).
The PedsQL Measurement Model consists of developmentally appropriate forms for pediatric 
subjects ≥1 month to ≤12 months, ≥13 months to <24 months, ≥2 years to ≤4 years, ≥5 years to 
≤7 years, ≥8 years to ≤12 years, and ≥13 years to ≤18 years of age. Parent proxy report of child 
health-related quality of life (HRQoL) is measured for pediatric subjects ≤4 years of age.
The multidimensional PedsQL generic core scales encompass the essential core domains for 
pediatric HRQoL measurement: Physical Functioning, Emotional Functioning, Social 
Functioning, and School Functioning. The PedsQL assessment is retrospective to the prior 
4 weeks, and individual items are scored using a 5-point Likert scale (never, almost never, 
sometimes, often, or almost always). A total health summary score ranging between 0 and 100 is 
calculated from the sum of the raw scores, with higher scores indicating higher HRQoL.
9.2.3
Healthcare resource use
For healthcare resource use, the following will be evaluated: concomitant medications and 
AEDs, medical procedures, and healthcare provider consultations including hospitalizations not 
foreseen by the protocol.
10
ASSESSMENT OF PHARMACOKINETIC AND 
PHARMACODYNAMIC VARIABLES
Blood samples for the determination of LCM plasma concentrations will be collected according 
to the tabular schedules of study procedures (see Section 5.2). In each case, the time the subject 
took the most recent dose of study medication and the time of blood sampling must be recorded. 
Actual sampling times will be recorded in the eCRF to the minute.
Details of plasma sample collection and processing, sample labeling, and shipment will be 
provided in the laboratory manual.
11
ASSESSMENT OF SAFETY
11.1
Adverse events
11.1.1
Definition of adverse event
An AE is any untoward medical occurrence in a patient or clinical investigation subject 
administered a pharmaceutical product that does not necessarily have a causal relationship with 
this treatment. An AE can therefore be any unfavorable and unintended sign (including an 
abnormal laboratory finding), symptom, or disease temporally associated with the use of a 
medicinal (investigational) product, whether or not related to the medicinal (investigational) 
product.
In order to ensure complete safety data collection, all AEs occurring during the study (ie, after 
the signing of the Informed Consent form), including any pretreatment and posttreatment periods 
required by the protocol, must be reported in the eCRF even if no investigational product was 
taken but specific study procedures were conducted. This includes all AEs not present prior to 
the initial visit and all AEs that recurred or worsened after the initial visit.
Signs or symptoms of the condition/disease for which the investigational product is being studied 
should be recorded as AEs only if their nature changes considerably or their frequency or 
CM pla
CM pl
dures (
ures 
medicat
medica
rded
rded
COPY
MA
MAC
VAR
VAR
This document
prod
rod
In
In
cannot
m
mal la
mal la
dicina
dicina
du
d
be
d 
ment.
ment
used
untow
ntow
a ph
a ph
to 
in
support 
se ev
e ev
nitio
itio
any 
MENT
EN
marketing
d in th
d in th
n and p
and 
al.
al.
authorization
RIAB
AB
lasma 
asma 
(see S
(see S
tion a
ion a
h
application
ons in
ons i
OKIN
OKI
BL
BL
and 
omita
omita
any extensions
he p
e p
most n
ost n
etwee
etwee
igher 
gher 
or 
pri
pri
variations 
for 
for 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 56 of 144
intensity increases in a clinically significant manner as compared to the clinical profile known to 
the investigator from the subject’s history or the Baseline Period.
11.1.1.1
Signs and symptoms of depression
Subjects should be monitored for any changes in mood, ideas, or behavior for warning signs of 
depression. The investigator should be aware of common warning signs that might be a signal for 
risk of depression. For common signs and symptoms of depression in children, reference should 
be made to the current version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 
Each subject’s parent(s)/legal representative(s)/caregiver(s) (in accordance with local regulation) 
should also be advised accordingly and effort should be made at clinic visits to specifically 
assess potential depression.
11.1.2
Procedures for reporting and recording adverse events
The subject’s parent(s) and/or legal representative(s)/caregiver(s) will be given the opportunity 
to report AEs spontaneously. A general prompt will also be given at each study visit to detect 
AEs. For example:
“Did you notice anything unusual about the subject’s health (since your last visit)?”
In addition, the investigator should review any self-assessment procedures (eg, diary cards) 
employed in the study.
11.1.3
Description of adverse events
When recording an AE, the investigator should use the overall diagnosis or syndrome using 
standard medical terminology, rather than recording individual symptoms or signs. The eCRF 
and source documents should be consistent. Any discrepancies between the subject’s own words 
on his/her own records and the corresponding medical terminology should be clarified in the 
source documentation.
Details for completion of the Adverse Event eCRF (including judgment of relationship to study 
medication) are described in the eCRF Completion Guidelines.
11.1.4
Follow up of adverse events
An AE should be followed until it has resolved, has a stable sequelae, the investigator determines 
that it is no longer clinically significant, or the subject is lost to follow up. 
If an AE is ongoing at the end of the study for a subject, follow up should be provided until 
resolution/stable level of sequelae is achieved, or until the investigator no longer deems that it is 
clinically significant, or until the subject is lost to follow up. If no follow up is provided, the 
investigator must provide a justification. The follow up will usually be continued for 30 days 
after the subject has discontinued his/her IMP.
11.1.5
Rule for repetition of an adverse event
An increase in the intensity of an AE should lead to the repetition of the AE being reported with:
x The outcome date of the first AE that is not related to the natural course of the disease being 
the same as the start date of the repeated AE, and the outcome of “worsening”
x The AE verbatim term being the same for the first and repeated AE, so that the repeated AE 
can be easily identified as the worsening of the first one
REDACTED 
ven
ven
should
should
than re
than r
onsiste
onsiste
resp
resp
COPY 
asss
nts
nts
This document
after
fter
11
11
cannot
ally si
lly si
estiga
estiga
er t
r t
be
/stab
/stab
used 
ger c
er 
ngoin
ngoin
to 
oll
clin
cli
support 
up of
up o
lowe
owe
any 
Adv
Adv
the e
the e
marketing 
entnt
pondin
pondin
dvers
ver
authorization 
d use 
use 
record
ecord
t. A
t. A
application 
health 
ealth 
sment p
ment 
and 
ea
ea
any
e giv
e gi
ach st
ch s
extensions
cifi
ifi
ents
ents
ive
iv
or 
reg
e
fica
ica
variations 
for 
for 
ould 
ould 
ders.
ers.
egul
gul
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 57 of 144
11.1.6
Suspected transmission of an infectious agent via a medicinal 
product
For the purposes of reporting, any suspected transmission of an infectious agent via a medicinal 
product should be considered as an SAE; such cases must be reported immediately, recorded in 
the AE module of the eCRF, and followed as any other SAE. Any organism, virus, or infectious 
particle (eg, prion protein transmitting transmissible spongiform encephalopathy), pathogenic or 
nonpathogenic, is considered an infectious agent. 
11.1.7
Overdose of investigational medicinal product
Excessive dosing (beyond that prescribed in the protocol and including overdose) should be 
recorded in the eCRF. Any SAE or nonserious AE associated with excessive dosing must be 
followed as any other SAE or nonserious AE. These events are only considered AEs or SAEs if 
there are associated clinical signs and symptoms or if the act of taking the excess medicine itself 
is an AE or SAE (eg, suicide attempt).
11.1.8
Safety signal detection
Selected data from this study will be reviewed periodically to detect as early as possible any 
safety concern(s) related to the IMP so that investigators, clinical study subjects, regulatory 
authorities, and IRBs/IECs will be informed appropriately and as early as possible.
The Study Physician or medically qualified designee/equivalent will conduct an ongoing review 
of SAEs and perform ongoing SAE reconciliations in collaboration with the Patient Safety 
representative.
As appropriate for the stage of development and accumulated experience with the IMP, 
medically qualified personnel at UCB may identify additional safety measures (eg, AEs, vital 
signs, laboratory or ECG results) for which data will be periodically reviewed during the course 
of the study.
11.2
Serious adverse events
11.2.1
Definition of serious adverse event
Once it is determined that a subject experienced an AE, the seriousness of the AE must be 
determined. An SAE must meet 1 or more of the following criteria:
x Death
x Life-threatening
(Life-threatening does not include a reaction that might have caused death had it occurred in 
a more severe form.)
x Significant or persistent disability/incapacity
x Congenital anomaly/birth defect (including that occurring in a fetus)
x Important medical event that, based upon appropriate medical judgment, may jeopardize the 
patient or subject and may require medical or surgical intervention to prevent 1 of the other 
outcomes listed in the definition of serious
liatio
liatio
opme
opm
CB m
CB m
COPY
priat
pria
signee
igne
This document 
x
cannot 
th
Life
Life-t
a m
a m
be
hreat
hrea
used to
AE m
AE 
support
n of 
n of
d that 
d that 
mu
any
vers
vers
marketing
may i
may 
r which
r whic
authorization
e/equ
e/equ
ns in c
ns in 
nt an
nt an
i
application
detect
detec
clinical
linica
ely and
y an
i
and any extensions
shou
shou
osing 
sing 
ered A
red A
exce
exc
or 
l
variations 
c or 
c or 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 58 of 144
(Important medical events may include, but are not limited to, potential Hy’s Law [see 
Section 11.3], allergic bronchospasm requiring intensive treatment in an emergency room or 
at home, blood dyscrasias that do not result in inpatient hospitalization, or the development 
of drug dependency or drug abuse.)
x Initial inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of hospitalization
(A patient admitted to a hospital, even if he/she is released on the same day, meets the 
criteria for the initial inpatient hospitalization. An emergency room visit that results in 
admission to the hospital would also qualify for the initial inpatient hospitalization criteria. 
However, emergency room visits that do not result in admission to the hospital would not 
qualify for this criteria and, instead, should be evaluated for 1 of the other criteria in the 
definition of serious [eg, life-threatening adverse experience, important medical event].
Hospitalizations for reasons not associated with the occurrence of an AE [eg, preplanned 
surgery or elective surgery for a pre-existing condition that has not worsened or manifested 
in an unusual or uncharacteristic manner] do not qualify for reporting. For example, if a 
subject has a condition recorded on his/her medical history and later has a preplanned surgery 
for this condition, it is not appropriate to record the surgery or hospitalization as an SAE, 
since there is no AE upon which to assess the serious criteria. Note that, if the pre-existing 
condition has worsened or manifested in an unusual or uncharacteristic manner, this would 
then qualify as an AE and, if necessary, the seriousness of the event would need to be 
determined.)
11.2.2
Procedures for reporting serious adverse events
If an SAE is reported, UCB must be informed within 24 hours of receipt of this information by 
the site (see contact information for SAE reporting listed in the Serious Adverse Event Reporting 
section at the front of the protocol). The investigator must forward to UCB (or its representative) 
a duly completed “Investigator SAE Report Form for Development Drug” (SAE report form) 
provided by UCB, even if the data are incomplete, or if it is obvious that more data will be 
needed in order to draw any conclusions. Information recorded on this form will be entered into 
the global safety database.
An Investigator SAE report form will be provided to the investigator. The Investigator SAE 
Report form must be completed in English. 
It is important for the investigator, when completing the SAE report form, to include the 
assessment as to a causal relationship between the SAE and the IMP administration. This insight 
from the investigator is very important for UCB to consider in assessing the safety of the IMP 
and in determining whether the SAE requires reporting to the regulatory authorities in an 
expedited manner.
Additional information (eg, autopsy or laboratory reports) received by the investigator must be 
provided within 24 hours. All documents in the local language must be accompanied by a 
translation in English, or the relevant information included in the same document must be 
summarized in the Investigator SAE report form.
The investigator is specifically requested to collect and report to UCB (or its representative) any 
SAEs (even if the investigator is certain that they are in no way associated with the IMP), up to 
30 days from the end of the study for each subject, and to also inform participating subjects of 
ting s
ting s
e infor
e infor
r SA
r SA
COPY
nusua
usua
serio
serio
This document
expe
xpe
A
cannot
he in
he in
d in de
in de
ped
ed
be
nt as 
nt as
used 
st b
t b
nt for
t for
to
AE
be c
be
support 
ny c
y c
ase.e.
E repo
repo
any
data
at
conc
con
marketing
rm
AE rep
AE re
. The in
The 
SAE R
AE R
a a
authorization
usne
sn
serio
serio
med 
med 
application
and 
nd
ery or h
ry or 
criteria
riteri
l or un
or un
ess
and
portin
ortin
d la
d la
any 
A
wors
wor
ng
extensions
wo
wo
riteria
iteria
medica
medic
AE [e
E [e
or 
crc
oul
oul
variations 
in 
crite
crite
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 59 of 144
the need to inform the investigator of any SAE within this period. Serious AEs that the 
investigator thinks may be associated with the IMP must be reported to UCB regardless of the 
time between the event and the end of the study.
Upon receipt of the SAE report form, UCB will perform an assessment of expectedness of the 
reported SAE. The assessment of the expectedness of the SAE is based on the Investigator’s 
Brochure.
11.2.3
Follow up of serious adverse events
An SAE should be followed until it has resolved, has a stable sequelae, the investigator 
determines that it is no longer clinically significant, or the subject is lost to follow up. This 
follow-up requirement applies to AEs, SAEs, and AEs of special interest; further details 
regarding follow up of PDILI events are provided in Section 11.6.1.4.
Information on SAEs obtained after clinical database lock will be captured through the Patient 
Safety database without limitation of time.
11.3
Adverse events of special interest
An AE of special interest is any AE that a regulatory authority has mandated be reported on an 
expedited basis, regardless of the seriousness, expectedness, or relatedness of the AE to the 
administration of a UCB product/compound.
The following are LCM’s AEs of special interest:
x The following arrhythmias: atrial fibrillation/flutter, ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation, 
AV block (second-degree Type I and II and third-degree), and marked bradycardia (<45bpm)
x Syncope or loss of consciousness (other than seizure related)
x Serious suspected multiorgan hypersensitivity reactions
Serious suspected multiorgan hypersensitivity cases may be identified and reported to the 
sponsor by the investigator using the following algorithm as agreed with the US FDA
An AE or laboratory value (as defined in the following text) suggestive of internal organ 
involvement (including but not limited to hepatitis, nephritis, pneumonitis, carditis, colitis, 
encephalitis, pancreatitis, myositis, arthritis, or hematologic system involvement) combined 
with at least 1 of the following: fever, rash, lymphadenopathy, or eosinophilia.
Treatment-emergent abnormal laboratory value criteria suggestive of internal organ 
involvement or eosinophilia:
◦ 
Eosinophils % ≥10%
◦ 
Eosinophils absolute ≥0.5G/L
◦ 
Neutrophils absolute <1.5G/L
◦ 
Platelets ≤100G/L
◦ 
ALT ≥2×ULN
◦ 
AST ≥2×ULN
REDACTED 
eres
eres
rillatio
rillatio
and II
and II
ess (o
ess (o
COPY 
tete
est:
st:
This document cannot
olve
lve
◦
be
mentnt
em
em
used
p
st 1 o
t 1 o
to
anc
anc
support 
at
ry valu
y valu
luding
luding
re
any
an 
an
or us
or us
marketing
other 
other
hypers
yper
n hyp
n hy
authorization 
on/flu
on/flu
and t
and 
application 
ity has
ty ha
ess, or 
ss, o
and any
red t
red 
extensions
w up. 
up. 
er det
r det
thth
or 
or 
or 
T
variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 60 of 144
x Potential Hy's Law, defined as ≥3xULN ALT or AST with coexisting ≥2xULN total bilirubin 
in the absence of ≥2xULN ALP, with no alternative explanation for the biochemical 
abnormality, must ALWAYS be reported to UCB as an AE of special interest (ie, without 
waiting for any additional etiologic investigations to have been concluded). Follow-up
information should then be reported if an alternative etiology is identified during 
investigation and monitoring of the subject.
11.4
Immediate reporting of adverse events
The following AEs must be reported immediately:
x SAE: AE that the investigator classifies as serious by the above definitions regardless of 
causality
x Suspected transmission of an infectious agent via a medicinal product
x AE of special interest (see Section 11.3)
11.5
Anticipated serious adverse events
The following list of Anticipated SAEs (Table 11‒1) is anticipated to occur in the population 
studied in this protocol at some frequency that is independent of drug exposure. 
This list does not change the investigator’s obligation to report all SAEs (including Anticipated 
SAEs) as detailed in Section 11.2.2.
REDACTED COPY 
ation 
ation 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization 
to
application 
ipated 
pated
dent of 
ent o
o repo
o rep
and any extensions
egardl
gardl
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 61 of 144
Table 11‒1: Anticipated SAEs for the pediatric epilepsy population
MedDRA SOC
MedDRA PT
Congenital, familial and genetic disorders
Teratogenicity 
General disorders and administration site conditions
Sudden unexplained death in epilepsy 
Nervous system disorders
Convulsiona 
Incontinence 
Status epilepticus 
Psychiatric disorders
Psychotic behaviour 
Abnormal behaviour 
Anxiety 
Sleep disorder 
MedDRA=Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities; PT=preferred term; SAE=serious adverse event; 
SOC=system organ class 
a Convulsion if consistent with the seizure type known for the subject.
11.6
Laboratory measurements
Blood specimens for routine assay of hematology and clinical chemistry testing will be collected 
according to the tabular schedule of study procedures (Section 5.2). A central laboratory will 
perform the routine analysis of blood specimens. The procedures for handling and shipping these 
specimens will be provided to the sites. In exceptional circumstances, local laboratory analysis 
may be performed. The medical monitor should be contacted beforehand to discuss these 
circumstances.
REDACTED 
oce
oce
imens
imens
In ex
In ex
nitor s
nitor s
COPY 
gy and
y an
edur
edur
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization 
d cl
res (S
es (S
s. The
. The
xceptio
cepti
hould
hould
application 
clinic
lini
and
AE=se
E=se
d any y
i
a
extensions 
io
te
e
or 
o variations s
tio
va
thereof. 
th
t


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 62 of 144
The laboratory tests to be performed are presented in Table 11‒2 as follows:
Table 11‒2: Laboratory measurements
Hematology
Clinical chemistry
Hematocrit
Hemoglobin
Platelet count
RBC count
WBC count
Differential count
Calcium
Phosphorus
Serum electrolytes (sodium, potassium, chloride, 
bicarbonate)
Creatinine
BUN
AST
ALT
Total bilirubin
ALP
GGT
Glucose
Albumin
Total serum protein
Uric acid
Total cholesterol
Triglycerides
ALP= alkaline phosphatase;  ALT=alanine aminotransferase; AST=aspartate aminotransferase; BUN=blood urea 
nitrogen; GGT=gamma glutamyltransferase; RBC=red blood cell; WBC=white blood cell
Creatinine clearance will be estimated using the updated Schwartz bedside formula (Schwartz 
and Work, 2009).
11.6.1
Liver function tests and evaluation of PDILI
The PDILI IMP discontinuation criteria for this study are provided in Section 6.3.1 with the 
accompanying required follow-up investigation and monitoring detailed below. All PDILI events 
must be reported as an AE and reported to the study site and sponsor within 24 hours of learning 
of their occurrence. Any PDILI event that meets the criterion for potential Hy’s Law must be 
reported as an AE of special interest (see Section 11.3), and, if applicable, also reported as an 
SAE (see Section 11.2).
Evaluation of PDILI consists of the diagnostic testing and continued monitoring included in 
Table 11‒3 (specific tests dependent on laboratory results and corresponding symptoms) and 
consultation with a local hepatologist (if applicable; discussed in Section 11.6.1.1). The local 
hepatologist is the expert usually consulted by the treating physician for assessment and 
management of potential hepatic disease. This would usually be a hepatologist, but may be a 
gastroenterologist. Additional investigation and monitoring may be required and adapted based 
on the diagnosis after the cause of the liver injury/abnormality is confirmed (details in 
Section 11.6.1.4).
REDACTED 
TE
COPY 
This document
Eval
Eval
T
cannot
c
ed as 
d as
E (see
E (see
be
or
curr
curr
used
requ
equ
rted 
rted
to
isco
sco
i
support 
functi
unct
ont
any
stim
stim
marketing 
eti
e amino
amin
erase; R
ase; R
authorization 
a
application and
tal b
al b
any 
LT
LT
ili
i
extensions or variations 
chlori
chlori
thereof. 
th
th
th
th


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 63 of 144
The results of all monitoring, including laboratory testing and other testing, should be made 
available to the study site and sponsor.
All initial tests resulting in abnormal hepatic laboratory values need to be repeated, but 
appropriate medical action must not be delayed waiting for the repeat result.
If tests are done locally for more rapid results, a concurrent sample should also be sent to the 
central laboratory whenever possible. Medical care decisions are to be made initially using the 
most rapidly available results and a conservative approach must be taken if the results from the 2 
laboratory tests are significantly different. Data from the local and central laboratory are to be 
recorded on the applicable eCRF pages.
When IMP is discontinued, all concomitant medications and herbal supplements that are not 
medically necessary should also be discontinued. In these cases, the investigator should also 
consider dose reduction for medically necessary concomitant medication and consider changing 
any medically required concomitant medication known to be hepatotoxic to a suitable 
alternative.
When IMP is stopped due to PDILI (as described in Section 6.3.1), IMP must be permanently 
discontinued unless a subsequent alternative diagnosis fully explains the hepatic findings.
Rechallenge with a substance potentially causing drug-induced liver injury is dangerous, may be 
fatal, and must not occur.
The table below summarizes the approach to investigate PDILI. 
REDACTED
to inv
o inv
COPY 
drug
drug-
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization 
estiga
estiga
application
3.1.1), 
),
explai
expla
induce
nduce
and 
I
any
xic to
xic to
extensions 
nts tha
ts tha
gator s
ator 
and c
nd c
or 
rere
variations 
the
he
om th
m th
e to 
e to
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 64 of 144
Table 11‒3: Required investigations and follow up of PDILI 
Laboratory value
Immediate
Follow up
ALT or 
AST
Total 
bilirubin
Symptoms
a of 
hepatitis or 
hypersensitivity
Consultation 
requirements
Actions
Testing
Evaluation
≥3xULN
≥2xULN
b
NA
Hepatology consult.
c
Medical Monitor 
must be notified 
within 24 hours 
(eg, by laboratory 
alert) and subject 
discussed with 
Medical Monitor 
ASAP.
Immediate, 
permanent IMP 
discontinuation.
Essential: Must 
have repeat liver 
chemistry values 
and additional 
testing completed 
ASAP (see 
Section 11.6.1.3);
recommended to 
occur at the site 
with HCP.
Monitoring of liver chemistry 
values at least twice per week 
until values normalize, stabilize, 
or return to within Baseline 
values.
d
≥5xULN
NA
NA
≥3xULN
NA
Yes
Immediate, 
temporary or 
permanent, IMP 
discontinuation.
≥3xULN 
(and ≥2x 
Baseline) 
and
<5xULN
<2xULN
No
Discussion with 
Medical Monitor 
required if the 
criterion that allows 
for IMP continuation 
is met.
Further investigation 
– immediate IMP 
discontinuation not 
required (see 
Section 11.6.1.2).
Not required 
unless otherwise 
medically 
indicated (at 
discretion of 
investigator).
REDACTED
ia
porary
porar
erman
erman
disco
disco
ED
R
COP
ate,
te,
OPY 
OP
This document cannot be used to support 
ontin
ntin
up
any 
allow
allow
nu
marketing
Fur
Fu
ing 
ing
ke
authorization 
y or 
y or 
nent, IM
ent, IM
ontinu
ntinu
application 
ent
ent
have re
have r
chem
che
a
pli
a
and 
tial
tial
nd any extensions 
Fo
Fo
io
te
te
te
te
or variations 
ar
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 65 of 144
Table 11‒3: Required investigations and follow up of PDILI 
Laboratory value
Immediate
Follow up
ALT or 
AST
Total 
bilirubin
Symptoms
a of 
hepatitis or 
hypersensitivity
Consultation 
requirements
Actions
Testing
Evaluation
≥5xULN 
(and ≥2x 
Baseline) 
<2xULN
No
Discussion with
Medical Monitor 
required.
Immediate, 
permanent IMP 
discontinuation.
Essential: Every 
attempt must be 
made to have 
repeat liver 
chemistry values 
and additional 
testing completed 
within 48 hours 
at the site with 
HCP (see 
Section 11.6.1.3)
Monitoring of liver chemistry 
values at least twice per week 
until values normalize, stabilize, 
or return to within Baseline 
values.d
ALP=alkaline phosphatase; ALT=alanine aminotransferase; ASAP=as soon as possible; AST=aspartate aminotransferase; HCP=healthcare practitioner; 
IMP=investigational medicinal product; NA=not applicable; PDILI=potential drug-induced liver injury; ULN=upper limit of normal 
a Hepatitis symptoms include fatigue, nausea, vomiting, and right upper quadrant pain or tenderness; hypersensitivity symptoms include eosinophilia (>5%), 
rash, and fever (without clear alternative cause).
b If the subject also has ≥2xULN ALP, the possibility of an indication of biliary obstruction should be discussed with the Medical Monitor.
.c Details provided in Section 11.6.1.1. The local hepatologist is the expert usually consulted by the treating physician for assessment and management of 
potential hepatic disease. This would usually be a hepatologist, but may be a gastroenterologist.
d Unless an alternative monitoring schedule is agreed by the investigator and UCB responsible physician. Determination of stabilization is at the discretion of the 
investigator in consultation with the hepatologist (as applicable) and UCB responsible physician, as needed.
REDACTED 
ED
COPY 
This document cannot be used 
eed 
ed
gist (as
ist (as
to 
epa
p
d by
d by
support 
indicat
ndica
ogist is
ogist i
atolo
atolo
any
upper
uppe
marketing 
ke
ke
ke
ke
soon as 
oon a
=poten
=pote
authorization application
senti
ent
attemp
attemp
mad
ma
re
pli
and 
tial
tial
nd any extensions 
Fo
Fo
io
te
te
te
te
or variations 
ar
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 66 of 144
11.6.1.1
Consultation with Medical Monitor and local hepatologist
Potential drug-induced liver injury events require notification of the Medical Monitor within 
24 hours (eg, by laboratory alert), and the subject must be discussed with the Medical Monitor as 
soon as possible. If required, the subject must also be discussed with the local hepatologist. The 
local hepatologist is the expert usually consulted by the treating physician for assessment and 
management of potential hepatic disease. This would usually be a hepatologist, but may be a 
gastroenterologist. If determined necessary, this discussion should be followed by a full 
hepatology assessment (see Section 11.6.1.3) and SAE report (if applicable).
11.6.1.2
Immediate action: determination of IMP discontinuation
All PDILI events require immediate action, testing, and monitoring. 
The immediate action is dependent on the laboratory values and symptoms of hepatitis or 
hypersensitivity and ranges from continuation of IMP (followed by immediate investigation) to 
immediate and permanent discontinuation (see Section 6.3.1 and Table 11‒3 for details).
When IMP is discontinued, all concomitant medications and herbal supplements that are not 
medically necessary should also be discontinued. The investigator should also consider dose 
reduction for medically necessary concomitant medication and consider changing any medically 
required concomitant medication known to be hepatotoxic to a suitable alternative.
11.6.1.3
Testing: identification/exclusion of alternative etiology
The measurements and additional information required for the assessment of PDILI events when 
there is a reasonable possibility that they may have been caused by the IMP are detailed in 
Table 11‒4 (laboratory measurements) and Table 11‒5 (additional information). Results of the 
laboratory measurements and information collected are to be submitted to the sponsor on the 
corresponding eCRF. If the medical history of the subject indicates a requirement for other 
assessments not included below, these additional assessments should be completed and 
submitted, as applicable.
All blood samples should be stored, if possible. If tests are done locally for more rapid results, a 
concurrent sample must also be sent to the central laboratory.
REDACTED 
on req
on req
may h
may 
) and 
) and
mat
matioio
COPY
totox
otox
sion 
sion
This document cannot be used to support
e st
e st
also be
lso b
any 
tore
tor
marketing
on col
n col
history 
history
hese ad
ese a
authorization
 of a
of a
quired
uired
have b
have 
Table
Table
l
application 
al su
l su
ator sho
or sh
nd con
nd co
c to a s
c to a 
t
and 
e 1
supp
upp
any
diate
diate
1‒3
extensions 
f hep
f hep
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 67 of 144
The following measurements are to be assessed:
Table 11‒4: PDILI laboratory measurements
Virology-
related
Hepatitis A IgM antibody
HBsAg
Hepatitis E IgM antibody
HBcAb-IgM
Hepatitis C RNA
Cytomegalovirus IgM antibody
Epstein-Barr viral capsid antigen IgM antibody (if unavailable, obtain 
heterophile antibody or monospot testing)
Immunology
Anti-nuclear antibody (qualitative and quantitative)
Anti-smooth muscle antibody (qualitative and quantitative)
Type 1 anti-liver kidney microsomal antibodies (qualitative and quantitative)
Hematology
Hematocrit
Hemoglobin
Platelet count
RBC count
WBC count
Differential count
Urinalysis
Toxicology screen
Chemistry
Amylase
Bilirubin (If total bilirubin ≥1.5xULN, obtain fractionated bilirubin to obtain % 
direct bilirubin)
Serum CPK and LDH to evaluate possible muscle injury causing transaminase 
elevation
AST
ALT
ALP
GGT
Albumin
Additional
Prothrombin time/INR
a
PK sample
REDACTED 
ED
AC
RE
COPY 
an
Y
CO
This document 
m
um
cannot be used 
Seru
Seru
d
u
to
ect b
ect 
t
support 
ubin (I
bin (I
bil
bi
pp
any 
reen
reen
a
marketing 
g 
ke
m
authorization 
on
iza
th
application
uantit
uantit
dies (q
dies (
ati
pp
and 
d
a
any 
a
extensions 
io
le, o
e, o
te
or 
or variations 
on
ion
on
on
ar
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 68 of 144
ALP=alkaline phosphatase; ALT=alanine aminotransferase; AST=aspartate aminotransferase; CPK=creatine 
phosphokinase; GGT=gamma-glutamyl transferase; HBcAb-IgM=hepatitis B core antibody-IgM; 
HBsAg=hepatitis B surface antigen; IgM=immunoglobulin M; INR=international normalized ratio; LDH=lactate 
dehydrogenase; PDILI=potential drug-induced liver injury; PK=pharmacokinetic; RBC=red blood cell; 
RNA=ribonucleic acid; ULN=upper limit of normal; WBC=white blood cell
a Measured only for subjects with ALT >8xULN, elevations in total bilirubin, and symptoms of hepatitis or 
hypersensitivity. Hepatitis symptoms include fatigue, nausea, vomiting, and right upper quadrant pain or 
tenderness; hypersensitivity symptoms include eosinophilia (>5%), rash, and fever (without clear alternative 
cause).
The following additional information is to be collected:
Table 11‒5: PDILI information to be collected
New or updated information
Concomitant prescription and over-the-counter medications (eg, acetaminophen, herbal remedies, 
vitamins); dosages and dates should be included.
Pertinent medical history, including the following:
x 
History of liver disease (eg, autoimmune hepatitis, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis or other “fatty 
liver disease”)
x 
Adverse reactions to drugs
x 
Allergies
x 
Relevant family history or inheritable disorders (eg, Gilbert’s syndrome, alpha-1 antitrypsin 
deficiency)
x 
Recent travel 
x 
Progression of malignancy involving the liver (Note: Metastatic disease to the liver, by itself, 
should not be used as an explanation for significant AST and/or ALT elevations.)
The appearance or worsening of clinical symptoms of hepatitis or hypersensitivity (eg, fatigue, nausea, 
vomiting, right upper quadrant pain or tenderness, decreased appetite, abdominal pain, jaundice, fever, or 
rash)
Recent clinically significant hypotension or hypoxemia with compromised cardiopulmonary function
Results of liver imaging or liver biopsy, if done
Results of any specialist or hepatology consult, if done
Any postmortem/pathology reports
ALT=alanine aminotransferase; AST=aspartate aminotransferase; PDILI=potential drug-induced liver injury
11.6.1.4
Follow-up evaluation
Potential drug-induced liver injury events require follow-up monitoring as described in 
Table 11‒3. Monitoring should continue until liver chemistry values normalize, stabilize, or 
return to Baseline. Determination of stabilization is at the discretion of the investigator in 
consultation with the hepatologist (as applicable) and UCB responsible physician, as needed.
REDACTED
order
orde
olving 
olving 
atio
atio
COPY 
rs
This document
ote
Tabl
Tabl
rere
cannot 
.4
entia
entia
be
e ami
e ami
used
iaia
m/path
m/pat
d 
u
to
alist 
list 
suppo
g or live
or liv
port
hypot
hypo
po
s
any 
t
a
marketing
the 
he
on for s
n for 
al symp
l sym
or tend
or ten
ket
authorization 
(eg, G
eg, G
e liv
e liv
application
lic stea
lic ste
and 
d any
herb
her
extensions 
s
rbal
ba
xt
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 69 of 144
11.7
Other safety measurements
11.7.1
Physical examination
Physical examinations will be performed according to the tabular schedule of study procedures 
(Section 5.2) by a medically qualified clinician licensed to perform the examination. Subsequent 
to Visit 1, clinically significant physical examination findings should be reported as AEs.
11.7.1.1
Complete physical examination
The complete physical examination will include cardiac and respiratory function via 
auscultation, temperature, and review of all body systems.
11.7.1.2
Brief physical examination
The brief physical examination will include review of the following body systems: 
x Cardiovascular
x Pulmonary
x Abdominal (hepato-gastrointestinal)
x Dermatologic
11.7.2
Neurological examination
Neurological examinations will be performed according to the tabular schedule of study 
procedures (Section 5.2) by a medically qualified clinician with documented training in the 
conduct of neurological examinations. If possible, the same clinician should conduct all 
neurological examinations for the same subject during the study. The investigator or 
subinvestigator is responsible for confirming the diagnosis of partial-onset seizures. Subsequent 
to Visit 1, clinically significant neurological examination findings should be reported as AEs.
11.7.2.1
Complete neurological examination
The complete neurological examination will include selected assessment of general neurological 
status (level of consciousness, mental status, speech), cranial nerves, reflexes, motor system 
(general motor status, muscle strength, muscle tone), coordination/cerebellar function, and 
sensation.
11.7.2.2
Brief neurological examination
The brief neurological examination will include selected assessment of general neurological 
status, reflexes, muscle strength, and coordination/cerebellar function.
11.7.3
Vital signs, body weight, and height
Noninvasive BP (systolic and diastolic) and pulse rate will be measured at clinic visits after at 
least 3 minutes at rest in a supine position, according to the tabular schedule of study procedures 
(Section 5.2). Assessment of orthostatic changes will be as follows: after the 3 minute 
measurement in a supine position, the subject is asked to stand up, and BP and pulse rate are 
taken 1 minute and 3 minutes after standing up, as feasible.
REDACTED
acco
acc
ualifie
ualifie
If poss
If poss
me sub
me su
nfir
nfir
COPY 
This document
Noni
Noni
lea
lea
canno
eflex
flex
7.3
be
neuro
neuro
xe
xe
used
Brief
Brief
olo
olo
to support 
exa
x
ness, m
ness, 
muscle
musc
any 
o
amin
amin
marketing 
ubje
bje
rming 
ming 
ologica
logi
ologi
log
authorization 
rding 
ding 
ed clin
d clin
sible, 
ible, 
ect 
ect
application and any extensions 
stems
tems
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 70 of 144
Body weight will be determined without shoes and wearing light clothing, and height will be 
measured without shoes. Body weight and height will be assessed according to the tabular 
schedule of study procedures (Section 5.2).
11.7.4
12-lead ECG
Standard 12-lead ECGs will be performed according to the tabular schedule of study assessments 
(Section 5.2). Care should be taken to assure proper lead placement and quality ECG recordings. 
Two interpretable recordings will be performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs 
assessment and, if possible, with the subject in a supine position for 5 minutes preceding the 
ECG recording and the subject should be motionless during the recording. The second recording 
will be conducted approximately 20 to 30 minutes after the first recording. 
11.7.5
Overall ECG interpretation
Electrocardiograms will be reviewed locally by the investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified 
designated reader and at a central ECG laboratory. If the reading identifies second or third degree 
AV block, a QTc ≥500ms, or another abnormal ECG finding that is assessed by the investigator 
to be clinically significant, then the ECG should be repeated on the same day. If the clinically 
significant abnormality is confirmed by the repeat ECG, then the subject must be withdrawn 
from the study (see Section 6.3). The investigator may consult with the cardiologist at the central 
ECG laboratory to confirm the presence of a clinically significant ECG abnormality. It remains 
the responsibility of the investigator to decide whether an ECG finding is of clinical significance 
on the basis of the complete clinical picture and whether this finding influences the subject’s 
participation in the study.
11.7.6
Achenbach CBCL
The Achenbach CBCL is a widely used validated questionnaire to evaluate a child’s 
competencies and behavioral/emotional problems. Behavioral problems will be scored by the 
parent(s)/legal representative(s)/caregiver(s). The CBCL/1½-5 checklist for children 18 months 
to 5 years and 11 months of age will be used in this study. The Achenbach CBCL/1½-5 will be 
completed by the parent(s)/legal representative(s)/caregiver(s) of subjects ≥18 months of age at 
Visit 3. The Achenbach CBCL will be administered only in countries where a translated version 
is available.
The scale will be completed in accordance with the tabular schedules of study procedures 
(Section 5.2) and should be completed by the same parent(s)/legal representative(s)/caregiver(s). 
The completion of the Achenbach CBCL will require approximately 45 minutes.
In the CBCL/1½-5 checklist, the occurrence of certain problems and behaviors at the time of 
administering the questionnaire or within the past 2 months will be scored on the following 
scale:
x 0=not true (as far as known)
x 1=somewhat or sometimes true
x 2=very true or often true
Eight syndrome scores will be calculated from these questions, which will in turn be summarized 
by 2 composite scores. Additionally, for each score on the question, syndrome, and total level, 
REDACTED
wh
and w
and w
sed
se
COPY
y co
y c
cally s
ally s
hethe
hethe
This document 
cale
al
x
cannot
CBCL
BCL
ministe
niste
e:e:
be
etion
etio
used
 com
co
and sh
nd sh
n o
n o
to 
omp
omp
support
/lega
eg
CBCL
CBCL
any
ge wil
ge wi
gal r
gal
marketing 
d valid
d valid
onal pr
onal p
aregiv
aregi
ll
authorization
sig
er an E
er an 
whethe
hethe
application
the sa
the sa
the sub
the su
nsult wi
sult w
gnific
nific
and
ifie
fie
asses
asses
any
tigato
igat
es se
es s
extensions
nd re
d re
o
g the
g th
variations 
ts
ngs. 
ngs. 
e
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 71 of 144
categorizations based on a normative sample will be used to evaluate normal, borderline, or 
clinically relevant behavior.
Baseline assessment of the Achenbach CBCL will be performed at Visit 3; however, due to the 
short study duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be collected in subjects entering into the 
EP0034 study. Thus, the analysis of these data will be conducted in EP0034.
11.7.7
BRIEF-P
The BRIEF-P is a validated tool that will be used for the evaluation of subjects ≥2 years of age 
and will be administered according to the tabular schedules of study procedures (Section 5.2).
The BRIEF-P will be administered only in countries where a translated version is available.
The BRIEF-P includes rating forms used by parents to assess subjects’ executive functioning 
within the context of the subject’s everyday environment. It requires that the parent must have 
had recent and extensive contact with the child over the past 6 months. Executive functions 
broadly encompass a set of cognitive skills that are responsible for the planning, initiation, 
sequencing, and monitoring of complex goal directed behavior. 
The BRIEF-P rating form consists of items that measure various aspects of executive 
functioning: Inhibit, Shift, Emotional Control, Working Memory, and Plan/Organize. The 
clinical scales form 3 broad overlapping indexes: Inhibitory Self-Control (Inhibit and Emotional 
Control), Flexibility (Shift and Emotional Control), and Emergent Metacognition (Working 
Memory and Plan/Organize) and 1 composite score (Global Executive Composite).
The BRIEF-P includes validity scales to measure negativity and inconsistency of responses.
Baseline assessment of the BRIEF-P will be performed at Visit 3; however, due to the short 
study duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be collected in subjects entering into the 
EP0034 study. Thus, the analysis of these data will be conducted in EP0034.
11.7.8
Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development, Third Edition
The Bayley-III scales are recognized internationally as one of the most comprehensive 
developmental assessment instruments (Sattler and Hoge, 2006) used to examine the major 
facets of a young child’s development (Bayley, 2006). The Bayley-III scales are a standardized, 
individually administered, adaptive assessment that measures the developmental functioning of 
infants and young pediatric subjects from 1 month to 42 months of age (Bayley, 2006). The 
Bayley-III scales measure cognitive, language, motor, social-emotional, and adaptive 
development and are a revision of the predecessor, the Bayley Scales of Infant Development, 
Second Edition (Bayley, 1993). The Bayley-III scales are a technically sound instrument, with 
strong internal consistency, as well as test-retest stability. The Bayley-III scales are validated 
only in English. 
The scales are validated as a tool for assessment of neurological development in young pediatric 
subjects and are therefore considered appropriate for SP0967.
The Bayley-III scales are an individually administered, adaptive assessment that presents 
pediatric subjects with situations and tasks designed to produce an observable set of behavioral 
responses. They consist of a cognitive scale, a language composite scale with receptive and 
expressive language subscales, and a motor composite scale with fine and gross motor subscales 
scor
sco
measur
measur
will be
will b
asses
asses
COPY
g
hibito
hibit
ol), and
l), an
ore
ore
This document 
The 
The
su
s
cannot 
Edit
Edit
g inter
inter
y in E
y in E
be
nt an
t a
itio
itio
used 
g p
les me
es me
and
and
to
ste
pedi
pedi
support
t instr
inst
’s deve
s dev
ered, 
ered, 
any 
gnize
gniz
ru
marketing
ssmen
smen
hese da
hese d
f Infa
f Infa
authorization
nd Em
d Em
 (Glob
(Glo
re neg
re neg
e perf
perf
application 
us aspe
s asp
mory, a
mory, 
ory Sel
ry Se
me
me
and
pla
pla
any
xecut
ecu
anni
ann
extensions 
on
vailab
vailab
ve fun
ve fun
paren
pare
i
or
n 5.2
5.
variations 
f age
f age
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 72 of 144
to be completed by the investigator or designee. It also has a social emotional scale, comprising 
social-emotional competence, and sensory processing, and an adaptive behavior scale, which 
assesses the attainment of skills necessary for the development of independence, to be completed 
by the child’s parent(s)/legal representative(s)/caregiver(s). 
The completion of the Bayley-III scales will require approximately 50 minutes for pediatric 
subjects who are 12 months old or younger and 90 minutes for pediatric subjects aged 12 months 
to 18 months. 
Investigators must make every attempt to administer the scale according to the tabular schedules 
of study procedures (Section 5.2). If needed, the investigators may utilize trained pediatric 
psychologists or other appropriately skilled individuals to administer the scale. 
Due to the short study duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be collected in subjects 
entering into the EP0034 study. Thus, the analysis of these data will be conducted in EP0034.
12
STUDY MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION
12.1
Adherence to protocol
The investigator should not deviate from the protocol. However, the investigator should take any
measure necessary in deviation from or not defined by the protocol in order to protect clinical
study subjects from any immediate hazard to their health and safety. In this case, this action
should be taken immediately, without prior notification of the regulatory authority, IRB/IEC, or
sponsor. After implementation of such measure, the investigator must notify the Clinical Project 
Manager (CPM) of the sponsor within 24 hours and follow any local regulatory requirements.
12.2
Monitoring
UCB (or designee) will monitor the study to meet the sponsor’s monitoring Standard Operating 
Procedures (SOPs), ICH-GCP guideline, and applicable regulatory requirements, and to ensure 
that study initiation, conduct, and closure are adequate. Monitoring of the study may be 
delegated by UCB to a contract research organization (CRO) or a contract monitor.
The investigator and his/her staff are expected to cooperate with UCB (or designee) and to be 
available during the monitoring visits to answer questions sufficiently and to provide any 
missing information. The investigator(s)/institution(s) will permit direct access to source 
data/documents for study-related monitoring, audits, IRB/IEC review, and regulatory 
inspection(s).
The investigator will allow UCB (or designee) to periodically review all eCRFs and 
corresponding source documents (eg, hospital and laboratory records for each study participant). 
Monitoring visits will provide UCB (or designee) with the opportunity to evaluate the progress 
of the study, verify the accuracy and completeness of eCRFs, ensure that all protocol 
requirements, applicable authority(ies) regulations, and investigator’s obligations are being 
fulfilled, and resolve any inconsistencies in the study records.
12.2.1
Definition of source data
All source documents must be accurate, clear, unambiguous, permanent, and capable of being 
audited. They should be made using some permanent form of recording (ink, typing, printing, 
optical disc). They should not be obscured by correction fluid or have temporary attachments 
REDACTED 
ifi
ure, th
ure, t
4 hours
 hour
t
COPY
by th
by t
health
hea
icati
cati
This document
of th
f th
req
req
f
cannot
stiti
pondi
ondi
nitorin
nitorin
he
h
be 
igato
igato
used
for s
for s
to
n. T
n. T
stu
stu
support
her sta
er sta
monitori
onitor
The 
The
any
ct rese
ct res
marketing 
udy 
udy to 
to
deline, a
line,
closu
clos
authorization 
th a
ion of
on of
he inv
he inv
rs and 
s and 
application 
ver, the
ver, th
protoc
proto
and 
and
and
RAT
AT
any
nduc
du
ATIO
TI
extensions
diatri
iatr
ted in
ed in
ucte
ucte
o
ched
che
variations 
hs 
hs 
du
d
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 73 of 144
(such as removable self-stick notes). Photocopies and/or printouts of eCRFs are not considered 
acceptable source documents. 
Source documents are original records in which raw data are first recorded. These may include 
hospital/clinic/general practitioner records, charts, diaries, x-rays, laboratory results, printouts, 
pharmacy records, care records, ECG or other printouts, completed scales, or quality of life 
questionnaires, for example. Source documents should be kept in a secure, limited access area.
Source documents that are computer generated and stored electronically must be printed for 
review by the monitor (eg, ECG reports). Once printed, these copies should be signed and dated 
by the investigator and become a permanent part of the subject’s source documents. The 
investigator will facilitate the process for enabling the monitor to compare the content of the 
printout and the data stored in the computer to ensure all data are consistent.
Electronic data records, such as Holter monitor records or electroencephalogram records, must 
be saved and stored as instructed by UCB (or designee).
12.2.2
Source data verification
Source data verification ensures accuracy and credibility of the data obtained. During monitoring 
visits, reported data are reviewed with regard to being accurate, complete, and verifiable from 
source documents (eg, subject files, recordings from automated instruments, tracings [ECG], 
x-ray films, laboratory notes). All data reported on the eCRF should be supported by source 
documents, unless otherwise specified in Section 12.2.1.
12.3
Data handling
12.3.1
Case Report form completion
This study is performed using remote data capture (RDC). The investigator is responsible for 
prompt reporting of accurate, complete, and legible data in the eCRFs and in all required reports.
Any change or correction to the eCRF after saving must be accompanied by a reason for the 
change.
Corrections made after the investigator’s review and approval (by means of a 
password/electronic signature) will be reapproved by the investigator.
The investigator should maintain a list of personnel authorized to enter data into the electronic 
eCRF.
Detailed instructions will be provided in the eCRF Completion Guidelines.
12.3.2
Database entry and reconciliation
Case Report forms/external electronic data will be entered/loaded into a validated electronic 
database using a clinical data management system (CDMS). Computerized data cleaning checks 
will be used in addition to manual review to check for discrepancies and to ensure consistency of 
the data. Case Report form data are entered into the clinical database using independent, 
double-data entry, with the exception of comment fields, which are verified by a second person.
In the event that the study is performed using RDC, the data are entered into the eCRFs once and 
are subsequently verified.
REDACTED 
ion
ion
comp
comp
e d
e
COPY
m auto
m aut
on the 
n the
12
12
This document
as
as
datab
datab
w
cannot 
e Re
e Re
be
nstru
nstru
used 
sho
ho
t
o
ould
oul
support 
he inve
e inv
ignatur
gnatu
d
any 
eC
eC
marketing 
p
data cap
ata ca
lete, an
ete, a
CRF
CRF
authorization
eCR
eCR
2.2.1
2.1
etio
etio
application 
data o
data 
ate, com
ate, co
mated 
mated
RF
RF
and any
ogra
gr
extensions 
The 
The 
ntent o
tent o
ram
am
o
nd d
nd d
variations 
or r 
da
d
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 74 of 144
An electronic audit trail system will be maintained within the CDMS to track all data changes in 
the database once the data have been saved initially into the system or electronically loaded. 
Regular backups of the electronic data will be performed.
12.3.3
Subject Screening and Enrollment log/Subject Identification Code list
The subject’s screening and enrollment will be recorded in the Subject Screening and Enrollment 
Log.
The investigator will keep a Subject Identification Code list. This list remains with the 
investigator and is used for unambiguous identification of each subject.
The subject’s consent and enrollment in the study must be recorded in the subject’s medical 
record. These data should identify the study and document the dates of the subject’s 
participation.
12.4
Termination of the study
UCB reserves the right to temporarily suspend or prematurely discontinue this study either at a 
single site, multiple sites, or at all sites at any time for reasons including, but not limited to, 
safety or ethical issues, inaccurate or incomplete data recording, noncompliance, or 
unsatisfactory enrollment with respect to quality or quantity.
If the study is prematurely terminated or suspended, UCB (or its representative) will inform the 
investigators/institutions and the regulatory authority(ies) of the termination or suspension and 
the reason(s) for the termination or suspension, in accordance with applicable regulatory 
requirement(s). The IRB/IEC should also be informed and provided with reason(s) for the 
termination or suspension by the sponsor or by the investigator/institution, as specified by the 
applicable regulatory requirement(s). In addition, arrangements will be made for the return of all 
unused study medication and other material in accordance with UCB procedures for the study.
12.5
Archiving and data retention
The investigator will maintain adequate records for the study, including eCRFs, medical records, 
laboratory results, Informed Consent documents, drug dispensing and disposition records, safety 
reports, information regarding participants who discontinued, and other pertinent data.
All essential documents are to be retained by the investigator until at least 2 years after the last 
approval of a marketing application in an ICH region and until there are no pending or 
contemplated marketing applications in an ICH region, or at least 2 years have elapsed since the 
formal discontinuation of clinical development of the investigational product. These documents 
should be retained for a longer period, however, if required by the applicable regulatory 
requirement(s) or by an agreement with UCB (Committee for Proprietary Medicinal Products 
[CPMP]/ICH/135/95, 2002 [Section 4.9.5]). The investigator will contact UCB for authorization 
prior to the destruction of any study records or in the event of accidental loss or destruction of 
any study records. The investigator will also notify UCB should he/she relocate or move the 
study-related files to a location other than that specified in the sponsor’s trial master file.
12.6
Audit and inspection
The investigator will permit study-related audits mandated by UCB, after reasonable notice, and 
inspections by domestic or foreign regulatory authorities.
REDACTED
thor
tho
ion, in
ion, in
o be in
be in
nsor or
nsor o
). In 
). In 
COPY 
uan
ua
ed, UC
ed, U
ority
orit
This document
CPM
CPM
prio
prio
a
cannot
be re
be re
uireme
irem
MP
M
be
conti
cont
used
market
rke
mark
mark
to
ment
ment
ti
support
ed Co
d Co
gardin
ardi
ts a
any 
n adeq
adeq
marketing
addit
addit
material
ateria
data
data
authorization
CB 
CB 
ty(ies)
y(ies)
n acco
acco
nform
nform
by th
by th
application
ncludin
cludi
ng, non
g, no
y.y.
B (or
(or
and 
ntinu
tinu
any extensions 
’s med
s med
ect’s
ect’s
or variations 
nt 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 75 of 144
The main purposes of an audit or inspection are to confirm that the rights and well-being of the 
subjects enrolled have been protected, that enrolled subjects (ie, signing consent and undergoing 
study procedures) are appropriate for the study, and that all data relevant for the evaluation of the 
IMP have been processed and reported in compliance with the planned arrangements, the 
protocol, investigational site, and IRB/IEC SOPs, ICH GCP, and applicable regulatory 
requirements.
The investigator will provide direct access to all study documents, source records, and source 
data. If an inspection by a regulatory authority is announced, the investigator will immediately 
inform UCB (or designee).
12.7
Good Clinical Practice
Noncompliance with the protocol, ICH-GCP, or local regulatory requirements by the 
investigator, institution, institution staff, or designees of the sponsor will lead to prompt action 
by UCB to secure compliance. Continued noncompliance may result in the termination of the
site’s involvement in the study.
13
STATISTICS
A description of statistical methods is presented below and will be described in more detail in the 
Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP).
13.1
Definition of analysis sets
The Safety Set (SS) will include all randomized subjects who took at least 1 dose of study 
medication. This is the primary analysis set for the safety variables.
The primary analysis set for the efficacy data will be the Full Analysis Set (FAS), which will 
include all subjects in the SS.
The secondary analysis set for the efficacy data will be the Per-Protocol Set (PPS), which 
includes all subjects in the FAS who did not have important protocol deviations related to 
efficacy.
The Pharmacokinetic Per-Protocol Set (PK-PPS) will consist of all subjects having provided at 
least 1 measurable postdose plasma sample (with recorded sampling time) on at least 1 visit with 
documented study medication intake times.
13.1.1
Analysis of the primary efficacy variable
Analyses of the primary efficacy variables are based on the ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures. 
Partial-onset seizure count will be based on electrographic seizures. Electrographic seizures are 
defined as recognizable ictal patterns on an EEG involving ≥2 contiguous electrodes. The 
seizures are initiated as a unilateral or strongly asymmetric abnormal epileptiform discharge 
lasting a total of >10 seconds. The video-EEG recordings will be evaluated for seizure counts 
locally by the investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader. Subjects who
discontinue on or before Day 20 will not require a video-EEG.
s
mized 
mized 
s set fo
 set fo
cacy d
cacy d
COPY 
w a
This document
defin
defin
sei
sei
cannot 
s. .
tial
ial-o
be
of the
of th
used 
y
Ana
Ana
to
med
med
suppo
r-
ort 
Prot
Pro
stdose
stdos
dici
any
wh
wh
marketing 
data 
data
 effica
effica
ho d
ho
authorization 
subje
subje
or the 
r the 
a w
application 
will be
will b
and 
tht
any
ead 
ad
he ter
he ter
extensions 
ts by t
s by t
d toto
or 
iata
variations 
ce
ately
tely
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 76 of 144
Partial-onset seizure frequency for infants aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months will be based on 
electrographic seizures. Partial-onset seizure frequency for children aged >6 months to <4 years 
will be based on electrographic seizures with an accompanying clinical correlate.
Calculation of the Baseline Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures and the 
Maintenance Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be based on results from a
video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours 
of interpretable recording) during each period. Subjects are expected to have at least 48 hours of 
interpretable video-EEG during each period. For subjects who drop out during the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, the number of hours from the start of the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG to the time of withdrawal (in hours) will be considered 
for analysis. 
The ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be calculated as (number of partial-onset 
seizures recorded on the video-EEG divided by the number of interpretable hours recorded) 
multiplied by 24.
13.1.1.1
Analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the US
Contingent upon ≤10% of subjects discontinuing early from the study, the primary efficacy 
parameter for the US is the change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures during the 
Maintenance Period compared to the end of the Baseline Period. Seizure ADF will be analyzed 
using analysis of covariance with terms for treatment, age category (4 age stratification 
categories, pooled as appropriate), and center (properly pooled), on log-transformed seizure ADF 
using the transformation of ln (X+1), where X is the seizure ADF. Log-transformed Baseline 
seizure ADF will be used as a covariate. The seizure ADF between LCM and PBO will be 
compared using least squares means (LSMs). The percent reduction over PBO will be estimated 
as 100 x (1 – exp [LSM Treatment {TRT} - LSMPBO]). The analysis of this efficacy variable 
will consist of all subjects in the FAS who have at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings 
during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG.
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on 
this primary endpoint:
x Repeat the primary analysis using the PPS.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using the Baseline 
observation-carried-forward approach. This will be applied for all subjects who discontinued 
early from the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced by the overall mean ADF 
of partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG from the subject’s 
respective treatment arm. This will be applied for all subjects who discontinued early from 
the study.
REDACTED
tm
r (pro
r (pro
ere X i
re X i
e. The
e. The
(LSM
(LSM
TR
TR
COPY
grap
gra
aseline
seline
ment
ment
This document 
x
cannot
m the
the
bserv
serv
earl
earl
be
the 
the 
e E
e E
used
prima
prima
p
to 
int:
nt:
support
sensit
sensit
effect o
ffect 
any marketing 
Ms). 
Ms).
RT} 
RT} -
AS who
S wh
Period
erio
authorization
e P
, age 
, age 
operly 
perly
is the 
is the
e seizu
seiz
T
application
or th
r th
he stud
he stu
hic part
c par
Perio
Perio
and 
he
he
any
le ho
le ho
extensions 
e cons
e cons
ber of
er of
or variations 
urs 
urs 
urs of 
rs of 
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 77 of 144
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple imputation 
by treatment arm and age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to <1 year of age, 
≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) using monotone regression. This 
will be applied for all subjects who discontinued early from the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Contingent upon >10% of subjects discontinuing early from the study, the primary efficacy 
parameter for the US is identical to the primary efficacy parameter for the EU, described below. 
The endpoint not designated as primary will still be summarized as a secondary efficacy 
parameter.
13.1.1.2
Analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the EU
The primary efficacy parameter for the EU is the proportion of responders during the 
Maintenance Period. Subjects with a 50% or more reduction in seizure ADF will be categorized 
as responders; this classification requires at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both 
the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG. The 
proportion of responders between LCM and PBO will be analyzed using logistic regression with 
age category (4 age stratification categories, pooled as appropriate) and center (properly pooled) 
as factors. Subjects who withdraw or drop out before the first 48 hours of the End-of-
Maintenance Period video-EEG with reasons related to lack of efficacy will be considered non 
responders; all other subjects will be missing for this analysis. The number and percentage of 
subjects with a 50% or more reduction in seizure ADF will be presented by treatment group. 
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on 
this primary endpoint:
x Repeat the primary analysis using the PPS.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except subjects who discontinued from the study 
prior to performance of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG with reasons related to 
lack of efficacy will be considered non responders, and subjects who discontinued from the 
study early for any other reason will be considered responders.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except all subjects who discontinued from the 
study early will be considered non responders.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple imputation 
by treatment arm and age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to <1 year of age, 
≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) using monotone regression. This 
will be applied for all subjects who discontinued from the study early, and the imputed End-
of-Maintenance Period ADF of partial-onset seizures will be used to determine whether a 
subject is a responder.
REDACTED 
ool
ut bef
ut bef
sons re
sons r
missing
missin
on in
on in
COPY 
of
of-f M
will b
will 
led a
ed a
This document 
f
cannot 
at 
at 
udy ea
dy ea
Rep
Rep
be 
the 
the 
used
acy w
cy w
y for 
y for 
to
manc
man
wi
w
support
alysis
lysi
y analy
anal
nce o
ce
any 
s u
marketing
n seiz
n seiz
analyse
analys
ly disc
y dis
authorization 
be a
as app
s app
fore th
ore th
related
elated
g for t
g for 
application
po
seizure
eizur
interpr
interp
intena
nten
anal
ana
and 
 E
onder
nde
any 
EU
EU
extensions
effica
fica
escribe
scribe
ry effi
y effi
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 78 of 144
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the end of Baseline Period video-EEG and the end of 
Maintenance Period video-EEG.
13.1.2
Analysis of secondary efficacy variables
The percent change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures is calculated as the seizure 
ADF during the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG minus the seizure ADF during the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG divided by the seizure ADF at Baseline and then multiplied 
by 100. Descriptive statistics for ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures and its absolute 
and percentage change from Baseline will be summarized by treatment group.
For subjects who complete the Maintenance Period, the number and percentage of subjects who 
achieved “seizure-free” status from all seizure types, and from partial-onset seizure types only 
during the Maintenance Period will be tabulated and presented by treatment group.
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, 50 to 75%, or >75% 
reduction in ADF of partial-onset seizures will also be presented by treatment group, as will the 
number and percentage experiencing no change, and the number and percentage experiencing an 
increase ≥25%.
13.1.3
Other efficacy analyses
The number and percentage of subjects with each Clinical Global Impression of Change, 
Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change, and the PedsQL health summary score will be 
summarized by treatment group.
Descriptive statistics will be presented by treatment group for the number of medical resources 
used during the study, healthcare provider consultations not related to study, procedures, hospital 
stays, and length of hospital stays.
13.2
Planned safety and other analyses
Descriptive statistics will be used to provide an overview of the safety and PK results.
13.2.1
Safety analyses
Adverse events will be coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
(MedDRA®) and tabulated by system organ class (SOC) and preferred term (PT). 
Treatment-emergent AEs will be defined as those events that start on or after the date of first 
study medication administration and within 30 days following the date of final study medication 
administration, or whose severity worsens within this time frame. The incidence of TEAEs will 
be presented by SOC and PT. Serious AEs and TEAEs leading to withdrawal will also be 
tabulated and listed.
Other variables assessing safety are ECG, measurements of laboratory parameters (hematology 
and clinical chemistry) and vital signs (body weight, height and BMI), and physical and 
neurological examination findings.
Measurement and change from Baseline in vital signs (BP and pulse rate), body weight, 
laboratory parameters (hematology and clinical chemistry), and 12-lead ECG measurements will 
be summarized using descriptive statistics. When analyzing categorical data, the number and 
nd the
nd th
d by tr
d by t
ovide
ovide
COPY 
h Clin
h Cli
This document 
Othe
Oth
an
an
cannot 
rati
ati
esente
sente
ulated
late
be
catio
ati
tion
tion
used 
tab
ta
ergent
rgent
ion
ion
to
b
abul
bul
support 
nalys
naly
e cod
e cod
any 
used to
sed t
marketing
der con
er co
y and
and
authorization
inical 
nical
e Peds
Peds
eatm
eatm
application
y
r and p
r and 
G
and
%, 50
50
treat
reat
any
nt gr
t g
0 to
0 to
extensions 
of sub
f sub
eizure
izure
gro
gro
or
solu
olu
variations 
plied 
plied
ute
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 79 of 144
percentage of subjects in each category will be presented by treatment group. In addition, shift 
tables may be used to evaluate the number and percentage of subjects having a different 
postbaseline status when compared to their baseline status.
Laboratory, ECG, and vital signs data outside of the respective reference ranges will be listed 
and highlighted.
Baseline assessment of the Bayley-III scales, Achenbach CBCL, and BRIEF-P will be 
performed; however, due to the short study duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be 
collected in subjects entering into the EP0034 study and analysis of these data will be conducted 
in EP0034.
13.2.2
Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
13.2.2.1
Descriptive statistics of LCM and AED plasma concentrations
The results of LCM plasma concentrations will be summarized using descriptive statistics: 
arithmetic mean, standard deviation, median, range, geometric mean, and geometric coefficient 
of variation.
13.2.2.2
Population pharmacokinetics
A population exposure-response model (PK/pharmacodynamics) between LCM plasma 
concentration and seizure counts will be developed using NONMEM. The methods will be 
described in the DAP (Data Analysis Plan) and the results will be reported in a modeling report. 
13.3
Handling of protocol deviations
Important protocol deviations are deviations from the protocol which potentially could have a 
meaningful impact on either primary efficacy outcome or key safety outcomes for an individual 
subject. The criteria for identifying important protocol deviations and the classification of 
important protocol deviations will be defined within the project Data Cleaning Plan. To the 
extent feasible the rules for identifying protocol deviations will be defined without review of the 
data and without consideration of the frequency of occurrence of such deviations. Whenever 
possible, criteria for identifying important protocol deviations will be implemented 
algorithmically to ensure consistency in the classification of important protocol deviations across 
all subjects.
Important protocol deviations will be reviewed as part of the blinded data cleaning meetings 
prior to database lock to confirm exclusion from analysis sets.
13.4
Handling of dropouts or missing data
Subjects who prematurely discontinue the study will be evaluated based on the data collected at 
each visit attended.
As described in Section 13.1.1, subjects are expected to have at least 48 hours of interpretable 
video-EEG during each period. For subjects who drop out during the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG, the number of hours from the start of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG to 
the time of withdrawal (in hours) will be considered for analysis. Subjects who discontinue prior 
to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will not be included in the analyses (ie, data will 
not be carried forward from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG).
d th
d th
devia
devia
iations
iations
y effi
y effi
COPY
cody
cody
ed usin
ed usi
he r
he r
This document 
ach
ch
As 
As
cannot 
ects w
ects w
h vi
h vi
be used
col d
ol d
ase lo
ase lo
to 
d
support
ifying
fying
re con
e con
any 
tify
tif
n of th
n of t
marketing
icacy
icacy
mportan
mporta
be defi
be de
fying
fyin
authorization
ng N
g N
results
esults
ation
ation
s from
from
application 
namics)
amics
NO
NO
and
 and 
and 
any 
cripti
cript
ge
extensions 
entra
ntra
o
ondu
nd
variations 
be
uc
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 80 of 144
The impact of missing data on the assessment of primary efficacy will be evaluated with 
sensitivity analyses with further details to be included in the SAP. 
No imputation of missing values associated with an individual date or visit is planned for the 
primary safety analysis, with the exception of partial date information for AEs and concomitant 
medications in order to determine whether they are treatment emergent. 
13.5
Planned interim analysis and data monitoring
No formal interim analysis for determination of efficacy is planned for this study. To ensure 
subject safety, interim reviews of safety data will be performed using an Independent Data 
Monitoring Committee (IDMC). Serious adverse events and other significant events are 
monitored and will be triaged by the Medical Monitor and UCB Patient Safety in real time. After 
this triage, events will be passed on to the IDMC as appropriate. In addition, 3 interim reviews of 
safety data by the IDMC are planned when 25%, 50%, and 75% of subjects have been 
randomized and at study completion. The objective, procedures, and timing of IDMC safety 
assessments to evaluate risk and benefit for subjects in SP0967 will be described in an IDMC 
Charter.
A blinded sample size re-estimation will be performed when 50% of subjects have been 
randomized, completed the study, and have data available for analysis to check the validity of 
these assumptions using interim data from the study. The sample size re-estimation with equal 
allocation in each arm will be performed using the related residual variance combined with
Guenther adjustment (Friede and Kieser, 2011). An assessment of the observed dropout rate will 
also be made as part of this analysis, and the potential dropout rate of 14% used for calculation 
of the initial sample size (see Section 13.6) will be modified based on the observed rate. 
Additionally, an assessment of the observed difference of End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG 
interpretation rate will be made; the anticipated rate of 5% will be modified based on the 
observed rate (see Section 13.6).
The final sample size will be modified according to the sample size re-estimate and also the 
anticipated dropout rate and anticipated rate of difference of interpretation of the End-of-
Baseline Period video-EEG; however, an upper bound will be applied to reach a maximum 
sample size based on practical and logistical considerations. The initial sample size re-estimate 
using Guenther adjustment will not be adjusted above 109 subjects per treatment arm, the 
original estimated overall study drop-out rate will not be adjusted above 24%, and the difference 
of End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG interpretation rate will not be adjusted above 10%.
13.6
Determination of sample size
Assuming an effect size of 0.402, in which the effect size was calculated using a PBO-subtracted 
difference of -0.249 and a common standard deviation of 0.62 on the log-transformed data, the 
difference of -0.249 on the log-transformed data is equivalent to approximately 22% reduction 
over PBO after exponentiation. With this effect size, power of 80%, and a 2-sided test at the 
5% level of significance, a sample of 99 subjects in each treatment arm will be needed.
Assuming a responder rate of 20% and 40% for the PBO and LCM groups, respectively, a 
2-sided continuity corrected Chi-square test at a significance level of 5% will provide 
approximately 83% power with 99 subjects in the PBO group and 99 subjects in the LCM group.
REDACTED 
th
11). A
11). A
the po
the p
3.6
3.6)
bserv
bserv
COPY
labl
lab
dy. Th
y. T
he re
e re
This document 
ffff
diffe
diffe
ov
ov
cannot 
uming 
ming
feren
eren
be used
ed ov
d ov
seline
eline
to
ustm
ustm
ve
support 
d an
a
EG; ho
G; ho
practic
ractic
men
me
any
odif
odi
nticip
nticip
marketing
ved d
ed d
nticipa
ticip
fie
fie
authorization 
he 
elated 
lated 
An ass
n ass
otentia
otenti
will b
will b
didi
application 
50% o
50% o
for ana
for an
sam
sam
and
mi
m
be de
be de
any
s ha
s h
ng of
ng o
extensions 
Da
Da
ts are 
s are
n real
n real
3 inte
3 inte
hav
av
or 
ur
ur
ata
ata
variations 
rere
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 81 of 144
Subjects are randomized into the study based on the initial interpretation of the video-EEG to 
meet study entry requirements. However, the subsequent detailed assessment of seizure types 
and counts needed for the efficacy analyses could lead to a discrepancy in seizure counts (ie, a 
subject initially thought to be eligible is later found to have fewer than the required number of 
partial-onset seizures during the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG). To account for an 
anticipated difference of interpretation of the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG of 5% as well 
as the potential subject dropout rate of approximately 14%, the planned number of subjects to 
enroll is 122 subjects per treatment arm.
A blinded sample size re-estimation will be performed when 50% of subjects have been 
randomized, completed the study, and have data available for analysis to check the validity of 
these assumptions as described in Section 13.5.
14
ETHICS AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
14.1
Informed consent
Informed consent must be obtained and documented in accordance with local regulations, 
ICH-GCP requirements, and the ethical principles that have their origin in the principles of the 
Declaration of Helsinki.
Prior to obtaining informed consent, information should be given in a language and at a level of 
complexity understandable to the subject’s legal representative(s) in both oral and written form 
by the investigator (or designee). Subject’s legal representative(s) will have the opportunity to 
discuss the study and its alternatives with the investigator.
Prior to participation in the study, the Informed Consent form should be signed and personally 
dated by the subject’s legal representative(s), and by the person who conducted the informed 
consent discussion (investigator or designee). The subject’s legal representative(s) must receive a 
copy of the signed and dated Informed Consent form. As part of the consent process, each 
subject’s legal representative(s) must consent to direct access to the subject’s medical records for 
study-related monitoring, auditing, IRB/IEC review, and regulatory inspection.
If the Informed Consent form is amended during the study, the investigator (or the sponsor, if 
applicable) must follow all applicable regulatory requirements pertaining to the approval of the 
amended Informed Consent form by the IRB/IEC and use of the amended form.
All studies conducted at centers in the US must include the use of a Health Insurance Portability 
and Accountability Act Authorization form.
The subject’s legal representative(s) may withdraw his/her consent to participate in the study at 
any time. A subject is considered as enrolled in the study when his/her legal representative(s) has 
signed the Informed Consent form. An eCRF must not be started, nor may any study specific 
procedure be performed for a given subject, without having obtained written consent from 
his/her legal representative(s) in order to participate in the study.
14.2
Subject identification cards
Upon signing the Informed Consent and Assent form (as applicable), the subject or legal 
representative(s) will be provided with a subject identification card in the language of the 
subject. The investigator will fill in the subject identifying information and medical emergency 
REDACTED
gal r
gal r
the inv
he inv
Inform
Inform
ntative
tative
COPY
hould 
hould
repre
repre
This document 
gn
gn
proce
proc
hihi
anno
ject
ect
ime. A
me. A
ned t
ed t
be 
tab
’s’s
used
nducte
ducte
bilit
bilit
to
Con
Co
support 
form i
orm i
w all a
w all 
onse
ons
any 
m
iting, 
ting,
marketing
e(s), 
e(s),
signee)
igne
med Co
ed C
must c
ust 
authorization
esenta
esent
epresen
presen
vestig
estig
med C
med C
a
application 
e w
ir origi
r orig
be give
e giv
ati
and 
with 
with 
any extensions 
en 
 valid
valid
S
or variations 
o
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 82 of 144
contact information. The investigator will instruct the subject’s parent(s)/legal 
representative(s)/caregiver(s) to keep the card with him/her at all times.
14.3
Institutional Review Boards and Independent Ethics 
Committees
The study will be conducted under the auspices of an IRB/IEC, as defined in local regulations, 
ICH-GCP, and in accordance with the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration 
of Helsinki.
The investigator/UCB will ensure that an appropriately constituted IRB/IEC that complies with 
the requirements of the current ICH-GCP version or applicable country-specific regulations will 
be responsible for the initial and continuing review and approval of the clinical study. Prior to 
initiation of the study, the investigator/UCB will forward copies of the protocol, Informed 
Consent form, Investigator’s Brochure, investigator’s curriculum vitae (if applicable), 
advertisement (if applicable), and all other subject-related documents to be used for the study to 
the IRB/IEC for its review and approval.
Before initiating a study, the investigator will have written and dated full approval from the 
responsible IRB/IEC for the protocol.
The investigator will also promptly report to the IRB/IEC all changes in the study, all 
unanticipated problems involving risks to human subjects or others, and any protocol deviations, 
to eliminate immediate hazards to subjects.
The investigator will not make any changes in the study or study conduct without IRB/IEC 
approval, except where necessary to eliminate apparent immediate hazards to the subjects. For 
minor changes to a previously approved protocol during the period covered by the original 
approval, it may be possible for the investigator to obtain an expedited review by the IRB/IEC as 
allowed.
As part of the IRB/IEC requirements for continuing review of approved studies, the investigator 
will be responsible for submitting periodic progress reports to the IRB/IEC (based on IRB/IEC 
requirements), at intervals appropriate to the degree of subject risk involved, but no less than 
once per year. The investigator should provide a final report to the IRB/IEC following study 
completion.
UCB (or its representative) will communicate safety information to the appropriate regulatory 
authorities and all active investigators in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. 
The appropriate IRB/IEC will also be informed by the investigator or the sponsor, as specified by 
the applicable regulatory requirements in each concerned country. Where applicable, 
investigators are to provide the sponsor (or its representative) with evidence of such IRB/IEC 
notification.
14.4
Subject privacy
UCB staff (or designee) will affirm and uphold the subject’s confidentiality. Throughout this 
study, all data forwarded to UCB (or designee) will be identified only by the subject number 
assigned at Screening.
REDACTED 
es in t
s in t
imina
imina
oved p
oved p
COPY
B/IEC
B/IE
n subje
subje
This document
notif
otif
14
14
cannot
op
op
plicab
licab
estiga
stiga
fic
fi
be 
and
priat
priat
sed
presen
resen
d all
d all
to support
mitit
s appr
 appr
vestigat
estiga
any
men
men
ting 
ting
marketing 
proto
roto
vestiga
vestig
nts
nts
authorization
ects 
ects 
the stu
the st
ate app
te ap
oc
oc
application
dated f
dated 
C all ch
all c
or
and 
o b
o b
any 
ap
applp
be us
be us
extensions 
plie
lie
gulati
gulati
study.
tudy
col, In
ol, In
plic
pli
or 
es w
es w
variations 
ion 
on
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 83 of 144
The investigator agrees that representatives of UCB, its designee, representatives of the relevant 
IRB/IEC, or representatives of regulatory authorities will be allowed to review that portion of the 
subject’s primary medical records that directly concerns this study (including, but not limited to, 
laboratory test result reports, ECG reports, admission/discharge summaries for hospital 
admissions occurring during a subject’s study participation, and autopsy reports for deaths 
occurring during the study).
14.5
Protocol amendments
Protocol changes may affect the legal and ethical status of the study and may also affect the 
statistical evaluations of sample size and the likelihood of the study fulfilling its primary 
objective.
Significant changes to the protocol will only be made as an amendment to the protocol and must 
be approved by UCB, the IRB/IEC, and the regulatory authorities (if required), prior to being 
implemented.
15
FINANCE, INSURANCE, AND PUBLICATION
Insurance coverage will be handled according to local requirements.
Finance, insurance, and publication rights are addressed in the investigator and/or CRO 
agreements, as applicable.
REDACTED COPY
sed 
sed
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application 
A
ments.
ents
n the in
the i
and 
ATIO
TIO
any
red)
red
extensions 
mary 
ary 
e proto
prot
d) p
d) p
or
the
the
variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 84 of 144
16
REFERENCES
Aicardi J. Syndromic classification in the management of childhood epilepsy. J Child Neurol. 
1994;9(Suppl 2):14-18.
Appleton R, Fichtner K, LaMoreaux L, Alexander J, Halsall G, Murray G, et al. Gabapentin as 
add-on therapy in children with refractory partial seizures: a 12-week, multicentre, double-blind, 
placebo-controlled study: Gabapentin Pediatric Study Group. Epilepsia. 1999;40:1147-54.
Bayley N. Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development. 3rd ed. San Antonio: Pearson 
Education Inc; 2006.
Bayley N. Bayley Scales of Infant Development. 2nd ed. San Antonio: The Psychological 
Corporation; 1993.
Bourgeois BF, Goodkin HP. Efficacy of antiepileptic drugs in adults vs children: does one size 
fit all? Neurology. 2012;79;1420-1.
CHMP/EWP/566/98 Guideline on clinical investigation of medicinal products in the treatment of 
epileptic disorders (EMA) Rev 2, 20 Jan 2010.
Clinical Global Impression of Change, the Caregiver Global Impression of Change, quality of 
life assessments (Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory [PedsQL™]).
http://www.pedsql.org/PedsQL-CostStructure.pdf and http://plaza.umin.ac.jp/qol-research/. 
Accessed on 10 July 2014. 
Cognitive function assessments (Behavior Rating Inventory of Executive Function®
[BRIEF®]/BRIEF® Preschool Version [BRIEF® P].
http://www4.parinc.com/ Products/PermsLicensing.aspx?id=6 and 
http://www4.parinc.com/products/PermsLicensing.aspx?id=8. Accessed 10 July 2014. 
Commission on Classification and Terminology of the International League Against Epilepsy. 
Proposal for revised classification of epilepsies and epileptic syndromes. Epilepsia. 
1989;30:389-99.
CPMP/ICH/135/95 Note for guidance on Good Clinical Practice (EMEA) Jul 2002.
Dichek B. Epilepsy: an ancient ailment that still eludes a cure. Scrip Magazine. 1999;Feb:9-11.
Duchowny M, Pellock JM, Graf WD, Billard C, Gilman J, Casale E, et al. A placebo-controlled 
trial of lamotrigine add-on therapy for partial seizures in children: Lamictal Pediatric Partial 
Seizure Study Group. Neurology. 1999;53:1724-31.
Elterman RD, Glauser TA, Wylie E, Reife R, Wu SC, Pledger G. A double-blind, randomized 
trial of topiramate as adjunctive therapy for partial-onset seizures in children: Topiramate YP 
Study Group. Neurology. 1999;52:1338-44.
Food and Drug Administration. Guidance for Industry. Drug-induced liver injury: premarketing 
clinical evaluation. US Dept of Health and Human Services, Center for Drug Evaluation and 
Research, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, 07/2009. 
Friede T, Kieser M. Blinded sample size recalculation for clinical trials with normal data and 
baseline adjusted analysis. Pharm Stat. 2011;10:8-13.
REDACTED 
r Ratin
Ratin
[BRIE
[BRIE
PermsL
PermsL
rm
rm
COPY
y [Ped
y [Pe
f and 
f and 
This document
Stud
Stud
F
cannot 
man R
an R
l of to
of to
be
udy G
udy 
used
Pello
ello
igine
igine
G
to 
a
ck
support 
e for gu
for g
an anc
n anc
any
on o
on 
marketing
Lice
Lice
msLice
msLice
d Termi
Term
of e
of
authorization
http
http
ng Inv
ng Inv
EF® P
cen
en
application 
l Impre
Impr
dsQL™
sQL™
p://p
p://p
and 
l pro
pro
any
ldr
ldr
extensions 
hologi
ologi
dren
ren
or 
on
o
variations 
d, ,
n
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 85 of 144
Glauser TA, Ayala R, Elterman RD, Mitchell WG, Van Orman CB, Gauer LJ, et al. on behalf of 
the N159b Study Group. Double-blind placebo-controlled trial of adjunctive levetiracetam in 
pediatric partial seizures. Neurology. 2006;66:1654-60.
Glauser TA, Nigro M, Sachdeo R, Pasteris LA, Weinstein S, Abou-Khalil B, et al. Adjunctive 
therapy with oxcarbazepine in children with partial seizures: the Oxcarbazepine Pediatric Study 
Group. Neurology. 2000;54:2237-44.
Hadjiloizou SM, Bourgeois BF. Antiepileptic drug treatment in children. Expert Rev Neurother. 
2007;7:179-193.
Herman ST, Pedley TA. New options for the treatment of epilepsy. JAMA. 1998;280:693-4.
Institute of Medicine. Epilepsy across the spectrum: promoting health and understanding. 
Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2012.
Pellock JM, Carman WJ, Thyagarajan V, Daniels T, Morris DL, D’Cruz O. Efficacy of 
antiepileptic drugs in adults predicts efficacy in children: A systematic review. Neurology. 
2012;79;1482-9.
Perucca E. Established antiepileptic drugs. Baillieres Clin Neurol. 1996;5:693-722.
Rheims S, Ryvlin P. Profile of perampanel and its potential in the treatment of partial onset 
seizures. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2013;9:629-37.
Sander JW. New drugs for epilepsy. Curr Opin Neurol. 1998;11:141-8.
Sattler JM, Hoge RD. Assessment of children: behavioral, social, and clinical foundations. 5th 
ed. La Mesa: Jerome M Sattler; 2006.
Schwartz GJ, Work DF. Measurement and estimation of GFR in children and adolescents. Clin J 
Am Soc Nephrol. 2009;4:1832-43.
Varni JW, Seid M, Kurtin PS. PedsQL 4.0: reliability and validity of the Pediatric Quality of Life 
version 4.0 generic core scales in healthy and patient populations. Med Care. 2001; 39:800-12
REDACTED
in Ne
in N
ldren: 
dren:
ent a
ent a
COPY
otent
oten
7.
This document cannot be used to support any
s in he
s in h
marketing 
and est
nd es
dsQL
dsQL
authorization 
urol. 
urol. 
behav
beha
application 
urol. 19
rol. 1
al in
l in tht
and
ic rev
c rev
any 
O. Ef
O. E
ie
extensions 
80:69
80:69
erstan
erstan
or variations 
other
ther
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 86 of 144
17
APPENDICES
17.1
AMENDMENT 1
Rationale for the amendment
The primary purposes of this amendment are to implement the contingent primary efficacy 
variable for the US, include sensitivity analyses for the primary endpoint, to clarify the 
enrollment of subjects <2 years of age, and to provide additional detail regarding the sample size 
re-estimation at the request of FDA.
Modifications and changes 
Global changes
The following changes were made throughout the protocol:
x Contact details for the Clinical Project Manager have been updated
x The Sponsor Declaration has been updated for electronic signature
x The language of the percentage of subjects <2years of age to be included in the study has 
been clarified 
x The contingent primary efficacy variable for the US has been defined
x The anticipated SAE table has been updated to include a footnote for convulsion
x Text for adherence to the protocol has been updated
x Text for healthcare resource use has been updated
x Rescue medication assessment has been added
x Analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the US and EU has been updated 
x The sensitivity analysis has been described
x Sample size re-estimation text has been further detailed
Specific changes
Change #1
SPONSOR DECLARATION
The Clinical Project Manager has changed.
Clinical Project Manager
_____________________________
Date/Signature
REDACTED
ated to
ated t
as been
s bee
has b
has b
COPY 
the US
the U
This document 
Cli
Cli
cannot
SOR
SOR
e Clin
Clin
be 
#1
R
used
ang
ang
to support 
ation t
tion
any 
as bee
s bee
marketing
been 
en
s been
s bee
cy var
cy va
authorization
S ha
S ha
o inclu
o inclu
en upd
n upd
n u
n u
application
ature
tur
e to be 
e to be
as b
as b
and 
d
rere
any extensions or variations 
le size
e size
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 87 of 144
Clinical Trial Biostatistician
, MA
_____________________________
Date/Signature
Study Physician
, MD
_____________________________
Date/Signature
Clinical Program Director
, BS
_____________________________
Date/Signature
Has been revised and moved to Section 19: 
19
SPONSOR DECLARATION
I confirm that I have carefully read and understand this protocol and agree to conduct this 
clinical study as outlined in this protocol and according to current Good Clinical Practice.
Change #2
STUDY CONTACT INFORMATION
The Clinical Project Manager contact details have been updated.
Name:
Address:
UCB BIOSCIENCES Inc. 
8010 Arco Corporate Drive 
Raleigh, NC 27617 
UNITED STATES
Phone:
Fax:
REDACTED 
hav
ED
IENC
IEN
Cor
Cor
AC
ACT
COPY 
ve b
ve b
This document cannot be used to suppo
pport 
rt
ppor any y
any marketing
rporat
rporat
C 2761
C 276
D STA
D ST
authorization 
been up
een up
za
CES In
ES I
tho
application
t Goo
t Go
and 
agree
agree
any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 88 of 144
Has been changed to: 
Name:
Address:
UCB BIOSCIENCES GmbH 
Alfred-Nobel-Straße 10 
40789 Monheim 
GERMANY
Phone:
Fax:
Change #3
Section 1 SUMMARY
Reference to the Food and Drug Administration has been clarified that it is for the US and the 
contingent primary efficacy variable has been defined, 5th paragraph.
Based on Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and European Medicines Agency (EMA) 
requirements, 2 (co-) primary efficacy variables have been defined for this study based on 
electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical correlate depending upon subject 
age. The primary efficacy variable will be the change in average daily frequency (ADF) of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures (US) or proportion of subjects experiencing ≥50% reduction 
in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (EU) as measured on the 72-hour
end-of-Maintenance Period video-electroencephalogram (EEG) compared to the 72-hour
end-of-Baseline Period video-EEG. Partial-onset seizures will be counted by a central reader 
evaluating the characteristic ictal patterns of electrographic seizures. 
Has been changed to: 
Based on US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and European Medicines Agency (EMA) 
requirements, 2 (co-) primary efficacy variables have been defined for this study based on 
electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical correlate depending upon subject 
age. The primary efficacy variable will be the change in average daily frequency (ADF) of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures (US) or proportion of subjects experiencing ≥50% reduction 
in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (EU) as measured on the 72-hour
End-of-Maintenance Period video-electroencephalogram (EEG) compared to the 72-hour
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG. Partial-onset seizures will be counted by a central reader 
evaluating the characteristic ictal patterns of electrographic seizures. At the request of FDA, a 
contingent primary efficacy variable has also been defined based on the percentage of subjects
who discontinue early from the study prior to completing the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG. Contingent upon >10% of subjects discontinuing early from the study, the primary 
efficacy parameter for the US will become identical to the primary efficacy parameter for the 
EU. The endpoint not designated as primary will still be summarized as a secondary efficacy 
parameter. 
Change #4
Section 4.1.1 Primary efficacy variable
REDACTED
ha
propo
prop
et seiz
et seiz
troenc
troenc
Partia
Partia
t
COPY
bee
be
ut clin
ut clin
ange
ange
This documen
who 
who 
vid
vid
cannot
a
ting th
ing t
tingen
ingen
d
be
nt
selin
selin
used
f elect
elec
enan
enan
to
ialal-o
support
ary e
ry e
nset sei
set se
cacy v
acy v
on
any
Admi
Adm
effi
eff
marketing 
al-on
o
erns of 
ns of 
authorization
nic
e in av
in av
ortion
ortion
zures 
zures 
cephal
ephal
ons
ns
application
aph.
ph
n Medi
n Med
define
defin
cal co
cal co
and
hat it 
at it 
h
any 
i
extensions 
ns
ns
or r variations 
v
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 89 of 144
The contingent primary efficacy variable has been defined. 
For the US: 
The primary efficacy variable will be the change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
as measured on the 72-hour end-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the 72-hour
end-of-Baseline Period video-EEG. 
Has been changed to:
For the US, the primary efficacy variable will be contingent on the percentage of subjects that 
discontinue from the study after the first dose of study medication but prior to performance of the 
72-hour End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG (ie, early discontinuation).
The following variable will be considered primary for the US given that ≤10% of subjects 
discontinue early from the study:
x The change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures as measured on the 72-hour
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the 72-hour End-of-Baseline Period 
video-EEG. 
If >10% of subjects discontinue early from the study, the following contingency endpoint will be 
considered primary for the US (same as the primary efficacy variable for the EU):
The proportion of responders where a responder is a subject experiencing a 50% or greater 
reduction in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures recorded on the 72-hour
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the 72-hour end of Baseline Period 
video-EEG.
Change #5
Section 5.1.2 Planned number of subjects and sites
The language of the percentage of subjects <2 years of age to be included in the study has been 
clarified, 1st and 2nd paragraphs.
A total of approximately 244 subjects (122 subjects per treatment arm) are planned to be 
randomized.
Subjects will be enrolled in the following age categories as detailed below:
x ≥1 month to <6 months of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥6 months to <1 year of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥1 year to <2 years of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥2 years to <4 years of age (≥20 subjects)
Approximately 175 sites are planned in order to recruit the required subjects; additional sites will 
be added if deemed necessary. A target of approximately 50% of the randomized subjects should 
consist of subjects <2 years of age. Of these subjects (122), a target of 20% will be enrolled in 
each of the 3 age categories <2 years of age.
Has been changed to:
REDACTED
ial
ial-on
o
ompar
mpar
COPY
effic
effi
is a s
is a s
This document
≥
Ap
Ap
cannot 
on
on
1 year
1 year
≥2
≥2
be 
nths 
nths 
used 
nr
to <6
to <6
to
rolle
roll
support 
244 su
244 s
d
any 
ofof
hs.
hs.
marketing 
of sub
of su
f subj
f sub
authorization
subje
ubje
set se
et se
red to 
d to 
application 
lowing
owin
acy var
cy va
t
and 
sur
u
r End
End
any 
red o
red
extensions
man
man
% of su
 of s
or
s th
s th
nce
variations 
hat
ha
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 90 of 144
A total of approximately 244 subjects (122 subjects per treatment arm) are planned to be 
randomized. Approximately 50% of the 244 randomized subjects should be <2 years of age. Of 
these (n=122), a minimum target of 20% (n=25) of subjects will be enrolled in each of the 3 age 
categories: ≥1 month to <6 months, ≥6 months to <1 year, and ≥1 year to <2 years.
Subjects will be enrolled in the following age categories as detailed below:
x ≥1 month to <6 months of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥6 months to <1 year of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥1 year to <2 years of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥2 years to <4 years of age (≥20 subjects)
Approximately 175 sites are planned in order to recruit the required subjects; additional sites will 
be added if deemed necessary. 
Change #6
Section 5.2 Schedule of study assessments
Schedule of study assessments Table 5-1 has been updated to include rescue medication 
assessment.
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application 
o inclu
o incl
and any extensions 
; addi
add
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 91 of 144
Table 5-1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
Informed consent
X
Demographics
c
X
Inclusion/exclusion criteria
X
X
X
Medical history
X
Seizure history/count
X
Concomitant medications
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Concomitant AEDs
Xe
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
VNS assessmentf
X
X
X
X
X
X
Physical examination (complete)
X
X
Physical examination (brief)
X
X
X
X
Vital signs (including BP and 
pulse rate)g
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Body weight
X
X
X
X
X
X
Height
X
X
Head circumference
X
X
Neurological examination 
(complete)
X
X
Neurological examination (brief)
X
X
X
X
ECG (12-lead)h
X
X
X
X
Video-EEGi
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
REDACTED 
X
D
X
TE
AC
AC
AC
AC
R
A
RE
R
COPY 
Y
PY
C
This document 
me
cannot 
f)
ot
no
ca
be 
be used
X
d 
se
to support t
pp
su
s
any 
a
marketing 
g
ng
ket
a
ma
authorization 
io
X
tioioio
X
riz
ho
th
application 
on
ion
on
i
o
ic
ppli
ap
and 
an
any 
24
2
an
an
an
an
an extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
4b
ex
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
pr 201
r 201
SP
SP


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 92 of 144
Table 5-1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
Clinical chemistry/hematology
X
X
X
Concomitant AED plasma 
concentration
X
X
X
LCM plasma concentration
X
X
X
Clinical GIC 
X
Caregiver’s GIC
X
Contact IXRS
X
X
X
X
X
X
Randomization
Xj
Dispense study medication
Xj
X
X
X
X
Return study medication
X
X
X
X
Dosing instructionsk
X
X
X
AE reporting
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Withdrawal criteria
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Healthcare resource use
X
X
X
X
Bayley-III scalesl
X
BRIEF-Pm
X
X
PedsQLn
X
X
Achenbach CBCLo
X
X
AE=adverse event; AED=antiepileptic drug; BP=blood pressure; BRIEF-P=Behavior Rating Inventory of Executive Function-Preschool Version; 
CBCL=Childhood Behavior Checklist; ECG=electrocardiogram; EEG=electroencephalogram; ET=Early Termination; GIC=Global Impression of 
REDACTED 
D
ED
C
Xj
X
AC
AC
AC
AC
Xj
ED
R
COPY 
Y
CO
C
This document
ehavi
havi
can
antiep
ntiep
nnot t
ot
or
nn
be 
b
used 
se
u
to support 
X
t
pp
su
s
any 
X
any
a
marketing 
ng
tin
a
n
ark
a
m
authorization 
n 
io
X
za
ho
ho
ho
ho
ho
a
application 
on
X
at
ppli
pp
pp
pp
and 
an
any 
24
2
an
an
an
an
an extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
4b
ex
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
pr 201
r 201
SP
SP


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 93 of 144
Table 5-1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
Change; IXRS=interactive voice/web response system; LCM=lacosamide; PedsQL=Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory; T=Telephone Contact; 
UV=Unscheduled Visit; V=Visit; VNS=vagus nerve stimulation.
a If an Unscheduled Visit is needed, then the assessments noted will be performed. Additional assessments may be performed at the investigator’s 
discretion.
b The Day -3 and Day 24 assessments should be conducted prior to the start of video-EEG monitoring. A maximum of 7 days may be added to the 
period between Visit 1 and 2 in the event that additional time is needed to access inpatient facilities to perform the video-EEG, 
c Demographics: date of birth, age group category, age in months and years, race, ethnicity, and gender. In countries where recording of complete 
date of birth is not permitted, only permitted data will be collected.
d The concomitant medications recording will include any current medication intake as well as any medications taken ≤30 days prior to Visit 1.
e The concomitant AED recording will include any current medication intake as well as any previous AED taken prior to Visit 1.
f The VNS setting will be assessed as applicable.
g Orthostatic assessments of BP and pulse rate will be assessed where it is feasible according to investigator judgment.
h A 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings) will be performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if possible, with the subject 
in the supine position for 5 minutes preceding the ECG recording. The second recording will be conducted 20 to 30 minutes after the first 
recording. Electrocardiograms will be reviewed locally by the investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader and at a central ECG 
laboratory. The investigator may consult with the cardiologist at the central ECG laboratory to confirm the presence of a clinically significant ECG 
abnormality; however, it remains the responsibility of the investigator to decide whether an ECG finding is of clinical significance on the basis of 
the complete clinical picture and whether this finding influences the subject’s participation in the study.
i The video-EEG (72 hours of continuous recording) will be conducted in an inpatient setting. Upon completion of the Baseline video-EEG (Visits 2 
and 3), the investigator will assess the electrographic seizure count and confirm the selection criteria have been met. If the subject meets all 
selection criteria, including the requisite number of seizures based on the video-EEG data, the subject may be randomized at Visit 3. All 
video-EEG data recordings will be transmitted to a central reader for the purposes of data analysis. The End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
will be done at Visit 6. Subjects who discontinue on or before Day 20 will not require a video-EEG.
j Randomization and initial dispensing of study medication will occur at Visit 3 and after the completion of the video-EEG and confirmation that the 
subject has met selection criteria. 
k Dosing instructions will be provided to the caregiver(s) during the telephone contacts. At a minimum, AEs and tolerability should be discussed 
with the caregiver(s) in order to determine the next dose for the subject. See Section 7.2.1 for additional details on dosing options. 
l The Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development, Third Edition, will be completed by subjects who are <18 months of age who originate in 
English-speaking countries. 
m The BRIEF-P will be used only for subjects who are ≥2 years of age at Visits 3 and 6. BRIEF-P will be used only in countries where a translated 
REDACTED
intake
intak
take as
take as
re it is 
re it is
rior to
rior to
T
COPY
patien
patie
ethnici
thni
This document
e used
used
cannot
to det
o det
nt and T
t and 
es.
es.
be
ded to
ded to
used 
conti
ont
of stud
f stud
to 
ted t
ed t
tinu
tinu
support 
will be
ill b
hic seiz
hic se
er of 
r of sei
se
to a 
to
any
nve
nve
fluence
luenc
e c
marketing 
o any b
any 
The sec
he sec
nvestiga
vestig
t at the 
at the
estig
esti
authorization 
ity,y,
as we
as we
well a
well a
feasib
easib
b
application 
ments
ment
nitoring
itoring
facilitie
facilit
, and 
and
and
Life
ife
t
any 
24
2
an
e Inv
e In
an
an
an extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
4b
ex
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
pr 201
r 201
SP
SP


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 94 of 144
Table 5-1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
version is available.
n The version of the PedsQL used at Visit 3 should be consistent with the subject’s age at Visit 3 and should be maintained for each subject for the 
duration of the study. The PedsQL will be used only in countries where a translated version is available. 
o The Achenbach CBCL/1½-5 will be completed by the parent(s)/legal representative(s)/caregiver(s) of subjects ≥18 months of age at Visits 3 and 6. 
The Achenbach CBCL will be administered only in countries where a translated version is available.
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application 
able.
able.
r(s) of su
s) of 
ailable.
ailable
and 
ould b
uld b
any 
24
2
an
an
an
an extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
4b
ex
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
pr 201
r 201
SP
SP


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 95 of 144
Has been changed to:
Table 5-1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
Informed consent
X
Demographics
c
X
Inclusion/exclusion criteria
X
X
X
Medical history
X
Seizure history/count
X
Concomitant medications
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Concomitant AEDs
Xe
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
VNS assessmentf
X
X
X
X
X
X
Physical examination (complete)
X
X
Physical examination (brief)
X
X
X
X
Vital signs (including BP and 
pulse rate)g
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Body weight
X
X
X
X
X
X
Height
X
X
Head circumference
X
X
Neurological examination 
(complete)
X
X
Neurological examination (brief)
X
X
X
X
REDACTED 
D
X
CT
AC
X
DA
R
A
R
COPY 
Y
OP
C
This document t cannot 
ot
(brief
brief
nn
c
be 
X
e used 
e
X
ed
se
to 
X
to support t
pp
su
any 
an
a
marketing 
ng
ng
ng
ng
ke
a
m
authorization 
io
atioio
o
i
X
ori
ho
X
ut
application 
on
tio
pli
o
pli
pli
pli
ppli
a
and 
20
20
a
any 
an
a
extensions s
Mainte
aint
io
e
or 
o variations 
on thereof. 
pr 201
r 201
SP
SP


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 96 of 144
Table 5-1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
ECG (12-lead)h
X
X
X
X
Video-EEGi
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rescue medicationj
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Clinical chemistry/hematology
X
X
X
Concomitant AED plasma 
concentration
X
X
X
LCM plasma concentration
X
X
X
Clinical GIC 
X
Caregiver’s GIC
X
Contact IXRS
X
X
X
X
X
X
Randomization
Xk
Dispense study medication
Xk
X
X
X
X
Return study medication
X
X
X
X
Dosing instructionsl
X
X
X
AE reporting
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Withdrawal criteria
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Healthcare resource use
X
X
X
X
Bayley-III scalesm
X
BRIEF-Pn
X
X
REDACTED 
D
ED
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
ED
R
COPY 
Y
OP
C
This document
nt cannot 
ot
ot
ot
ot
ot
an
be 
e used 
ed
se
u
to 
X
o supportrt t
pp
su
s
any y
a
marketing 
ng
X
eti
ar
a
authorization 
io
za
ho
tho
ho
ho
ho
a
application 
on
tio
li
o
lililic
ppli
ap
and 
an
any
24
2
an
a
extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
e
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
pr 201
r 201
SP
SP


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 97 of 144
Table 5-1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
PedsQLo
X
X
Achenbach CBCLp
X
X
AE=adverse event; AED=antiepileptic drug; BP=blood pressure; BRIEF-P=Behavior Rating Inventory of Executive Function-Preschool Version; 
CBCL=Childhood Behavior Checklist; ECG=electrocardiogram; EEG=electroencephalogram; ET=Early Termination; GIC=Global Impression of 
Change; IXRS=interactive voice/web response system; LCM=lacosamide; PedsQL=Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory; T=Telephone Contact; 
UV=Unscheduled Visit; V=Visit; VNS=vagus nerve stimulation.
a If an Unscheduled Visit is needed, then the assessments noted will be performed. Additional assessments may be performed at the investigator’s 
discretion.
b The Day -3 and Day 24 assessments should be conducted prior to the start of video-EEG monitoring. A maximum of 7 days may be added to the 
period between Visit 1 and 2 in the event that additional time is needed to access inpatient facilities to perform the video-EEG. 
c Demographics: date of birth, age group category, age in months and years, race, ethnicity, and gender. In countries where recording of complete 
date of birth is not permitted, only permitted data will be collected.
d The concomitant medications recording will include any current medication intake as well as any medications taken ≤30 days prior to Visit 1.
e The concomitant AED recording will include any current medication intake as well as any previous AED taken prior to Visit 1.
f The VNS setting will be assessed as applicable.
g Orthostatic assessments of BP and pulse rate will be assessed where it is feasible according to investigator judgment.
h A 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings) will be performed prior to any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if possible, with the subject 
in the supine position for 5 minutes preceding the ECG recording. The second recording will be conducted 20 to 30 minutes after the first 
recording. Electrocardiograms will be reviewed locally by the investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader and at a central ECG 
laboratory. The investigator may consult with the cardiologist at the central ECG laboratory to confirm the presence of a clinically significant ECG 
abnormality; however, it remains the responsibility of the investigator to decide whether an ECG finding is of clinical significance on the basis of 
the complete clinical picture and whether this finding influences the subject’s participation in the study.
i The video-EEG (72 hours of continuous recording) will be conducted in an inpatient setting. Upon completion of the Baseline video-EEG (Visits 2
and 3), the investigator will assess the electrographic seizure count and confirm the selection criteria have been met. If the subject meets all 
selection criteria, including the requisite number of seizures based on the video-EEG data, the subject may be randomized at Visit 3. All 
video-EEG data recordings will be transmitted to a central reader for the purposes of data analysis. The end-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
will be done at Visit 6. Subjects who discontinue on or before Day 20 will not require a video-EEG.
j Additional assessment for changes in VNS or rescue medication taken within 24 hours prior to and until the end of the video-EEG monitoring.
REDACTED 
med
med
tart of 
art of 
ded to 
ded to 
and yea
and ye
ed.
ed.
COPY
ala
=Pedi
=Ped
d. A
d. A
This document
t for 
for 
cannot
e requ
req
will be
will b
ubject
ubject
ch
be
s the 
s the 
qui
qui
used
on
er this
r this
ous re
us re
to
h t
nsibil
sibi
support 
rfor
fo
ECG rec
CG re
locally 
ocall
the car
he car
it
any
ssed w
sed w
ormed
rme
marketing 
ars,
rs
edicatio
edicati
ication i
ation
h
authorization 
ddition
dition
video
video
access
ccess
s, rac
 rac
application 
on
entory o
ntory
m; ET=
m; ET=
atric Qu
tric Q
tio
and 
an
any
24
2
an
a
extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
e
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
pr 201
r 201
SP
SP


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 98 of 144
Table 5-1:
Schedule of study assessments (Baseline and Treatment Periods)
Assessment
Baseline Period
(7 days)
Treatment Period (27 days)
Titration Period
(20 days)
Maintenance Period
(7 days)
Visit
V1
V2
V3
T1
V4
T2
V5
T3
V6/ET
UV
a
Study Day
-7
-3
b
-2
-1
1
5
9
13
17
20
24b
25
26
27
k Randomization and initial dispensing of study medication will occur at Visit 3 and after the completion of the video-EEG and confirmation that the 
subject has met selection criteria. 
l Dosing instructions will be provided to the caregiver(s) during the telephone contacts. At a minimum, AEs and tolerability should be discussed 
with the caregiver(s) in order to determine the next dose for the subject. See Section 7.2.1 for additional details on dosing options. 
m The Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development, Third Edition, will be completed by subjects who are <18 months of age who originate in 
English-speaking countries. 
nThe BRIEF-P will be used only for subjects who are ≥2 years of age at Visits 3 and 6. BRIEF-P will be used only in countries where a translated 
version is available.
o The version of the PedsQL used at Visit 3 should be consistent with the subject’s age at Visit 3 and should be maintained for each subject for the 
duration of the study. The PedsQL will be used only in countries where a translated version is available. 
p The Achenbach CBCL/1½-5 will be completed by the parent(s)/legal representative(s)/caregiver(s) of subjects ≥18 months of age at Visits 3 and 6. 
The Achenbach CBCL will be administered only in countries where a translated version is available.
REDACTED
bject’s
bject’
a trans
a trans
repres
repre
rere a tra
a tr
COPY 
nd 6. B
d 6. B
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization 
RIE
age at
age at
lated v
ated v
sentativ
entativ
nslate
slate
application
um, AE
um, A
dditiona
dition
subjects
ubject
IEF
EF-P
and
of the
the
E
any
24
2
an
e v
a
extensions
tenan
enan
(7
(7
en
e
or 
o variations 
on
va
thereof. 
pr 201
r 201
SP
SP


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 99 of 144
Change #7
Section 5.4 Rationale for study design and selection of dose 
Text defining the contingent primary efficacy variable has been added, 4th paragraph.
Based on US FDA and EMA requirements, 2 (co-) primary efficacy variables have been defined 
for this study based on electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical correlate 
depending upon subject age. The primary efficacy variable will be the change in ADF of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures (US) or proportion of subjects experiencing ≥50% reduction 
in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (EU) as measured on the 72-hour End-of-
Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the 72-hour End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG. At 
the request of FDA, a contingent primary efficacy variable has also been defined based on the 
percentage of subjects who discontinue early from the study prior to completing the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG. Contingent upon >10% of subjects discontinuing early 
from the study, the primary efficacy parameter for the US will become identical to the primary 
efficacy parameter for the EU.
The endpoint not designated as primary will still be summarized as a secondary efficacy 
parameter
Change #8
Section 8.1.2 Baseline Period: Visit 2 (Day -3 to Day -1)
Rescue medication has been added to the list of assessments.
x Inclusion/exclusion criteria (Day -3 only)
x Concomitant medications 
x Concomitant AEDs 
x VNS assessment (Day -3 only and only if applicable)
x Physical examination (brief) (Day -3 only)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment; Day -3 only)
x Body weight (Day -3 only)
x Neurological examination (brief) (Day -3 only)
x Video-EEG (72 hours of continuous recording)
x AE reporting 
x Review withdrawal criteria
Has been changed to:
x Inclusion/exclusion criteria (Day -3 only)
x Concomitant medications 
x Concomitant AEDs 
REDACTED
of a
of a
nly)
nly)
COPY 
-3 to
3 t
ass
This document
R
Ha
Ha
cannot 
AE rep
E rep
Re
Re
be 
EEG
EEG
used 
(D
cal ex
cal ex
to 
Day 
Day 
support
ulse ra
ulse r
ment; D
ent; D
3
any
ef) (D
ef) (D
marketing 
y and on
and 
authorization 
o D
sessm
sessm
application 
s a 
Day 
Day
and 
a sec
se
any
ntic
ntic
extensions 
eo-E
ased 
ased 
g the
the
discon
discon
ca
or 
nd
EE
EE
variations 
uction
ction
d-of
of
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 100 of 144
x VNS assessment (Day -3 only and only if applicable)
x Physical examination (brief) (Day -3 only)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment; Day -3 only)
x Body weight (Day -3 only)
x Neurological examination (brief) (Day -3 only)
x Video-EEG (72 hours of continuous recording)
x Rescue medication assessment
x AE reporting 
x Review withdrawal criteria 
Change #9
Section 8.2.1 Titration Period: Visit 3 (Day 1)
Rescue medication has been added to the list of assessments.
Randomization and initial dispensing of study medication will occur at Visit 3 and after the 
completion of the video-EEG and confirmation that the subject has met selection criteria.
During Visit 3, the following assessments will be performed:
x Inclusion/exclusion criteria
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings [20 to 30 minutes apart] to be performed, if possible, 
with the subject in a supine position for 5 minutes preceding ECG recording)
x Video-EEG (end-of-Baseline video-EEG)
x Contact IXRS
x Randomization
x Dispense study medication and administer first dose of study medication before the 
conclusion of visit
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
x Healthcare resource use
x Bayley-III scales (for subjects who are <18 months of age who originate in English-speaking 
countries)
x BRIEF-P score 
x PedsQL score 
REDACTED
l be 
l be
COPY
ation
atio
at the 
at th
p
This document 
x
cannot
E repo
repo
Rev
Rev
be
sion 
on
used 
n
study 
tudy
o
to support 
selin
eli
any
pos
pos
ine
n
marketing 
recordi
ecord
siti
sit
authorization 
e su
su
perform
erform
application 
will oc
will o
ubjec
ubje
and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 101 of 144
x Achenbach CBCL (the CBCL/1½-5 will be completed by parent[s]/legal 
representative[s]/caregiver[s] of subjects ≥18 months of age at Visit 3)
Has been changed to:
Randomization and initial dispensing of study medication will occur at Visit 3 and after the 
completion of the video-EEG and confirmation that the subject has met selection criteria.
During Visit 3, the following assessments will be performed:
x Inclusion/exclusion criteria
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings [20 to 30 minutes apart] to be performed, if possible, 
with the subject in a supine position for 5 minutes preceding ECG recording)
x Video-EEG (End-of-Baseline video-EEG)
x Rescue medication assessment
x Contact IXRS
x Randomization
x Dispense study medication and administer first dose of study medication before the 
conclusion of visit
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
x Healthcare resource use
x Bayley-III scales (for subjects who are <18 months of age who originate in English-speaking 
countries)
x BRIEF-P score 
x PedsQL score 
Achenbach CBCL (the CBCL/1½-5 will be completed by parent[s]/legal 
representative[s]/caregiver[s] of subjects ≥18 months of age at Visit 3)
Change #10
Section 8.3.1 Maintenance Period: Visit 6/Early Termination (Day 24, Day 25 and 
Day 26)
Rescue medication has been added to the list of assessments.
The Day 24 assessments should be conducted prior to the start of video-EEG monitoring. The 
following assessments will be performed on Day 24 for all subjects:
x Concomitant medications 
x Concomitant AEDs
REDACTED 
fir
fir
COPY 
rst d
st d
This document 
ay
ay
Res
Res
cannot 
#
tion 8
ion 8
y 26
y 26
be 
#10
#10
used
CL (t
L (t
[s]/ca
[s]/ca
to 
thth
support any 
ts s 
marketing 
who
wh
authorization 
dose o
ose o
application and any
ordin
rdi
extensions 
erform
rform
ng
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 102 of 144
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (brief)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Neurological examination (brief)
x Video-EEG (72 hours of continuous recording)
x Contact IXRS
x Dispense study medication
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
The following assessments will be performed on Day 25 and Day 26 during the 72-hour
video-EEG:
x Concomitant medications 
x Concomitant AEDs
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
Has been changed to:
The Day 24 assessments should be conducted prior to the start of video-EEG monitoring. The 
following assessments will be performed on Day 24 for all subjects:
x Concomitant medications 
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (brief)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Neurological examination (brief)
x Video-EEG (72 hours of continuous recording)
x Rescue medication assessment
x Contact IXRS
x Dispense study medication
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
REDACTED COPY 
This document 
x
cannot 
eurolo
urolo
Vid
Vid
be
gator
gato
used 
minin
s (BP
s (BP
to
nati
nati
support 
if appl
f app
any marketing 
nducte
nduct
ormed 
rmed
authorization application 
26 
26 
and 
6 du
du
any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 103 of 144
x Review withdrawal criteria
The following assessments will be performed on Day 25 and Day 26 during the 72-hour video-
EEG:
x Concomitant medications 
x Concomitant AEDs
x Rescue medication assessment
x AE reporting
x Review withdrawal criteria
Change #11
Section 8.3.2 Maintenance Period: Visit 6/Early Termination (Day 27)
Rescue medication has been added to the list of assessments.
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (complete)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Height
x Head circumference
x Neurological examination (complete)
x 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings [20 to 30 minutes apart] to be performed prior to 
any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if possible, with the subject in a supine 
position for 5 minutes preceding ECG recording)
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology
x Blood sample for determination of concomitant AED plasma concentration 
x Blood sample for determination of LCM plasma concentration 
x Clinical Global Impression of Change
x Caregiver’s Global Impressions of Change
x Contact IXRS
x Dispense study medication
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
REDACTED 
g ortho
ortho
COPY 
This document 
x
cannot 
ood sa
ood sa
Clin
Clin
be
samp
sam
used
ple fo
le fo
l
to
minu
minu
support 
pretab
pretab
nd vita
d vit
utes
ute
any
(com
(com
marketing authorization 
ostatic
static
application and any 
y 
y
extensions 
27)
27)
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 104 of 144
x Review withdrawal criteria
x Healthcare resource use
x BRIEF-P
x PedsQL (same version used at Visit 3)
x Achenbach CBCL (the CBCL/1½-5 will be completed by parent[s]/legal 
representative[s]/caregiver[s] of subjects ≥18 months of age at Visit 6/ET) 
Has been changed to:
x Concomitant medications
x Concomitant AEDs
x VNS assessment (if applicable)
x Physical examination (complete)
x Vital signs (BP and pulse rate, including orthostatic assessments where feasible according to 
investigator judgment)
x Body weight
x Height
x Head circumference
x Neurological examination (complete)
x 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings [20 to 30 minutes apart] to be performed prior to 
any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if possible, with the subject in a supine 
position for 5 minutes preceding ECG recording)
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology
x Blood sample for determination of concomitant AED plasma concentration 
x Blood sample for determination of LCM plasma concentration 
x Clinical Global Impression of Change
x Caregiver’s Global Impressions of Change
x Contact IXRS
x Dispense study medication
x Return study medication
x AE reporting
x Rescue medication assessment
x Review withdrawal criteria
x Healthcare resource use
REDACTED 
)
ording
ordin
asse
asse
COPY 
This document 
R
x
cannot 
ispens
spen
Ret
Ret
be
t IX
t IX
used 
s Glob
Glob
R
to
Imp
Im
support 
min
min
etermin
term
mpre
mpr
any 
em
em
natio
nati
marketing 
gs [
gs 
essmen
essme
g ECG 
ECG
mistr
mist
authorization 
[20
[20
application 
nts w
s 
and 
wh
wh
any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 105 of 144
x BRIEF-P
x PedsQL (same version used at Visit 3)
x Achenbach CBCL (the CBCL/1½-5 will be completed by parent[s]/legal 
representative[s]/caregiver[s] of subjects ≥18 months of age at Visit 6/ET) 
Change #12
Section 9.2.3 Healthcare resource use
Healthcare resource use section has been updated, 1st paragraph.
For healthcare resource use, the following will be evaluated: concomitant medications and 
AEDs, medical procedures, healthcare provider consultations not related to study, and 
hospitalizations not related to study.
Has been changed to:
For healthcare resource use, the following will be evaluated: concomitant medications and 
AEDs, medical procedures, and healthcare provider consultations including hospitalizations not 
foreseen by the protocol.
Change #13
Section 11.1.4
Follow up of adverse events
An AE should be followed until it has resolved, has a stable sequelae, the investigator determines 
that it is no longer clinically significant, or the subject is lost to follow up. 
If an AE is still ongoing at the end of the study for a subject, follow up should be provided until 
resolution/stable level of sequelae is achieved, or until the investigator no longer deems that it is 
clinically significant, or until the subject is lost to follow up. If no follow up is provided, the 
investigator must provide a justification. The follow up will usually be continued for 30 days 
after the subject has discontinued his/her IMP.
Has been changed to:
An AE should be followed until it has resolved, has a stable sequelae, the investigator determines 
that it is no longer clinically significant, or the subject is lost to follow up. 
If an AE is ongoing at the end of the study for a subject, follow up should be provided until 
resolution/stable level of sequelae is achieved, or until the investigator no longer deems that it is 
clinically significant, or until the subject is lost to follow up. If no follow up is provided, the 
investigator must provide a justification. The follow up will usually be continued for 30 days 
after the subject has discontinued his/her IMP.
REDACTED
d, ha
d, h
the su
the su
he stud
he stud
achie
achie
jeje
COPY 
vents
ents
has
has
This document cannot
ator
tor
the su
he su
be
igni
gni
r m
r m
used 
ng 
ng
ble lev
le lev
ific
ific
to
g at 
g at
support 
ed unt
d un
nically
nically
any marketing
eved
ved
ect is lo
ct is lo
ation. T
tion. 
his/he
his/h
authorization 
s a stab
a sta
ubject
bject
dy for
dy for
ed
application 
nc
and
tant 
ant
clud
clud
any 
t me
t m
extensions
ns an
ns an
y, and 
and 
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 106 of 144
Change #14
Section 11.5 Anticipated serious adverse events
The anticipated SAE table has been updated to include a footnote for convulsion.
Table 11-1:
Anticipated SAEs for the pediatric epilepsy population
MedDRA SOC
MedDRA PT
Congenital, familial and genetic disorders
Teratogenicity 
General disorders and administration site conditions
Sudden unexplained death in epilepsy 
Nervous system disorders
Convulsion 
Incontinence 
Status epilepticus 
Pregnancy, puerperium and perinatal disorders
Abortion spontaneous 
Psychiatric disorders
Psychotic behaviour 
Abnormal behaviour 
Anxiety 
Sleep disorder 
Reproductive system and breast disorders
Menstrual disorder 
MedDRA=Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities; PT=preferred term; SAE=serious adverse event; 
SOC=system organ class 
Has been changed to:
Table 11-1: Anticipated SAEs for the pediatric epilepsy population
MedDRA SOC
MedDRA PT
Congenital, familial and genetic disorders
Teratogenicity 
General disorders and administration site conditions
Sudden unexplained death in epilepsy 
Nervous system disorders
Convulsiona 
Incontinence 
Status epilepticus 
Pregnancy, puerperium and perinatal disorders
Abortion spontaneous 
Psychiatric disorders
Psychotic behaviour 
Abnormal behaviour 
Anxiety 
Sleep disorder 
Reproductive system and breast disorders
Menstrual disorder 
MedDRA=Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities; PT=preferred term; SAE=serious adverse event; 
SOC=system organ class 
a  Convulsion if consistent with the seizure type known for the subject.
REDACTED
ies; PT
ies; P
D
for
for
COPY
Sle
Sl
OP
OP
OP
OP
OP
C
This document 
um
u
cannot
c dis
dis
be
sor
so
be
erp
be used 
periu
periu
se
to support 
tion
io
ort any
ders
er
n site
n si
ny ma
marketing
r the p
the 
ket
ma
authorization
Mens
Men
t
T=prefe
T=prefe
tio
application 
havio
avio
tio
ep disor
p diso
plic
ap
and 
our
ur
d
a
any y
a
extensions 
io
ten
e
or 
o variations 
on
ati
va
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 107 of 144
Change #15
Section 12.1 Adherence to protocol
Text for adherence to the protocol has been updated.
The investigator should not deviate from the protocol. In medical emergencies, the investigator 
may use his/her medical judgment and may remove a study participant from immediate hazard 
before notifying UCB (or its representative) and the IRB/IEC in writing regarding the type of 
emergency and the course of action taken.
Has been changed to:
The investigator should not deviate from the protocol. However, the investigator should take any
measure necessary in deviation from or not defined by the protocol in order to protect clinical
study subjects from any immediate hazard to their health and safety. In this case, this action
should be taken immediately, without prior notification of the regulatory authority, IRB/IEC, or
sponsor. After implementation of such measure, the investigator must notify the Clinical Project 
Manager (CPM) of the sponsor within 24 hours and follow any local regulatory requirements.
Change #16
Section 13.1 Definition of analysis sets
Definition of the analysis sets has been clarified, 1st paragraph.
The primary analysis set for the efficacy data will be the Full Analysis Set (FAS), and will 
include all subjects who were randomized, received at least 1 dose of study medication, and had 
an End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
The secondary analysis set for the efficacy data will be the Per Protocol Set (PPS), which 
includes all subjects in the FAS who did not have important protocol deviations related to 
efficacy.
The Safety Set (SS) will include all randomized subjects who took at least 1 dose of study 
medication. This is the primary analysis set for the safety variables.
The Pharmacokinetic Per Protocol Set (PK-PPS) will consist of all subjects having provided at 
least 1 measurable postdose plasma sample (with recorded sampling time) on at least 1 visit with 
documented study medication intake times.
Has been changed to:
The Safety Set (SS) will include all randomized subjects who took at least 1 dose of study 
medication. This is the primary analysis set for the safety variables.
The primary analysis set for the efficacy data will be the Full Analysis Set (FAS), which will 
include all subjects in the SS.
The secondary analysis set for the efficacy data will be the Per-Protocol Set (PPS), which 
includes all subjects in the FAS who did not have important protocol deviations related to 
efficacy.
The Pharmacokinetic Per-Protocol Set (PK-PPS) will consist of all subjects having provided at 
least 1 measurable postdose plasma sample (with recorded sampling time) on at least 1 visit with 
documented study medication intake times.
REDACTED
will 
will
receiv
receiv
EG.
G.
fficacy
fficacy
did
COPY 
t par
par
l b
l b
This document
inclu
nclu
T
cannot
tion. 
ion.
e prim
prim
d
be
Set 
Set
T
used 
hange
ange
(
to
med
med
support 
r Proto
r Prot
stdose
stdose
dic
di
any
 all
al
ry ana
y ana
marketing
y da
da
id not h
d not h
ll ra
ll r
authorization 
rag
be the 
e the 
ved at
ved at
data
ata
application 
grap
grap
and 
noto
l regu
regu
any
utho
uth
tify t
tify t
extensions 
hould 
hould 
protect
rotect
ase, th
ase, th
hor
hor
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 108 of 144
Change #17
Section 13.1.1.1 Analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the US
This section has been added.
Contingent upon ≤10% of subjects discontinuing early from the study, the primary efficacy 
parameter for the US is the change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures during the 
Maintenance Period compared to the end of the Baseline Period. Seizure ADF will be analyzed 
using analysis of covariance with terms for treatment and center (properly pooled), on log-
transformed seizure ADF using the transformation of ln (X+1), where X is the seizure ADF. 
Log-transformed Baseline seizure ADF will be used as a covariate. The seizure ADF between 
LCM and PBO will be compared using least squares means (LSMs). The percent reduction over 
PBO will be estimated as 100 x (1 – exp [LSM Treatment {TRT} - LSMPBO]). The analysis of 
this efficacy variable will consist of all subjects in the FAS who have at least 48 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on 
this primary endpoint:
x Repeat the primary analysis using the PPS.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using the Baseline 
observation-carried-forward approach. This will be applied for all subjects who discontinued 
early from the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced by the overall mean ADF 
of partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG from the subject’s 
respective treatment arm. This will be applied for all subjects who discontinued early from 
the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple imputation 
by treatment arm and age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to <1 year of age,
≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) using a Markov chain Monte 
Carlo method assuming a log-normal distribution. This will be applied for all subjects who 
discontinued early from the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the End-of Baseline Period video-EEG and the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Contingent upon >10% of subjects discontinuing early from the study, the primary efficacy
parameter for the US is identical to the primary efficacy parameter for the EU, described below. 
The endpoint not designated as primary will still be summarized as a secondary efficacy 
parameter.
REDACTED 
, ex
, ex
deo
deo-E
h. Thi
h. Thi
g th
g th
COPY 
xce
xce
This document
in
cannot
ontin
ntin
Repea
Repea
inte
inte
be
meth
eth
inu
inu
used 
arm
rm
<2 ye
<2 ye
hod
hod
to 
M
m an
m a
support 
analys
analy
Maint
Maint
any
This w
his 
marketing 
the FAS
he FA
erio
riod v
d
the En
he E
authorization 
ept mi
pt mi
EEG w
EG w
is will
s will
application 
acy
deviatio
eviati
and 
y va
y va
any
G an
G a
extensions 
betw
et
reduct
educt
. The 
The
t 48 h
48 h
nd
or
DF
DF
twe
w
variations 
d 
F.F
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 109 of 144
Change #18
Section 13.1.1.2 Analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the EU
This section has been added.
The primary efficacy parameter for the EU is the proportion of responders during the 
Maintenance Period. Subjects with a 50% or more reduction in seizure ADF will be categorized 
as responders; this classification requires at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both 
the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG. The 
proportion of responders between LCM and PBO will be analyzed using logistic regression with
center (properly pooled) as a factor. Subjects who withdraw or drop out before the first 48 hours 
of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG with reasons related to lack of efficacy will be 
considered non responders; all other subjects will be missing for this analysis. The number and 
percentage of subjects with a 50% or more reduction in seizure ADF will be presented by 
treatment group. 
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on 
this primary endpoint:
x Repeat the primary analysis using the PPS.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except subjects who discontinued from the study 
prior to performance of the 72-hour End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG with reasons 
related to lack of efficacy will be considered non responders, and subjects who discontinued 
from the study early for any other reason will be considered responders.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except all subjects who discontinued from the 
study early will be considered non responders.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple imputation 
by treatment arm and age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to <1 year of age, 
≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) using a Markov chain Monte 
Carlo method assuming a log-normal distribution. This will be applied for all subjects who 
discontinued from the study early, and the imputed End-of-Maintenance Period ADF of 
partial-onset seizures will be used to determine whether a subject is a responder.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the end of Baseline Period video-EEG and the end of 
Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Change #19
Section 13.2.1 Planned efficacy analyses
This section has been removed.
Subjects evaluable for the EEG-based efficacy endpoints will consist of all subjects in the FAS 
who have at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the end of Baseline Period 
video-EEG and the end of Maintenance Period video-EEG.
REDACTED 
f-M
dered n
dered n
ason w
son w
g the F
g the 
on r
on r
COPY 
xcept s
xcept
Main
Mai
This document 
Sec
Sec
cannot
inten
nten
ange
ang
be
etabl
etab
used 
seiz
eiz
e prim
prim
to 
m 
izur
izur
support
f age, 
age, 
ming a 
ming a
m the 
the 
any 
e e 
group
group
marketing 
FA
FA
respon
espon
ing the
ng th
Peri
Per
authorization
sub
ub
ntenan
tenan
non re
non re
will be
will be
AS,
AS
application 
iati
bjec
bjec
and
y vari
vari
tion
ion
any 
iab
i
extensions
rst 4
st 4
acy w
acy w
The nu
he nu
prese
prese
or 
on 
on
48
48
variations 
both
oth
e
n w
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 110 of 144
Change #20
Section 13.5 Planned interim analysis and data monitoring
The sample size re-estimation has been further detailed, 2nd and 3rd paragraphs.
A blinded sample size re-estimation will be performed when 50% of subjects have been 
randomized, completed the study, and have data available for analysis to check the validity of 
these assumptions using interim data from the study. The sample size re-estimation with equal 
allocation in each arm will be performed using the related residual variance combined with 
Guenther adjustment (Friede and Kieser, 2011). An assessment of the observed dropout rate will 
also be made as part of this analysis, and the anticipated dropout rate of 14% will be modified 
based on the observed rate. Additionally, an assessment of the observed difference of 
interpretation rate will be made; the anticipated rate of 5% will be modified based on the 
observed rate.
The final sample size will be modified according to the sample size re-estimate and also the 
anticipated dropout rate and anticipated rate of difference of interpretation of the end-of-Baseline 
Period video-EEG; however, an upper bound may be applied to reach a maximum sample size 
based on practical and logistical considerations.
Has been changed to:
A blinded sample size re-estimation will be performed when 50% of subjects have been 
randomized, completed the study, and have data available for analysis to check the validity of 
these assumptions using interim data from the study. The sample size re-estimation with equal 
allocation in each arm will be performed using the related residual variance combined with 
Guenther adjustment (Friede and Kieser, 2011). An assessment of the observed dropout rate will 
also be made as part of this analysis, and the potential dropout rate of 14% used for calculation 
of the initial sample size (see Section 13.6) will be modified based on the observed rate. 
Additionally, an assessment of the observed difference of End-of-Baseline Period EEG 
interpretation rate will be made; the anticipated rate of 5% will be modified based on the 
observed rate.
The final sample size will be modified according to the sample size re-estimate and also the 
anticipated dropout rate and anticipated rate of difference of interpretation of the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG; however, an upper bound will be applied to reach a 
maximum sample size based on practical and logistical considerations. The initial sample size 
re-estimate using Guenther adjustment will not be adjusted above 109 subjects per treatment 
arm, the original estimated overall study drop out rate will not be adjusted above 24%, and the 
difference of End-of-Baseline Period EEG interpretation rate will not be adjusted above 10%.
Change #21
Section 13.6 Determination of sample size
Text for third paragraph has been updated.
Subjects are randomized into the study based on the investigator’s interpretation of the video-
EEG to meet study entry requirements; however, there may be a difference of interpretation of 
the number of seizures counted on the end-of-Baseline Period video-EEG between the central 
reader and the investigator. To account for an anticipated difference of interpretation of the 
REDACTED 
ta a
ta a
he stu
he stu
using
using
er, 20
er, 20
, and 
, and
COPY 
rmed w
rmed
avai
ava
This document 
Sec
Sec
cannot
nce o
e o
ange
ange
be
igin
igin
f
used
le si
e si
ing G
ing G
to
riod
rio
ze
support 
ll be m
 be m
ate and 
e and
d v
d
any 
thth
marketing
d the p
d the 
13.6) w
13.6)
observ
obser
he an
he a
authorization 
wh
wh
ilable
lable
udy. Th
dy. T
g the r
the r
11). A
11). A
application 
ach
hen 5
hen
and
ation
ation
h a 
h a 
any
imat
imat
n o
extensions
mod
mod
of 
of 
sed on
ed on
or
rate
rat
dif
dif
variations 
te w
te w
thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 111 of 144
end-of-Baseline Period video-EEG of 5% as well as an anticipated subject dropout rate of 
approximately 14%, the planned number of subjects to enroll is 122 subjects per treatment arm.
Has been changed to:
Subjects are randomized into the study based on the investigator’s interpretation of the video-
EEG to meet study entry requirements; however, there may be a difference of interpretation of 
the number of seizures counted on the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG between the central 
reader and the investigator. To account for an anticipated difference of interpretation of the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG of 5% as well as the potential subject dropout rate of 
approximately 14%, the planned number of subjects to enroll is 122 subjects per treatment arm.
Change #22:
The following section has been added for electronic signature:
Section 19
SPONSOR DECLARATION
I confirm that I have carefully read and understand this protocol and agree to conduct this 
clinical study as outlined in this protocol and according to current Good Clinical Practice.
17.2
AMENDMENT 2
Rationale for the amendment
The primary purposes of this substantial amendment are to clarify elements of the study design 
including inclusion and exclusion criteria, withdrawal criteria, permitted and prohibited 
concomitant medication, and study procedures to make the protocol more patient-friendly and 
enhance enrollment. The protocol was also updated according to the new UCB protocol 
template, for example, with the addition of text regarding PDILI.
The following table summarizes each change with the associated rationale. 
REDACTED
thdra
thdra
ures to
ures to
also up
also up
tion of
tion o
COPY 
ment a
ment a
This document cannot be used to support any marketing 
f te
f te
change
chan
authorization
are to
are to
wal cr
wal cr
to mak
o mak
pd
pdated
ated
text 
ext
application 
Go
o c
and
agree
gree
ood 
ood 
any 
e to
e t
extensions 
me
or
ent a
nt 
variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 113 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 1
Lacosamide is being evaluated in pediatric subjects 1 
month to 17 years of age in 3 studies: SP847 (open label, 
Phase 2, safety, tolerability, and PK study), SP848 (open 
label long term safety study), and SP1047 (PK study for 
subjects prescribed LCM). In SP847 and SP848, subjects 
with uncontrolled partial onset seizures receive LCM oral 
solution at doses up to 12mg/kg/day based on tolerability.
Lacosamide is being evaluated in pediatric 
subjects 1 month to 17 years of age with partial-
onset seizures in completed and ongoing studies. 
The completed pediatric studies include: SP847 
(open-label, safety, tolerability, and PK study) 
and SP1047 (PK study for subjects prescribed 
LCM). The ongoing pediatric studies include: 
SP848 and EP0034 (open-label, long-term safety 
studies). In SP847 SP848, and EP0034  subjects 
with uncontrolled partial onset seizures have 
received LCM oral solution at doses up to 
12mg/kg/day based on tolerability.
Updated text according to 
pediatric studies that have 
been completed. 
Section 1
Section 5.1.2
A total of approximately 244 subjects (122 subjects per 
treatment arm) are planned to be randomized at 
approximately 175 sites in North America, Europe, Asia 
Pacific, and Latin America, with possible extension to 
other countries and regions.
A total of approximately 244 subjects (122 
subjects per treatment arm) are planned to be 
randomized at approximately 140 sites in North 
America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Latin 
America, with possible extension to other 
countries and regions.
Revised number of sites. 
REDACTED
A
DA
D COPY
otal o
otal 
subject
subje
rand
rand
Y
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization 
ts p
s p
domize
domize
Americ
Americ
Ame
Ame
co
c
uth
t
appli
f approx
appro
per tr
er tr
plication
partia
partia
oral solu
ral so
y based 
based
pli
and
en-lab
lab
848, a
48, a
l
any 
ect
ec
ic stud
ic stud
bel
b
extensions
partial
artia
ng stud
g stud
lude: S
lude: S
and PK
nd PK
cts p
ts p
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 114 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 1
Section 5.1.1
x The maximum duration of study medication 
administration in SP0967 is 55 days, and the maximum 
study duration is 93 days (not withstanding visit 
windows).
x For each subject, the total study duration can be up to 93 
days (not withstanding visit windows), including the 30 
day Safety Follow-Up Period. Each subject’s 
participation in the study begins with a 7-day Baseline 
Period (no administration of study medication). Each 
subject’s total duration of study medication 
administration in SP0967 is up to 55 days. This includes 
a 20-day Titration Period, a 7-day Maintenance Period, 
and a 12-day Transition Period (for subjects who plan to 
enter the open label extension study [EP0034]) or up to a 
16-day Taper Period (for subjects who will not be 
entering EP0034).
x The maximum duration of study medication 
administration in SP0967 is 55 days (this 
includes a 20-day Titration Period, a 7-day 
Maintenance Period, a 12-day Transition 
Period, and/or up to a 16-day Taper Period), 
and the maximum study duration is 93 days (not 
withstanding visit windows).
x For each subject, the maximum total study 
duration can be up to 93 days (not withstanding 
visit windows), including the 30 day Safety 
Follow-Up Period. Each subject’s participation 
in the study begins with a 7-day Baseline Period 
(no administration of study medication). Each 
subject’s maximum total duration of study 
medication administration in SP0967 can be up 
to 55 days. This includes a 20-day Titration 
Period, a 7-day Maintenance Period, a 12-day 
Transition Period (for subjects who plan to 
enter the open label extension study [EP0034]) 
and/or up to a 16-day Taper Period (for subjects 
who will not be entering EP0034).
Clarify that the duration of 
study medication 
administration (55 days) 
and total study duration 
(93 days) are maximum 
durations for a subject who 
enters the Transition 
Period end up also going 
through the Taper Period.
Section 2
Epilepsy is the second most prevalent neurological 
disorder in the world. More than 40 million people suffer 
from epilepsy–about 1% of the world’s population 
(Dichek, 1999).
Epilepsy is the second most prevalent 
neurological disorder in the world. It is estimated 
that almost 70 million people suffer from epilepsy 
(Ngugi et al, 2011).
Updated introductory text 
with newer reference.
REDACTED 
D COPY 
the 
the
(no ad
(no ad
sub
sub
This document cannot be used to support 
rt any
popu
popu
marketing 
logical
ogical
n peop
peo
l
ke
authorization
ject’s
ect’
medica
medica
to 5
to 5
P
th
application 
p to 
to
, includ
inclu
Period. 
Period
dy begi
y beg
ministr
ministr
s m
and
maxim
maxim
o 93
93
any
ation
atio
ws).
ws).
extensions 
on 
on 
his 
is 
a 7-day
day
ransitio
ansitio
Taper 
aper 
on
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 115 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 4.2
Table 5-1
Section 8.1.1
Section 8.2.4
Section 8.3.2
Section 10
Section 13.2.2.1
Section 13.2.2.3
Collection of blood at V1, V5, and V6 (Day 27) to 
investigate the effect of LCM on the steady-state plasma 
concentrations of concomitant
AEDs
Global change:
x Remove variable. Collection of blood samples 
at V1, Visit 5, and V6 (Day 27) for analysis of 
concomitant AEDs will not be performed.
x No clinically significant 
impact of concomitant 
AEDs on LCM plasma 
concentrations or LCM 
efficacy – as shown by 
PK analyses in adults 
and children. 
x Additional blood 
collected for this analysis 
is unnecessary in this 
vulnerable patient 
population.
Table 5-1
Section 8.1.1
Collection of blood sample for analysis of LCM plasma 
concentrations at V1.
Removed from V1. 
x There is no need to 
collect blood to evaluate 
LCM plasma 
concentrations prior to 
subject randomization.
x Collection of blood for 
this analysis puts undue 
burden on this vulnerable 
patient population. 
REDACTED 
D COPY 
emove
move
Y
This document cannot be used to support any marketing 
ark
authorization 
th
application 
d from 
from
pp
and any extensions 
sample
ample
analys
analys
erform
rform
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 116 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Table 5-1
Table 5-2
Table 5-3
Section 8.1.1
Section 8.2.1
Section 8.2.4
Section 8.3.2
Section 8.4.3
Section 8.5.2
Section 11.7.4
A 12-lead ECG (2 interpretable recordings) will be 
performed at V1, V3, V5, V6 (Day 27), TV2, Taper Visit, 
and Safety Follow-up Visit (at investigator’s discretion) 
prior to any blood draws and vital signs assessment and, if 
possible, with the subject in the supine position for 5 
minutes preceding the ECG recording. The second 
recording will be conducted 20 to 30 minutes after the first 
recording.
Global changes:
x Insert “approximately” as follows: The second 
recording will be conducted approximately 20 
to 30 minutes after the first recording.
x ECG performed at V3 will be at the discretion 
of the investigator.
x ECG at V1 will serve as Baseline for the 
evaluation of change in ECG measurements. 
x The ECG at the Taper Visit and Safety Follow-
up Visit will be required for subjects with a 
clinically significant abnormal or reading at the 
previous clinic visit. For non-clinically 
significant abnormalities, repeat of this 
assessment is at the discretion of the 
investigator. 
x Allow some flexibility 
for the timing of the 
second ECG recording.
x ECG is performed at V1, 
which will be at most 7 
days prior to V3. 
Therefore, ECG at V3 is 
unnecessary. 
x No changes in 
concomitant AEDs are 
allowed during the 
Baseline Period. Thus, 
there is no need to repeat 
the ECG unless 
medically necessary. 
x If the ECG is normal at 
End of Maintenance, 
there is no need to repeat 
as early as 4 days later at 
the Taper Visit when the 
study drug is being 
tapered. 
REDACTED 
D COPY
revio
revio
signi
sign
as
as
This document cannot be used to support any 
ny marketing authorization
fic
sessme
sessm
invest
inves
th
application
Taper
Tape
be requi
e requ
significa
gnific
s clinic 
clini
cant a
ant a
and 
s B
e in EC
in EC
any 
Basel
Base
extensions 
e secon
secon
imately
matel
rding.
ding.
at the
at the
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 117 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 1
Section 4.1
Section 4.1.1
Section 5.1
Table 5-1
Section 5.4
Section 8.1.2
Section 8.2.1
Section 8.3.1
Section 9.1
Section 13.1.1
Section 13.1.1.2
x Video-EEG (72 hours of continuous recording) 
performed at V2, V3, and V6 serves to evaluate both the 
primary and secondary efficacy variables. 
x The ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be 
calculated as (number of partial-onset seizures recorded 
on the 72-hour video-EEG divided by 72 [or number of 
interpretable hours recorded]) multiplied by 24.
Global changes:
x Revise duration of video-EEG to be up to 72 
hours of continuous recording with every 
attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of 
interpretable recording. 
x Localize definition of video-EEG duration to 
Sections 4.1, 5.1, 8.1.2, 8.3.1, 9.1, and 13.1.1, 
and Table 5-1.
Text revised:
x The ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures will be calculated as (number of 
partial-onset seizures recorded on the video-
EEG divided by the number of interpretable 
hours recorded) multiplied by 24.
x Clarify duration of 
video-EEG requirements 
with every attempt to 
obtain at least 48 hours 
of interpretable 
recording. 
x Completion of a full 72-
hour EEG is an 
impediment to patient 
enrollment based on site 
feedback. 
x Seizure data are 
normalized to 24 hours.
x There would be no 
changes to the analyses 
that would affect the 
validity of the data. 
Section 5.1.3
A target of approximately 30% of the randomized subjects 
should consist of subjects originating from sites in North 
America and the EU.
A target of approximately 30% of the randomized 
subjects should consist of subjects originating 
from sites in North America and Europe.
Inclusion of non-EU 
countries into the 30% 
randomization target.
Table 5-1
Table 5-2
Table 5-3
Section 8.2.3
Section 8.2.4
Section 8.4.1
Section 8.4.3
Section 8.5.2
Section 8.6.1
Assessments of healthcare resource use on Visit 3, Visit 4, 
Visit 5, Visit 6, TV1, TV2, Taper Visit, and Safety 
Follow-up Visit.
Global change:
x Remove assessments for healthcare resource 
use on Visit 4, Visit 5, TV1, TV2, Taper Visit, 
and Safety Follow-up Visit. 
Duration of the study is too 
short to administer the 
questionnaire on multiple 
occasions.
D
ed subj
ed sub
es in N
es in N
DA
COPY 
izure
izu
partia
partia
EE
EE
This document cannot be used 
ed to support any marketing 
North 
North
sit 3, V
it 3, V
d Safety
Safe
ket
authorization
al
EG div
EG div
hours 
hours 
th
ects
cts
h
uth
th
th
application 
f electro
f elect
will be 
ill b
onset 
onset 
id
and 
8.8
any 
-EEG
EE
3.1, 9
3.1
extensions 
p to 72
to 72
every 
very 
s of 
s of 
G
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 118 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Table 5-1
Section 8.2.1
Section 11.7.8
Section 13.2.1
The Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development, 
Third Edition is to be completed by subjects who are <18 
months of age who originate in English-speaking 
countries.
Text revised:
x Investigators must make every attempt to 
administer the Bayley Scales of Infant and 
Toddler Development, Third Edition, for 
subjects who are <18 months of age who 
originate in English-speaking countries. 
x The investigators may utilize trained pediatric 
psychologists or other appropriately skilled 
individuals to administer the scale.
x Investigators must make every attempt to 
administer Baseline assessment of the Bayley-
III scales; however, due to the short study 
duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be 
collected in subjects entering into the EP0034 
study and analysis of these data will be 
conducted in EP0034.
The administration of 
Bayley Scales is 
complicated and requires 
trained individuals.  The 
revised wording provides 
additional instructions to 
the investigators.  
REDACTED 
CT D COPY
I sca
I sc
durati
durati
col
co
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization
o
llected
llected
study 
tudy 
con
con
ori
application 
minin
must ma
must m
Baselin
Baseli
s; howe
; how
n of S
n of S
i
and
util
ti
er appr
r appr
iste
ste
any
ng co
ng c
lize tr
ize 
extensions 
t toto
ant and
nt and
tion, fo
ion, f
of age 
f age
ou
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 119 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 1
Section 4.3.2
Table 5-1
Section 8.3.2
Section 11.7.7
Section 13.2.1
x The BRIEF-P will be used only for subjects who are ≥2 
years of age at V3 and V6.
x The BRIEF P includes rating forms used by parents to 
assess subjects’ executive functioning. Executive 
functions broadly encompass a set of cognitive skills 
that are responsible for the planning, initiation, 
sequencing, and monitoring of complex goal directed 
behavior. 
x The BRIEF P rating form consists of items that measure 
various aspects of executive functioning: Inhibit, Shift, 
Emotional Control, Working Memory, and 
Plan/Organize. The clinical scales form 3 broad indexes 
(Inhibitory Self-Control, Flexibility, and Emergent 
Metacognition) and 1 composite score (Global 
Executive Composite).
x The BRIEF P includes validity scales to measure 
negativity and inconsistency of responses.
x The BRIEF-P will be used only for subjects 
who are ≥2 years of age at V3 and this will 
serve as the baseline for assessment in EP0034 
(open-label extension study).
x The Other Safety Variable for change from 
Baseline to end of Maintenance Period in the 
BRIEF-P score for subjects ≥2 years was 
removed.
x The BRIEF P includes rating forms used by 
parents to assess subjects’ executive functioning 
within the context of the subject’s everyday 
environment. It requires that the parent must 
have had recent and extensive contact with the 
child over the past 6 months. 
x The clinical scales form 3 broad overlapping 
indexes: Inhibitory Self-Control (Inhibit and 
Emotional Control), Flexibility (Shift and 
Emotional Control), and Emergent 
Metacognition (Working Memory and 
Plan/Organize) and 1 composite score (Global 
Executive Composite).
x Baseline assessment of the BRIEF-P will be 
performed at Visit 3; however, due to the study 
duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be 
collected in subjects entering into the EP0034 
study. Thus, the analysis of these data will be 
conducted in EP0034. 
x Recall period for BRIEF-
P is 6 months. In a study 
of approximately 1-
month treatment 
duration, the recall 
period at V3 would 
overlap that at V6/ET. 
Therefore, it is not 
possible to reliably 
detect any change from 
Baseline. 
x V3 measures of BRIEF-
P will still serve as 
Baseline for subjects in 
EP0034. 
x Because the V6 
assessment was 
removed, the analysis of 
change from baseline 
will occur in EP0034; 
therefore, the variable 
was removed from 
SP0967.  
REDACTED 
D COPY
nviro
vir
have h
have h
chi
ch
This document cannot be used to support 
su
any marketing authorization
h
ild ov
ild ov
The c
The c
ind
ind
th
application 
cludes
ude
ess subj
ss sub
context 
contex
ment. It 
ment. I
ad rece
d rece
and 
ect
ec
es r
s
any 
ance 
ance
ts ≥2 
ts ≥
extensions 
ctsts 
will
will
in EP
n EP
chang
chan
P
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 120 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 1
Section 4.3.2
Table 5-1
Section 8.3.2
Section 11.7.6
Section 13.2.1
x Achenbach CBCL (the CBCL/1½ 5 will be completed 
by parent[s]/legal representative[s]/caregiver[s] of 
subjects ≥18 months of age at V3 and V6/ET)
x In both questionnaires, the occurrence of certain 
problems and behaviors in the past 6 months will be 
scored on the following scale:
 
0=not true (as far as known)
 
1=somewhat or sometimes true
 
2=very true or often true
x Achenbach CBCL (the CBCL/1½ 5 will be 
completed by parent[s]/legal 
representative[s]/caregiver[s] of subjects ≥18 
months of age at V3 and this will serve as the 
baseline for assessment in EP0034 (open-label 
extension study))
x The Other Safety Variable for change from 
Baseline to the end of the Maintenance Period 
in the Achenbach CBCL/1½-5 for subjects ≥18 
months was removed.
x Baseline assessment of Achenbach CBCL will 
be performed; however, due to the short study 
duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be 
collected in subjects entering into the EP0034 
study and analysis of these data will be 
conducted in EP0034.
x In both questionnaires, the occurrence of certain 
problems and behaviors at the time of 
administering the questionnaire or within the 
past 2  months will be scored on the following 
scale: 
 
0=not true (as far as known)
 
1=somewhat or sometimes true
 
2=very true or often true
x Recall period for 
Achenbach CBCL is 2 
months. In a study of 
approximately 1-month 
treatment duration, the 
recall period at V3 
would overlap that at 
V6/ET. Therefore, it is 
not possible to reliably 
detect any change from 
Baseline. 
x V3 measures of 
Achenbach CBCL will 
still serve as Baseline for 
subjects in EP0034.
x Because the V6 
assessment was 
removed, the analysis of 
change from baseline 
will occur in EP0034; 
therefore, the variable 
was removed from 
SP0967. 
Table 5-2
Section 8.4.3
Height and head circumference will be measured at TV2. 
Removed from TV2
Height and head 
circumference are 
measured at V6 (Day 27). 
There is no need to repeat 
2 weeks later. 
Table 5-3
No dosing instructions provided to the caregiver at the 
Taper Visit.
At the Taper Visit, dosing instructions will be 
provided to the caregiver(s). 
Provide the caregiver with 
dosing instructions.
REDACTED 
D COPY
e perf
pe
durati
durati
col
co
This document cannot be 
be used
ions pr
ns pr
ed 
ed to support
will be 
ll be 
t any 
a
marketing authorization
o
llected
llected
study 
tudy 
con
con
x
th
application 
CB
CB
moved.
moved
sessmen
sessm
rmed; h
med; 
n of S
n of S
i
and
ble
ble
f the M
the M
BCL
BCL
any 
e for c
 for
extensions 
be
bjects ≥
ects ≥
serve
erve
0034 (o
034 (
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 121 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Table 5-3
Section 8.5.2
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology drawn 
at Taper Visit and Safety Follow-up Visit.
x At the Safety Follow-up Visit, the assessment will be 
required only for subjects with an abnormal value 
(clinical chemistry or hematology) or reading (ECG) at 
the previous clinic visit.
x Blood sample for clinical chemistry/hematology 
drawn at Taper Visit and Safety Follow-up 
Visit.
x For both the Taper Visit and Safety Follow-up 
Visit: blood sample for clinical 
chemistry/hematology collection will be 
required for subjects with a clinically 
significant abnormal value at the previous clinic 
visit. For non-clinically significant 
abnormalities, repeat of these assessments are at 
the discretion of the investigator.
If the laboratory values are 
normal at End of 
Maintenance, there is no 
need to repeat as early as 4 
days later at the Taper 
Visit when the study drug 
is being tapered. 
Section 6.1
Inclusion Criterion 6: 
x Subject has uncontrolled partial-onset seizures after an 
adequate course of treatment (in the opinion of the 
investigator) with ≥2 AEDs (concurrently or 
sequentially).
Remove Inclusion Criterion 6
x Inclusion Criterion 9 
targets the population of 
interest with regard to 
concomitant AEDs. 
x Requiring subjects to fail 
2 or more AEDs is an 
impediment for 
recruiting younger 
subjects.
Section 6.1
Inclusion Criterion 8: 
x Subject has ≥2 partial-onset seizures with or without 
secondary generalization during the 72-hour Baseline 
video-EEG.
Revise Inclusion Criterion 8a: 
x Subject has ≥2 partial-onset seizures with or 
without secondary generalization during the 
End-of-Baseline video-EEG.
Duration of End-of-
Baseline video-EEG is 
explained elsewhere. 
Section 6.2
Exclusion Criterion 1: 
x Subject has previously participated in this study.
Revise Exclusion Criterion 1a: 
x Subject has been previously randomized in this 
study (re-screening for screen-failed subjects is 
only allowed with prior consultation and 
permission of the medical monitor). 
Clarify that re-screening is 
allowed for screen failed 
subjects who have not been
previously randomized in 
SP0967 (see Exclusion 
Criterion 4a).
Section 6.2
Exclusion Criterion 4: 
x Subject has been previously treated with LCM.
Revise Exclusion Criterion 4a: 
x Subject has been previously treated with LCM 
and the LCM treatment was stopped due to lack 
of efficacy or adverse event(s).
Clarify exclusion of 
subjects previously treated 
with LCM  
REDACTED 
D COPY 
ove
v
This document cannot
as be
s be
ca
be 
rion 
on
een
een
us
4:4
used 
us
to support 
icipated
ipate
t any 
2-hou
ho
a
marketing 
h or wi
h or w
ur
ket
authorization 
th
application 
nical
ca
repeat o
epeat
on of the
on of th
clusion
lusion
ic
and
th 
th
value 
value
ally
lly
any
ection
ectio
a clin
a cl
extensions 
atolol
w-up 
up 
fety Fo
ty Fo
l
or 
logy
ogy
r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 122 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 6.2
Exclusion Criterion 8: 
x Subject is on a ketogenic or other specialized diet for the 
treatment of epilepsy. If the subject was on a ketogenic 
or other specialized diet in the past, they must be off this 
diet for ≥2 months prior to Visit 1.
Revise Exclusion Criterion 8a: 
x Subject is on a ketogenic diet that has either 
changed within the 4 weeks prior to Visit 1 or is 
expected to change during the study.
x As long as a ketogenic 
diet is stable, the subject 
should be allowed into 
the study. 
x Treatment of ketogenic 
diet eligibility should be 
similar to VNS use 
eligibility (Inclusion 
Criterion 10).
Section 6.2
Exclusion Criterion 9: 
x Subject has an alanine aminotransferase (ALT), 
aspartate aminotransferase (AST), or total bilirubin level 
≥2 times the upper limit of normal (ULN), or creatinine 
clearance <30mL/minute.
Revised Exclusion Criterion 9a: 
x Subject has creatinine clearance <30mL/minute.
x Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
x Exclusion of subjects 
with abnormal ALT, 
AST, or bilirubin now 
covered by new 
Exclusion Criterion 22.
Section 6.2
Exclusion Criterion 15: 
x Subject has a current diagnosis of Lennox-Gastaut 
syndrome, epilepsia partialis continua, primary 
generalized epilepsy, or seizures that are not of partial-
onset origin.
Revise Exclusion Criterion 15a: 
x Subject has a current diagnosis of Lennox-
Gastaut syndrome, epilepsia partialis continua, 
primary generalized epilepsy, Dravet 
Syndrome, or seizures that are not of partial-
onset origin.
A subject could have 
partial-onset seizures but 
also have generalized 
seizures. LCM can 
exacerbate generalized 
seizures in subjects with 
Dravet Syndrome in this 
age category.
Section 6.2
Exclusion Criterion 16: 
x Subject has a history of status epilepticus ≤2 months 
prior to Screening (Visit 1).
Revise Exclusion Criterion 16a: 
x Subject has a history of generalized convulsive 
status epilepticus ≤2 months prior to Screening 
(Visit 1).
x Clarify type of status 
epilepticus history that 
would be excluded
x Generalized convulsive 
status epilepticus has the 
highest associated 
morbidity and mortality; 
therefore, only subjects 
with a history of this 
type of status epilepticus 
will be excluded. 
REDACTED 
D
astaut 
astaut
mary 
mary 
CT
COPY 
This document 
nt cannot be used to support 
us epilep
s epil
).
t any 
a
marketing 
of partia
of parti
authorization 
ho
R
hor
th
application 
n Crite
n Cri
s creatin
creati
n and any extensions 
either
ither 
 Visit 
Visit 
udy.
dy.
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 123 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 6.2
Exclusion Criterion 17: 
x Subject has been treated with ethosuximide.
Remove Exclusion Criterion 17 
x Subjects with IGE are 
excluded per Exclusion 
Criterion 15. 
x Ethosuximide is 
generally only used for 
treatment of generalized 
seizures. 
Section 6.2
Exclusion Criterion 18: 
x Subject is currently being treated with vigabatrin or has 
discontinued use <12 months prior to Visit 1. Subjects 
who were previously treated with vigabatrin and have 
discontinued use >12 months prior to Visit 1 are eligible.
Remove Exclusion Criterion 18.
x The risks with vigabatrin 
use are higher with long-
term treatment. SP0967 
is only 27 days of LCM 
treatment. 
x This criterion was 
removed from long-term, 
open-label extension to 
SP0967 (EP0034).
Section 6.2
Exclusion Criterion 21: 
x Subject has a known sodium channelopathy, such as 
Brugada syndrome
Revise Exclusion Criterion 21a: 
x Subject has a known cardiac sodium 
channelopathy, such as Brugada syndrome
Clarification of the 
exclusion criterion. 
REDACTED 
D
such a
such a
CT
R
COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing 
s 
ting authorization 
R
hor
th
application and 
terion
rion
d any extensions or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 124 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 6.2
NA
New Exclusion Criterion 22:
x Subject has >2x upper limit of normal (ULN) of 
any of the following: alanine aminotransferase 
(ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), 
alkaline phosphatase (ALP), or >ULN total 
bilirubin (≥1.5xULN total bilirubin if known 
Gilbert’s syndrome). If subject has elevations 
only in total bilirubin that are >ULN and 
<1.5xULN, fractionate bilirubin to identify 
possible undiagnosed Gilbert’s syndrome (ie, 
direct bilirubin <35%).
x For randomized subjects with a Baseline result 
>ULN for ALT, AST, ALP, or total bilirubin, a 
Baseline diagnosis and/or the cause of any 
clinically meaningful elevation must be 
understood and recorded in the electronic Case 
Report form (eCRF).
x If subject has >ULN ALT, AST, or ALP that 
does not meet the exclusion limit at screening, 
repeat the tests, if possible, prior to dosing to 
ensure there is no further ongoing clinically 
relevant increase. In case of a clinically relevant 
increase, inclusion of the subject must be 
discussed with the Medical Monitor.
x Tests that result in ALT, AST, or ALP up to 
25% above the exclusion limit may be repeated 
once for confirmation. 
Provide more detailed 
eligibility criteria to align 
with FDA guidance 
regarding PDILI.
REDACTED 
D COPY 
r ra
r r
>ULN
>ULN
Bas
Bas
This document cannot be used to support 
su
any marketing authorization
seline
eline
clinica
linica
und
und
R
th
application
ona
nosed 
nosed
bin <35%
n <35
omized 
mized
for AL
for AL
e did
and
that a
that a
ate b
te b
any
ilirub
iliru
bject 
bject 
extensions 
(ULN)
ULN
transfe
ransfe
se (AS
e (AS
r >UL
>UL
ub
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 125 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 6.3
Section 7.2.2
Section 8.3
Must Withdrawal Criterion 1:
x Subject experiences intolerable AEs, including clinically 
relevant abnormal laboratory findings that, in the 
opinion of the investigator, preclude further participation 
in the study. 
x Subjects who are unable to tolerate study medication 
will be withdrawn from the study as follows:
 Subjects unable to achieve or maintain target dose 
for the final 3 days of the Titration Period
 Subjects who require dose reduction during the 
Maintenance Period
Section 7.2.2 and Section 8.3:
x Subjects who require dose reduction during the 
Maintenance Period will be withdrawn from the study 
and enter the blinded Taper Period.
Revise must Withdrawal Criterion 1:
x Subject experiences intolerable AEs, including 
clinically relevant abnormal laboratory findings 
that, in the opinion of the investigator, preclude 
further participation in the study. 
x Subjects who are unable to tolerate study 
medication will be withdrawn from the study as 
follows:
 Subjects unable to achieve or maintain 
target dose for the final 3 days of the 
Titration Period
x Text removed from Section 7.2.2 and Section 
8.3 
x The patient can still 
contribute valuable 
efficacy and safety data 
even if they need a dose 
reduction. 
x This patient will be 
included the Full 
Analysis Set but not 
included in the Per-
Protocol set.
Section 6.3
x Must Withdrawal Criterion 8:
 Subject has liver function test (LFT) results for 
transaminases (AST, ALT, or both) ≥3xULN to 
<5xULN and total bilirubin ≥2xULN, or 
transaminases (AST, ALT, or both) ≥5xULN. In 
such instances, the study medication must be 
immediately discontinued and the subject withdrawn 
from the study. The LFTs will be repeated as soon as 
possible, and in no case more than 1 week later.
x May Withdrawal Criterion 4:
 Transaminases (AST, ALT, or both) ≥3xULN to 
<5xULN, in the presence of normal total bilirubin, 
will be repeated within a few days. If the repeat 
testing confirms the abnormality (ie, transaminases 
are ≥3xULN to <5xULN with normal bilirubin), then 
weekly monitoring of LFTs should continue until 
resolved (ie, <3xULN or stable condition). The 
investigator is to decide whether or not to stop the 
study medication.
x Remove must Withdrawal Criterion 8.
x Remove may Withdrawal Criterion 4.
x Withdrawal criteria 
related to liver function 
tests now covered in new 
Section 6.3.1.
REDACT
lts for 
ts for
ULN
ULN
CTED 
D
CT
COPY 
ext re
xt 
8.3
8.3
This document
stu
stu
nt cannot 
y mo
mo
lved (i
ved (
nvestig
vestig
tudy
udy
be
LN to
LN t
onit
oni
used
d with
with
ms the
ms the
o <
to
,
senc
senc
i
support
re than
e than
4:
ALT, o
ALT, 
any
subje
subj
e repe
e repe
marketing 
toto
xULN. I
ULN.
must b
must b
ect
e
authorization 
hor
x
or
th
application
le to
e to
for the 
for th
Period
Perio
moved fr
oved 
and 
hdr
dr
o ac
o a
any
toler
tole
awn f
awn
extensions 
ncludin
cludin
ory fin
ory fin
gator, p
gator, 
dy. 
y. 
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 126 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 6.3
Must Withdrawal Criterion 9:
x Subject requires a change in concomitant AED daily 
dose or a change in VNS setting.
Remove must Withdrawal Criterion 9.
x The patient can still 
contribute valuable 
efficacy and safety data 
even if they need a 
change in dose or VNS 
setting. 
x This patient will be 
included the Full 
Analysis Set but not 
included in the Per-
Protocol set.
Section 6.3
Must Withdrawal Criterion 10:
x Subject initiates a ketogenic diet.
Remove must Withdrawal Criterion 10.
x Per Exclusion Criterion 
8, a patient’s ketogenic 
diet must remain stable. 
x Due to the short duration 
of this study, it is 
unlikely that a subject 
would initiate a 
ketogenic diet. 
x Should a ketogenic diet 
be initiated in violation 
of the exclusion 
criterion, the patient will 
be included in the Full 
Analysis Set but not 
included in the Per-
Protocol set.
Section 7.8.1
However, use of BZDs for any reason other than a stable 
daily dosage regimen as concomitant AED within 24 
hours prior to or during the video-EEG is not permitted 
and may lead to the subject being withdrawn from the 
study (Withdrawal Criterion 15; Section 6.3).
Text revised:
x However, use of BZDs for any reason other 
than a stable daily dosage regimen as 
concomitant AED within 24 hours prior to or 
during the video-EEG is not permitted and may 
lead to the subject being withdrawn from the 
study (MAY Withdrawal Criterion 5; Section 
6.3).
Correct Withdrawal 
Criterion cross reference 
number. 
REDACTED 
D COPY 
ove
v
This document 
nt cannot 
raw
aw
be
the 
he 
wal 
wal 
used
as co
as co
uring th
ing t
su
su
to
or an
r an
on
s
y r
support 
s
any marketing authorization 
th
application 
ustst Wit
W
ic
and any extensions or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 127 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 6.3
x Investigators should attempt to obtain information for 
subjects who withdraw or discontinue. 
x The Case Report form (CRF) must document the 
primary reason for withdrawal or discontinuation.
Text revised: 
x Investigators should attempt to obtain 
information for subjects who withdraw. 
x The eCRF must document the primary reason 
for withdrawal.
Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
New Section 
6.3.1
NA
New Section 6.3.1: Potential drug-induced liver 
injury IMP discontinuation criteria
x Subjects with potential drug-induced liver 
injury (PDILI) must be assessed to determine if 
IMP must be discontinued. In addition, all 
concomitant medications and herbal 
supplements that are not medically necessary 
should also be discontinued. 
x The PDILI criteria below require immediate 
and permanent discontinuation of IMP: 
 Subjects with either of the following:
◦ ALT or AST ≥5xULN
◦ ALT or AST ≥3xULN and coexisting total 
bilirubin ≥2xULN 
x Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
x Sponsor language for 
monitoring of PDILI 
events was added to 
increase clarity for the 
sites and to align across 
programs. Addition of 
this language is to align 
with FDA guidance 
regarding monitoring of 
PDILI events and does 
not reflect a change in 
the liver safety signal for 
LCM.
REDACTED 
D COPY
upple
uppl
shoul
sho
x Th
Th
This document cannot be used to support any marketing 
ket
authorization 
d
he PDI
he PDI
and p
and p

th
application 
must b
ust b
disconti
iscon
t medic
t med
ments tha
nts th
also b
also b
and 
tioio
ial dru
al dru
be
b
any
l dru
l dru
n cri
n cr
y extensions 
raw. 
aw. 
rimary
mary
e
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 128 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
New Section 
6.3.1 (continued)
NA
New Section 6.3.1: Potential drug-induced liver 
injury IMP discontinuation criteria 
(continued)
x The PDILI criterion below requires immediate 
discontinuation of IMP:
 Subjects with ALT or AST ≥3xULN who 
exhibit temporally associated symptoms of 
hepatitis or hypersensitivity. Hepatitis 
symptoms include fatigue, nausea, vomiting, 
right upper quadrant pain or tenderness. 
Hypersensitivity symptoms include fever 
(without clear alternative cause), rash, or 
eosinophilia (ie, >5%).
 The PDILI criterion below allows for 
subjects to continue on IMP at the discretion 
of the investigator. 
 Subjects with ALT or AST ≥3xULN (and 
≥2x Baseline) and <5xULN, total bilirubin 
<2xULN, and no eosinophilia (ie, ≤5%), with 
no fever, rash, or symptoms of hepatitis (eg, 
fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper 
quadrant pain or tenderness).
(continued)
REDACTED 
D COPY
wi
w
eosi
eos
 T
This document cannot be used to support any marketing 
ma
authorization 
he P
e P
subje
subje
of
o
th
application
ude 
uadran
uadran
sitivity 
itivity
ut clear 
t clea
nophilia
ophil
PDI
D
and
so
ensitiv
nsitiv
e fati
fat
any
T ≥3
T ≥
ciated
ciated
it
extensions 
d 
res imm
es im
3x
3
or
iver
iver
r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 129 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
New Section 
6.3.1 (continued)
NA
New Section 6.3.1: Potential drug-induced liver 
injury IMP discontinuation criteria 
(continued)
x Evaluation of PDILI must be initiated as 
described in Section 8.3.2. If subjects are 
unable to comply with the applicable 
monitoring schedule, IMP must be discontinued 
immediately.
x Investigators should attempt to obtain 
information on subjects in the case of IMP 
discontinuation to complete the final evaluation. 
Subjects with PDILI should not be withdrawn 
from the study until investigation and 
monitoring are complete. All results of these 
evaluations and observations, as well as the 
reason(s) for IMP discontinuation and subject 
withdrawal (if applicable), must be recorded in 
the source documents. The eCRF must 
document the primary reason for IMP 
discontinuation.
(continued)
Section 7.2.4
NA
x Text added:
x Taper of LCM may not be required for some 
subjects who are on the lowest dose of study 
medication or who need to discontinue study 
medication abruptly, depending on the 
treatment option selected by the investigator in 
consultation with the medical monitor.
x If a subject received 
study medication at a 
dose of 2mg/kg/day and 
discontinued, a taper 
would not be required. 
x In case there is a need to 
immediately switch the 
subject to a different 
AED, the protocol would 
allow immediate 
discontinuation from 
LCM. 
REDACTED 
D COPY 
bjec
bj
from t
from t
mon
mon
This document cannot t be 
b
used to support any marketing 
tin
authorization
nitori
itor
evaluat
valua
reas
reas
w
th
application 
uld a
ld a
subject
subje
tion to c
tion to 
with PD
with P
he study
e stud
ing
i
and 
atte
atte
any
pplic
ppli
P must
must
extensions 
d 
iated a
ated a
ubject
ubjec
ca
or
iver
iver
r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 130 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 7.5
x Investigational medicinal product stored by the
investigator is to be kept in a secured area with limited 
access.
x Appropriate storage conditions must be ensured either 
by controlled room temperature or by completion of a 
temperature log in accordance with local requirements 
on a regular basis, showing minimum and maximum 
temperatures reached over the time interval.
x In case an out of range temperature is noted, it must be 
immediately communicated in accordance with the 
pharmacy manual.
Text revised:
x Investigational medicinal product stored by the 
investigator is to be kept in a secured area with 
limited access according to the storage 
conditions mentioned on the label.
x Appropriate storage conditions must be ensured 
either by controlling the temperature or by 
completion of a temperature log in accordance 
with local requirements on a regular basis, 
showing minimum and maximum temperatures 
reached over the time interval.
x In case an out-of-range temperature is noted, it 
must be immediately reported as per 
instructions contained in the IMP Handling 
Manual.
Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
Section 7.6
x Details of any IMP lost (due to breakage or wastage), 
not used, or returned to the sponsor or designee must 
also be recorded on the appropriate forms. 
x Periodically, and/or after completion of the clinical 
phase of the study, all used (including empty containers) 
and unused IMP containers must be reconciled and 
returned to UCB’s designee, preferably in their original 
package. 
Text revised:
x Details of any IMP lost, damaged (due to 
breakage or wastage), not used, partially used, 
disposed of at the study site, or returned to the 
sponsor or designee must also be recorded on 
the appropriate forms.
x Periodically, and/or after completion of the 
clinical phase of the study, all used (including 
empty containers/partially used), unused, 
damaged, and/or expired IMP must be 
reconciled and either destroyed at the site 
according to local laws, regulations, and UCB 
SOPs or returned to UCB’s designee. 
Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
Section 7.8.1
Subjects must have been maintained on a stable dosage 
regimen of 1 to 3 marketed AEDs for ≥2 weeks prior to 
Visit 1 (ie, prior to entry into the Baseline Period). 
Text revised:
x Subjects must have been maintained on a stable 
dosage regimen of 1 to 3 marketed AEDs for ≥2 
weeks prior to Visit 1 (ie, prior to initiation of 
Baseline video-EEG monitoring) 
Timing of stable AED 
dosing clarified. 
REDACTED 
D
e), 
e), 
must 
must 
clinic
clinic
ED COPY 
case
ca
must 
must 
ins
ins
This document cannot 
nn
be
r to e
o e
used
een m
en m
markete
arket
ent
ent
to 
ma
to support any marketing 
cal
cal
containe
ontain
iled and
ed an
n their 
n thei
authorization
be
structi
tructi
Manua
Manua
Text 
Text 
x
za
th
application 
men
men
mum and
um a
r the tim
the ti
n out
out-o
e imm
imm
and
e tet
peratur
eratur
nts
nts
any
ons m
ons 
empe
emp
extensions 
ed by th
d by t
ed area
d area
torage
orage
abel.
bel.
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 131 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 7.8.1
x The following concomitant medications are prohibited 
during the study:
 
Neuroleptics 
 
Monoamine oxidase inhibitors 
 
Barbiturates (except as AEDs)
 
Narcotic analgesics 
Text revised:
x The following concomitant medications are 
prohibited during the study:
 
Clozapine
 
Monoamine-A oxidase inhibitors 
 
Barbiturates (except as AEDs)
 
Cannabidiols (not approved or indicated 
for epilepsy by local health authority)
x Neuroleptics (except for clozapine) are allowed 
during the study but the investigator should 
make every effort to keep the dose stable. 
x Other medications are permitted according to 
current clinical standards (eg, topical 
anesthetic).
x Clozapine is the only 
neuroleptic that lowers 
seizure threshold.
x Clarification made to 
note that prohibited 
medication refers to 
MAO-A inhibitors.
x Majority of narcotic 
analgesics do not lower 
seizure threshold and, 
therefore, should not 
interfere with efficacy 
evaluations. In the rare 
instance they are used in 
association with an AE, 
the reason for use would 
be recorded.
x Cannibidiols that are 
approved or indicated 
will count as a 
concomitant AED.
x Revisions in prohibited 
medications to allow use 
of medications to those 
patients who may need 
it.
Section 7.8.1 
(continued)
x The following medications are not allowed unless used 
as described: 
 
Amphetamines and sedative antihistamines: 
stable use only.
Text revised:
x The following medications are not allowed 
unless used as described: 
 
Amphetamines: stable use only. 
x Antihistamines should be 
allowed for treatment of 
URTI. 
x They are not expected to
have an effect on 
efficacy or safety 
evaluations.
REDACTED 
D COPY
Other 
Other
curre
curr
an
an
This document cannot 
n
be used
nes an
es an
only.
only.
to supp
s are n
are n
pport 
pp
any marketing authorization 
ent 
nesthet
esthet
th
application 
cept f
ept 
dy but t
y but 
y effort t
y effort
medicati
edicat
clini
clin
and
ot a
t 
y loca
y loca
fo
fo
any
as A
as A
appro
appr
extensions 
ns are 
s are 
inhib
nhib
AE
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 132 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 7.8.1
Subjects who have been treated with ethosuximide are 
excluded from the study. Subjects who are currently being 
treated with vigabatrin or have discontinued vigabatrin use 
<12 months prior to Visit 1 are excluded from the study. 
Subjects who were previously treated with vigabatrin and 
have discontinued use >12 months prior to Visit 1 are 
eligible. Concomitant use of either vigabatrin or 
ethosuximide during the course of the study is prohibited.
Text removed.
Text removed for 
consistency with changes 
to Exclusion Criteria 17 
and 18. 
New Section 
11.1.6
NA
New Section 11.1.6: Suspected transmission of 
an infectious agent via a medicinal product
x For the purposes of reporting, any suspected 
transmission of an infectious agent via a 
medicinal product should be considered as an 
SAE; such cases must be reported immediately, 
recorded in the AE module of the eCRF, and 
followed as any other SAE. Any organism, 
virus, or infectious particle (eg, prion protein 
transmitting transmissible spongiform 
encephalopathy), pathogenic or nonpathogenic, 
is considered an infectious agent.
x Subsequent Sections 11.1.7 and 11.1.8 
renumbered.
Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
REDACTED 
D COPY
nsm
s
medici
medic
SAE
SA
r
This document cannot be used to support any marketing 
ma
authorization
E; su
su
ecorde
corde
follo
follo
vivi
th
application
S
nt via 
nt via
oses of 
ses o
ion of a
on of 
nal prod
nal pro
uch
uch
and
Suspe
uspe
nd 
nd any extensions or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 133 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 11.2.1
(Important medical events may include allergic 
bronchospasm requiring intensive treatment in an 
emergency room or at home, blood dyscrasias that do not 
result in inpatient hospitalization, or the development of 
drug dependency or drug abuse.)
Text revised:
x (Important medical events may include, but are 
not limited to, potential Hy’s Law [see Section 
11.3], allergic bronchospasm requiring 
intensive treatment in an emergency room or at 
home, blood dyscrasias that do not result in 
inpatient hospitalization, or the development of
drug dependency or drug abuse.)
x Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
x Sponsor language for 
monitoring of PDILI 
events was added to 
increase clarity for the 
sites and to align across 
programs. Addition of 
this language is to align 
with FDA guidance 
regarding monitoring of 
PDILI events and does 
not reflect a change in 
the liver safety signal for 
LCM.
Section 11.2.3
An SAE should be followed until it has resolved, has a 
stable sequelae, the investigator determines that it is no 
longer clinically significant, or the subject is lost to follow 
up. 
Text revised:
An SAE should be followed until it has resolved, 
has a stable sequelae, the investigator determines 
that it is no longer clinically significant, or the 
subject is lost to follow up. This follow-up 
requirement applies to AEs, SAEs, and AEs of 
special interest; further details regarding follow 
up of PDILI events are provided in Section 
11.6.1.4.
x Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
REDACTED 
D
no
no
to foll
to foll
ED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any 
any marketing auth
ow 
w 
horizat
Text r
Text r
An
An
ation 
at
th
application and
,
drug a
rug a
any
do n
do 
or the 
or the 
b
extensions 
e, but 
, but 
see Sec
ee Se
uiring
uiring
gency
gency
no
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 134 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 11.3
NA
New text:
x Potential Hy’s Law, defined as ≥3xULN ALT 
or AST with coexisting ≥2xULN total bilirubin 
in the absence of ≥2xULN ALP, with no 
alternative explanation for the biochemical 
abnormality, must ALWAYS be reported to 
UCB as an AE of special interest (ie, without 
waiting for any additional etiologic 
investigations to have been concluded). Follow-
up information should then be reported if an 
alternative etiology is identified during 
investigation and monitoring of the subject.
x Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
x Sponsor language for 
monitoring of PDILI 
events was added to 
increase clarity for the 
sites and to align across 
programs. Addition of 
this language is to align 
with FDA guidance 
regarding monitoring of 
PDILI events and does 
not reflect a change in 
the liver safety signal for 
LCM.
Section 11.5
x The following list of Anticipated SAEs has been 
identified, as these events are anticipated to occur in the 
population studied in this protocol at some frequency 
that is independent of drug exposure. This original list 
(Table 11‒1) will remain in effect for the duration of the 
protocol.
x Pregnancy, puerperium and perinatal disorders: Abortion 
spontaneous
x Reproductive system and breast disorders: Menstrual 
disorder
Text revised:
x The following list of Anticipated SAEs (Table 
11‒1) is anticipated to occur in the population 
studied in this protocol at some frequency that 
is independent of drug exposure.
x Removal of pregnancy, puerperium and 
perinatal disorders: Abortion spontaneous 
x Removal of reproductive system and breast 
disorders: Menstrual disorder
x Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
x Updated based on patient 
population of this study
Section 14.1
Prior to participation in the study, the written Informed 
Consent form should be signed and personally dated by 
the subject’s legal representative(s), and by the person 
who conducted the informed consent discussion 
(investigator or designee).
Text revised:
x Prior to participation in the study, the Informed 
Consent form should be signed and personally 
dated by the subject’s legal representative(s), 
and by the person who conducted the informed 
consent discussion (investigator or designee).
Update to UCB protocol
template text.
REDACTED 
D
r in the
in the
quency
quency
origina
origina
rati
ra
ED COPY 
es
es
This document cannot be 
be used
forme
rm
signee)
gnee
to
entat
entat
ed
suppo
udy, the 
dy, the
ned and
ed an
ive
i
ort 
s
po
any 
orders
rders
marketing
l list 
list
ion of th
on of th
orders: 
rders
auth
y
t
horizat
Text r
Text r
x
ation 
at
th
application
av
should
should
tiology 
ology
ion and
on an
and
ional e
onal 
ve be
e be
any
S be
S b
intere
ntere
ti
extensions 
N ALT
N ALT
tal bili
al bili
with n
with n
bioch
bioch
e r
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 135 of 144
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 11.6.1 
(formerly Section 
11.7)
Section 11.7  Liver function tests
x Refer to Section 6.3 for LFT withdrawal criteria.
x Transaminases (AST, ALT, or both) ≥3×ULN but 
<5×ULN, in the presence of total bilirubin ≥2×ULN, or 
transaminases (AST, ALT, or both) ≥5×ULN will result 
in immediate discontinuation of study medication and 
withdrawal of the subject from the study. The LFTs will 
be repeated as soon as possible, and in no case more 
than 1 week later.
x Transaminases (AST, ALT, or both) ≥3xULN to 
<5xULN, in the presence of normal total bilirubin, will 
be repeated within a few days. If the repeat testing 
confirms the abnormality (ie, transaminases are 
≥3xULN to <5xULN with normal bilirubin), then 
weekly monitoring of LFTs should continue until 
resolved (ie, <3xULN or stable condition). The 
investigator is to decide whether or not to stop the study 
medication.
x In all cases of transaminases (AST, ALT, or both) 
≥3xULN, testing for hepatitis A, B, and C will be done.
x Referral to a specialist (ie, hepatologist or 
gastroenterologist) is at the discretion of the investigator. 
This is recommended especially if the transaminase 
abnormalities >3xULN persist after discontinuation of 
the study medication.
Section 11.6.1  Liver function tests and 
evaluation of PDILI
x Original text removed and replaced with more 
detailed text about the evaluation of PDILI:
 Table 11‒1: Required investigations and 
follow up of PDILI
 Section 11.6.1.1 Consultation with Medical 
Monitor and local hepatologist
 Section 11.6.1.2 Immediate action: 
determination of IMP discontinuation
 Section 11.6.1.3 Testing: 
identification/exclusion of alternative 
etiology
 Table 11‒2: PDILI laboratory measurements
 Table 11‒3: PDILI information to be 
collected
 Section 11.6.1.4 Follow-up evaluation
x Subsequent sections renumbered.
x Update to UCB protocol 
template text.
x Sponsor language for 
monitoring of PDILI 
events was added to 
increase clarity for the 
sites and to align across 
programs. Addition of 
this language is to align 
with FDA guidance 
regarding monitoring of 
PDILI events and does 
not reflect a change in 
the liver safety signal for 
LCM.
Administrative 
updates
x CRF
x Drug Safety
x ICH=International Conference on Harmonisation
x More than 40 million people suffer from epilepsy–about 
1% of the world’s population (Dichek, 1999).
Text revised:
x eCRF
x Patient Safety
x ICH=International Council for Harmonisation
x Updated list of abbreviations
x Updated list of references
x It is estimated that almost 70 million people 
suffer from epilepsy (Ngugi et al, 2011).
NA
REDACTED
e study
e study
r both)
r both)
ill
il
D 
D COPY 
de
de
etio
etio
 T
This document cannot 
ca
be 
ld’s
d s
used 
onf
n
llion pe
ion p
s po
po
to 
fere
fere
support 
o
any
tran
tran
discon
discon
marketing 
)
be don
be don
the inv
the in
nsa
ns
auth
y
horization
Table
able
 Tab
Tab
c
th
application 
2 Im
Im
n of IM
n of IM
1.6.1.3 
1.6.1.3
cation/
cation
ogy
ogy
1
and
u
hepato
epat
mm
mm
any 
ltation
ltation
l
extensions 
with m
with m
of PD
of PD
stigati
tigati
or r variations 
on
Ratio
Ratio
on
va
v
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 136 of 144
17.3
AMENDMENT 3
Rationale for the amendment
The primary purpose of this substantial amendment is to address the high variability in video-
EEG seizure counts between the site and central reader by removing the central reader. This 
change was proposed by the FDA as part of a Type C meeting written response obtained on 
25 January 2018.
Additional changes in Protocol Amendment 3 included the following:
x Update clinical trial biostatistician contact
x Update of the regulatory status of LCM in the US and EU
x Clarify the planned number of subjects per age group to reflect UCB’s commitment to make 
every attempt to enroll subjects <2 years of age while recognizing the difficulty of enrolling 
this age group
x Prevent ineligibility of an otherwise eligible subject who has undergone the baseline EEG 
due to the narrow visit window for central laboratory measurements
x Clarify that “seizure-free” status during the Maintenance Period will be summarized by 
(1) all seizure types and (2) partial-onset seizure types only
x Update hematology and chemistry measurements for the assessment of PDILI events
x Replace Markov chain Monte Carlo multiple imputation method with a more appropriate 
monotone regression method 
x Add age group to the analysis of the primary efficacy variable since randomization is 
stratified by age group
The following table summarizes each change with the associated rationale.
REDACTED 
m
ultiple 
ultiple 
f the p
f the p
COPY
e type
type
ments 
ents 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing
prima
rim
ach cha
h ch
authorization
s for th
for th
e impu
impu
mar
mar
application
remen
remen
e Perio
Perio
s only
only
and 
dergo
ergo
any 
iff
iff
extensions 
mmitm
mmitm
fficu
ficu
or variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 137 of 144
Appendix Table 2: Summary of changes in SP0967 Amendment 3
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
STUDY 
CONTACT 
INFORMATION
Clinical Trial Biostatistician
, MA
UCB BIOSCIENCES Inc. 
8010 Arco Corporate Drive 
Raleigh, NC 27617 
UNITED STATES
Clinical Trial Biostatistician
UCB BIOSCIENCES Inc. 
8010 Arco Corporate Drive 
Raleigh, NC 27617 
UNITED STATES
Update clinical trial 
biostatistician contact
Section 1.0
Section 5.1
Table 5-1
Section 9.1
Section 13.1.1
a central reader
locally by the investigator, subinvestigator, or 
qualified designated reader
Address the high 
variability in video-EEG 
seizure counts between the 
site and the central reader; 
clarify who is responsible 
for the assessment of the 
video-EEG seizure count
Section 2.0
Lacosamide has been approved as monotherapy or 
adjunctive therapy in the treatment of partial-onset 
seizures in patients 17 years of age and older in the US 
(tablets, oral solution, and solution for intravenous [iv] 
infusion) and as adjunctive therapy in the treatment of 
partial-onset seizures with or without secondary 
generalization in adult and adolescent (16 to 18 years of 
age) patients with epilepsy in the EU (tablets, oral 
solution, and solution for iv infusion).
In the US, LCM has been approved as 
monotherapy and adjunctive therapy in the 
treatment of partial-onset seizures in patients 
4 years of age and older for tablets and oral 
solution, and 17 years of age and older for 
intravenous [iv] infusion. In the EU, LCM has 
been approved as monotherapy and adjunctive 
therapy in the treatment of partial-onset seizures 
with or without secondary generalization in 
adults, adolescents, and children from 4 years of 
age with epilepsy (tablets, oral solution, and 
solution for iv infusion).
Update of the regulatory 
status of LCM in the US 
and EU
Section 4.1.2
x 
Proportion of subjects who achieved “seizure-free” 
status (yes/no) for subjects who completed at least 48 
hours of interpretable video-EEG recording during the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
x 
Proportion of subjects who achieved 
“seizure-free” status (yes/no) from all seizure 
types, and from partial-onset seizure types 
only for subjects who completed at least 48 
hours of interpretable video-EEG recording 
during the End-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG
Clarify that “seizure-free” 
status during the 
Maintenance Period will 
be summarized by (1) all 
seizures types and (2) 
partial-onset seizures only
REDACTED 
D
r r 
nset 
nset 
in the
in the
AC
COPY 
fiei
This document 
nt cannot 
Mai
Mai
be
)
terpr
terpr
ntnt
used
ubjects
bjects
for s
for 
d to 
to support 
U (
U (
sion).
on).
any
16 to 
16 to
table
tab
marketing 
e US
e US
ous [iv]
ous [iv
atment 
tmen
ndary 
ndary
1
authorization 
h
I
ho
th
application 
investig
nvesti
esignate
signat
tio
tio
and any extensions 
ion or variations 
on
va
va
va
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 138 of 144
Appendix Table 2: Summary of changes in SP0967 Amendment 3
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 5.1
Assessment of video-EEG seizure count for verification of 
selection criteria will be performed by the investigator, but 
for the purpose of study analyses will be performed by a 
central EEG reader.
Assessment of video-EEG seizure count will be 
performed locally by the investigator, 
subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader for 
the purpose of both assessment of eligibility and 
study analyses.
Address the high 
variability in video-EEG 
seizure counts between the 
site and the central reader; 
clarify who is responsible 
for the assessment of the 
video-EEG seizure count
Section 5.1.2
Of these (n=122), a minimum target of 20% (n=25) of 
subjects will be enrolled in each of the 3 age categories: 
≥1 month to <6 months, ≥6 months to <1 year, and ≥1 
year to <2 years.
Subjects will be enrolled in the following age categories as 
detailed below:
Of these (n=122), every attempt will be made to 
enroll a minimum target of 20% (n=25) of 
subjects in each of the 3 age categories: ≥1 month 
to <6 months, ≥6 months to <1 year, and ≥1 year 
to <2 years.
Every attempt will be made to enroll subjects in 
the following age categories as detailed below:
Clarify the planned 
number of subjects per age 
group to reflect UCB’s 
commitment to make every 
attempt to enroll subjects 
<2 years of age while 
recognizing the difficulty 
of enrolling this age group
Table 5-1
(footnote i)
The video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording 
with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of
interpretable recording) will be conducted in an inpatient 
setting. Upon completion of the End-of-Baseline video-
EEG (Visits 2 and 3), the investigator will assess the 
electrographic seizure count and confirm the selection 
criteria have been met. If the subject meets all selection 
criteria, including the requisite number of seizures based 
on the video-EEG data, the subject may be randomized at 
Visit 3. All video EEG data recordings will be transmitted 
to a central reader for the purposes of data analysis. The 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be done at 
Visit 6. Subjects who discontinue on or before Day 20 will 
not require a video-EEG.
The video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous 
recording with every attempt to obtain at least 
48 hours of interpretable recording) will be 
conducted in an inpatient setting. Upon 
completion of the End-of-Baseline video-EEG 
(Visits 2 and 3), the investigator will assess the 
electrographic seizure count and confirm the 
selection criteria have been met. If the subject 
meets all selection criteria, including the requisite 
number of seizures based on the video-EEG data, 
the subject may be randomized at Visit 3. 
Assessment of video-EEG seizure count will be 
performed locally by the investigator, 
subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader for 
the purpose of both assessment of eligibility and 
study analyses. The End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG will be done at Visit 6. Subjects who 
discontinue on or before Day 20 will not require a 
video-EEG.
Address the high 
variability in video-EEG 
seizure counts between the 
site and the central reader; 
clarify who is responsible 
for the assessment of the 
video-EEG seizure count
REDAC
ording
ording
of
an in
an in
ACTED 
D
AC
COPY
cts
ct
<6 mo
<6 m
to <2 
to <2 
Ev
Ev
This document 
nt cannot be used
disco
disco
EEG.
EEG
to
od v
od v
support
be
be
ct may
t may
cording
ordin
rposes
rposes
idid
any
eets a
eets 
r of s
r of
marketing
patient
patien
e video
vide
ssess the
ess th
he sele
he sel
lll
authorization
year
ear
ery att
ry att
the fol
he fo
ho
T
ho
th
application 
, every 
every
mum targ
um tar
each of 
ach o
nths, ≥
nths, ≥
rs.s
n and any
nt of 
nt of
extensions 
unt wil
t wil
tor, 
or, 
ignate
gnate
f e
f
ion or variations 
on
va
va
va
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 139 of 144
Appendix Table 2: Summary of changes in SP0967 Amendment 3
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 6.1 
(IC 8a)
Subject has ≥2 partial-onset seizures with or without 
secondary generalization during the End-of-Baseline 
video-EEG.
Subject has ≥2 partial-onset seizures with or 
without secondary generalization during the 
End-of-Baseline video-EEG. Electrographic 
seizures are defined as recognizable ictal patterns 
on an EEG involving ≥2 contiguous electrodes. 
The seizures are initiated as a unilateral or 
strongly asymmetric abnormal epileptiform 
discharge lasting a total of >10 seconds.
Provide clarity by 
including the definition of 
electrographic seizures
Section 8.1.2
From Visit 2 (Day -3 to Day -1) to Visit 3 (Day 1), an 
End-of-Baseline video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous 
recording with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of 
interpretable recording) will be performed. The Day -3
assessments should be conducted prior to the start of 
video-EEG monitoring. The video-EEG will be conducted 
in an inpatient setting.  Upon completion of the End-of-
Baseline video-EEG (Visits 2 and 3), the investigator will 
assess the electrographic seizure count and confirm the 
selection criteria have been met. If the subject meets all 
selection criteria, including the requisite number of 
seizures based on the End-of-Baseline video-EEG data, 
the subject may be randomized at Visit 3.
From Visit 2 (Day -3 to Day -1) to Visit 3 (Day 
1), an End-of-Baseline video-EEG (up to 72 hours 
of continuous recording with every attempt to 
obtain at least 48 hours of interpretable recording) 
will be performed. The Day -3 assessments 
should be conducted prior to the start of video-
EEG monitoring. The video-EEG will be 
conducted in an inpatient setting.  Upon 
completion of the End-of-Baseline video-EEG 
(Visits 2 and 3), the investigator will assess the 
electrographic seizure count and confirm the 
selection criteria have been met. If the subject 
meets all selection criteria, including the requisite 
number of seizures based on the End-of-Baseline 
video-EEG data, the subject may be randomized 
at Visit 3. Assessment of the video-EEG seizure 
count will also be performed locally by the 
investigator, subinvestigator, or qualified 
designated reader for the purpose of study 
analyses; however, completion of this review is 
not required prior to randomization.
Address the high 
variability in video-EEG 
seizure counts between the 
site and the central reader; 
clarify who is responsible 
for the assessment of the
video-EEG seizure count
REDACTED
ed
ed
of
of-f
ator wi
ator wi
nfirm th
firm th
t mee
t mee
D 
D COPY
n E
contin
conti
obtain
obtain
wil
wi
This document cannot be used 
us
to support any marketing 
he
ts all
ts all
r of 
r of 
EEG d
EEG 
auth
ill
horization
n at le
at l
ll be pe
be pe
should
should
EEG
EEG
th
applicatio
Day 
Day -
tion
ab
a total 
a total
3
of-f Base
Bas
uous re
uous r
eas
ea
tio
and
o
d as a
d as 
bnor
bnor
any
izab
izab
ntiguo
ntiguo
extensions 
with or
th or
during t
uring 
ectrogr
ctrog
ble
bl
ion or variations 
on
va
va
va
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 140 of 144
Appendix Table 2: Summary of changes in SP0967 Amendment 3
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 8.3.1
The Day 24 assessments should be conducted prior to the 
start of the End-of Maintenance Period video-EEG 
monitoring (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with 
every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of interpretable 
recording). The following assessments will be performed 
on Day 24 for all subjects:
The Day 24 assessments should be conducted 
prior to the start of the End-of Maintenance 
Period video-EEG monitoring (up to 72 hours of 
continuous recording with every attempt to obtain 
at least 48 hours of interpretable recording). 
Assessment of video-EEG seizure count will be 
performed locally by the investigator, 
subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader for 
the purpose of the study analyses. The following 
assessments will be performed on Day 24 for all 
subjects:
Address the high 
variability in video-EEG 
seizure counts between the 
site and the central reader; 
clarify who is responsible 
for the assessment of the 
video-EEG seizure count
Section 9.1
Section 13.1.1
The video-EEG recordings will be evaluated by a central 
reader.
The video-EEG recordings will be evaluated for 
seizure counts locally by the investigator, 
subinvestigator, or qualified designated reader.
Address the high 
variability in video-EEG 
seizure counts between the 
site and the central reader; 
clarify who is responsible 
for the assessment of the 
video-EEG seizure count
Section 11.6
Blood specimens for routine assay of hematology and 
clinical chemistry testing will be collected according to the 
tabular schedule of study procedures (Section 5.2). A 
central laboratory will perform the routine analysis of 
blood specimens. The procedures for handling and 
shipping these specimens will be provided to the sites.
Blood specimens for routine assay of hematology 
and clinical chemistry testing will be collected 
according to the tabular schedule of study 
procedures (Section 5.2). A central laboratory will 
perform the routine analysis of blood specimens. 
The procedures for handling and shipping these 
specimens will be provided to the sites. In 
exceptional circumstances, local laboratory 
analysis may be performed. The medical monitor 
should be contacted beforehand to discuss these 
circumstances.
Prevent ineligibility of an 
otherwise eligible subject 
who has undergone the 
baseline EEG due to the 
narrow visit window for 
central laboratory 
measurements
Table 11-4
Hematology measurements: Eosinophil count
Hematology measurements: Hematocrit, 
Hemoglobin, Platelet count, RBC count, WBC 
count, and Differential count
Update hematology 
measurements for the 
assessment of PDILI 
events
REDACTED 
D
R
COP
The v
The v
seiz
sei
OPY
sm
bjects:
bjects
OP
This document cannot 
ca
be
easur
asur
us
rem
rem
used 
us
to support
r h
r h
provid
rovi
any
ne an
ne a
handl
hand
marketin
gy and 
gy and
ccording
cordin
ion 5.2
on 5.
na
ting 
tin
authorization 
deo
deo
zure co
ure co
subinv
subinv
th
ap
EE
E
application
y th
or quali
r qual
the stud
he stu
s will be
will b
ap
and
e
EG se
G se
he in
he in
any 
ery 
ery at
table r
able r
i
extensions 
nducte
nducte
ntenan
ntenan
up to 7
p to 7
atttt
ion or variations 
on
va
va
va
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 141 of 144
Appendix Table 2: Summary of changes in SP0967 Amendment 3
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Table 11-4
Chemistry measurements: Amylase, If total bilirubin 
≥1.5xULN, obtain fractionated bilirubin to obtain % direct 
bilirubin, and Serum CPK and LDH to evaluate possible 
muscle injury causing transaminase elevation
Chemistry measurements: Amylase, Bilirubin (if 
total bilirubin ≥1.5xULN, obtain fractionated 
bilirubin to obtain % direct bilirubin), Serum CPK 
and LDH to evaluate possible muscle injury 
causing transaminase elevation, AST, ALT, ALP, 
GGT, and Albumin
Clarify and add chemistry 
measurements for the 
assessment of PDILI 
events
Section 13.1.1.1
Seizure ADF will be analyzed using analysis of covariance 
with terms for treatment and center (properly pooled), on 
log-transformed seizure ADF using the transformation of 
ln (X+1), where X is the seizure ADF.
Seizure ADF will be analyzed using analysis of 
covariance with terms for treatment, age category 
(4 age stratification categories, pooled as 
appropriate), center (properly pooled), on log-
transformed seizure ADF using the 
transformation of ln (X+1), where X is the seizure 
ADF.
Add age group to the 
analysis of the primary 
efficacy variable since 
randomization is stratified 
by age group
Section 13.1.1.1
Section 13.1.1.2
x 
Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except 
missing ADF of partial-onset seizures from the End-
of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced 
using multiple imputation by treatment arm and age 
group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to 
<1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 
years to <4 years of age) using a Markov chain Monte 
Carlo method assuming a log-normal distribution.
x 
Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, 
except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG will be replaced using multiple 
imputation by treatment arm and age group 
(≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to 
<1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, 
and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) using 
monotone regression.
Replaced Markov chain
Monte Carlo multiple 
imputation method with a 
more appropriate 
monotone regression 
method; further details to 
be described in the 
statistical analysis plan
Section 13.1.1.2
The proportion of responders between LCM and PBO will 
be analyzed using logistic regression with center (properly 
pooled) as a factor.
The proportion of responders between LCM and 
PBO will be analyzed using logistic regression 
with age category (4 age stratification categories, 
pooled as appropriate) and center (properly 
pooled) as factors.
Add age group to the 
analysis of the primary 
efficacy variable since 
randomization is stratified 
by age group
Section 13.1.2
For subjects who complete the Maintenance Period, the 
number and percentage of subjects who achieved “seizure-
free” status during the Maintenance Period will be 
tabulated and presented by treatment group.
For subjects who complete the Maintenance 
Period, the number and percentage of subjects 
who achieved “seizure-free” status from all 
seizure types, and from partial-onset seizure types 
only during the Maintenance Period will be 
tabulated and presented by treatment group.
Clarify that “seizure-free” 
status during the 
Maintenance Period will 
be summarized by (1) all 
seizures types and (2) 
partial-onset seizures only
REDACTED 
D
End
End-
eplaced
placed
m and 
m and 
mo
mo
D COPY
opr
p
ansform
nsfor
transf
transf
AD
AD
This document cannot
nd pre
d pre
ca
be
ing th
ing t
es
es
used
mplete
mplete
ntage 
tage
d to 
t
support
een L
en L
ssion wi
sion w
any 
LCM
LC
an marketing 
age
age
nths to
nths to
 and ≥2
and ≥
ov chain
v cha
distrib
distr
authorization
forma
rma
F.
F.
d
e
x
R
at
th
application 
e an
erms fo
erms f
ation ca
tion c
), center
, cent
med seiz
ed sei
atio
ati
and 
naly
naly
an
any
mus
mu
ion, A
ion, A
extensions 
Bilirub
ilirub
action
action
ubin), 
bin), 
sc
ion or variations 
on
va
va
va
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 142 of 144
Appendix Table 2: Summary of changes in SP0967 Amendment 3
Protocol 
Section(s) 
impacted
Key components of previous protocol text
Key components of revised protocol text
Rationale
Section 13.6
Subjects are randomized into the study based on the 
investigator’s interpretation of the video EEG to meet 
study entry requirements; however, there may be a 
difference of interpretation of the number of seizures 
counted on the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG 
between the central reader and the investigator.
Subjects are randomized into the study based on 
the initial interpretation of the video-EEG to meet 
study entry requirements. However, the 
subsequent detailed assessment of seizure types 
and counts needed for the efficacy analyses could 
lead to a discrepancy in seizure counts (ie, a 
subject initially thought to be eligible is later 
found to have fewer than the required number of 
partial-onset seizures during the End-of-Baseline 
Period video-EEG). To account for an anticipated 
difference of interpretation of the End of Baseline 
Period video-EEG of 5% as well as the potential 
subject dropout rate of approximately 14%, the 
planned number of subjects to enroll is 
122 subjects per treatment arm.
To address removal of the 
central reader
AC
D COPY
d d
fferenc
feren
Period
Perio
sub
sub
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization 
vid
vid
bject dr
ect dr
planne
planne
122
122
ho
application
ugh
g
wer than
wer tha
eizures 
izures
o-EEG)
EEG
e of int
e of in
deo
deo
and
e
n seizu
seizu
ht to 
t to
any
nt of 
nt o
fficacy
fficacy
extension
y base
y base
o-EEG
EEG
ver, th
er, th
f s
f
ons 
ion or variations 
on
va
va
va
va
thereof. 
0


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 143 of 144
18
DECLARATION AND SIGNATURE OF INVESTIGATOR
I confirm that I have carefully read and understood this protocol and agree to conduct this 
clinical study as outlined in this protocol, according to current Good Clinical Practice and local 
laws and requirements.
I will ensure that all subinvestigators and other staff members read and understand all aspects of 
this protocol.
I have received and read all study-related information provided to me.
The objectives and content of this protocol as well as the results deriving from it will be treated 
confidentially, and will not be made available to third parties without prior authorization by 
UCB.
All rights of publication of the results reside with UCB, unless other agreements were made in a 
separate contract.
Investigator:
Printed name
Date/Signature
REDACTED COPY 
Date/S
Date/S
PY
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization
Signa
ign
application 
atu
at
pp
and any extensions
be 
ation 
ation
ents w
nts w
or
trea
tre
variations thereof. 


UCB
05 Apr 2018
Clinical Study Protocol
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 144 of 144
19
SPONSOR DECLARATION
I confirm that I have carefully read and understand this protocol and agree to conduct this 
clinical study as outlined in this protocol and according to current Good Clinical Practice.
COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application and any extensions or variations thereof. 


Approval Signatures
Name:
sp0967-protocol-amend-3
Version:
2. 0
Document Number:
CLIN-000116615
Title:
SP0967 protocol amendment 3
Approved Date:
15 Jun 2018
Document Approvals
Approval
Verdict: Approved
Name: 
Capacity: Clinical
Date of Signature: 15-Jun-2018 11:27:25 GMT+0000
Approval
Verdict: Approved
Name: 
Capacity: Clinical
Date of Signature: 15-Jun-2018 12:02:34 GMT+0000
Approval
Verdict: Approved
Name: 
Capacity: Clinical
Date of Signature: 15-Jun-2018 13:00:15 GMT+0000
DACTED 
REDA
DA
OPY
App
App
CO
CO
This document cannot be used to supp
pport 
pp
any marketing 
ma
ma
n
p
uthorization 
n
ori
Nam
Ca
aut
ut
application 
p
roval
ova
a
and any extensions or variations thereof. 

SAP_001.pdf: 
UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 1 of 93
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN  
Study: SP0967
Product: Lacosamide
A MULTICENTER, DOUBLE-BLIND, RANDOMIZED, PLACEBO-CONTROLLED, 
PARALLEL-GROUP STUDY TO INVESTIGATE THE EFFICACY AND SAFETY OF 
LACOSAMIDE AS ADJUNCTIVE THERAPY IN SUBJECTS WITH EPILEPSY                      
≥1 MONTH TO <4 YEARS OF AGE WITH PARTIAL-ONSET SEIZURES
SAP/Amendment Number
Date
Final SAP
07 Oct 2017
Amendment #1                      05 Feb 2019
Amendment #2
07 May 2020
Confidentiality Statement
Confidential
This document is the property of UCB and may not – in full or in part – be passed on, 
reproduced, published, or otherwise used without the express permission of UCB.
e
COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any 
7
rketing 
2017
2017
Feb 20
eb 2
ma
7 May
Ma
authorization application 
-
and
TS W
S W
ONS
ONS
any
Y AN
Y A
WI
W
extensions 
-CON
CO
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 2 of 93
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS....................................................................................................7 
1 
INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................9 
2 
PROTOCOL SUMMARY.................................................................................................9 
2.1 
Study objectives.............................................................................................................9 
2.1.1 
Primary objective...................................................................................................9 
2.1.2 
Secondary objective...............................................................................................9 
2.1.3 
Other objectives.....................................................................................................9 
2.2 
Study variables...............................................................................................................9 
2.2.1 
Efficacy variables ..................................................................................................9 
2.2.1.1 
Primary efficacy variable ............................................................................9 
2.2.1.2 
Secondary efficacy variables.....................................................................10 
2.2.1.3 
Other efficacy variables.............................................................................10 
2.2.2 
Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic variables ....................................................10 
2.2.3 
Safety variables....................................................................................................11 
2.2.3.1 
Primary safety variables ............................................................................11 
2.2.3.2 
Other safety variables................................................................................11 
2.3 
Study design and conduct ............................................................................................11 
2.4 
Determination of sample size.......................................................................................12 
2.4.1 
Blinded sample size re-estimation procedure......................................................12 
3 
DATA ANALYSIS CONSIDERATIONS......................................................................13 
3.1 
General presentation of summaries and analyses ........................................................13 
3.2 
General study level definitions ....................................................................................14 
3.3 
Definition of Baseline values.......................................................................................20 
3.4 
Protocol deviations.......................................................................................................20 
3.5 
Analysis sets.................................................................................................................20 
3.5.1 
Safety Set.............................................................................................................20 
3.5.2 
Full Analysis Set..................................................................................................20 
3.5.3 
Full Analysis Set – Source Data Verified............................................................21 
3.5.4 
Per Protocol Set ...................................................................................................21 
3.5.5 
Pharmacokinetic Per Protocol Set .......................................................................21 
3.6 
Treatment assignment and treatment groups ...............................................................21 
3.7 
Center pooling strategy................................................................................................21 
3.8 
Age strata pooling strategy ..........................................................................................21 
3.9 
Coding dictionaries ......................................................................................................21 
3.10 
Changes to protocol-defined analyses .........................................................................21 
4 
STATISTICAL/ANALYTICAL ISSUES.......................................................................22 
4.1 
Adjustments for covariates ..........................................................................................22 
REDACTED 
....
....
......
...
imatio
imatio
RAT
RAT
COPY 
.....
......
....
This document 
3.7
3.7
3
cannot 
5
T
be
Pe
Pe
used
An
An
ull
ull A
to 
Se
nal
nal
support 
.....
...
.......
....
et.....
any
alue
alu
.
marketing
ION
ON
maries a
maries 
ions
ons .
es
e
authorization 
.....
.........
......
.....
on pro
n pro
NS
NS
application 
.....
...
.......
....
........
....
.....
and 
......
....
any 
......
.....
extensions 
.
......
....
......
....
.....
....
or 
......
variations 
.....9
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 3 of 93
4.2 
Handling of dropouts or missing data..........................................................................22 
4.2.1 
Missing data.........................................................................................................22 
4.2.2 
Incomplete dates for adverse events and concomitant medications ....................22 
4.2.3 
Definition of concomitant medication in case of missing dates..........................23 
4.2.4 
Incomplete dates for the last administration of study medication .......................23 
4.2.5 
General imputation rule for incomplete dates .....................................................23 
4.3 
Interim analyses and data monitoring..........................................................................24 
4.4 
Multicenter studies.......................................................................................................24 
4.5 
Multiple comparisons/multiplicity...............................................................................24 
4.6 
Use of an efficacy subset of subjects ...........................................................................24 
4.7 
Active-control studies intended to show equivalence..................................................25 
4.8 
Examination of subgroups ...........................................................................................25 
5 
STUDY POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS.............................................................25 
5.1 
Subject disposition.......................................................................................................25 
5.2 
Protocol deviations.......................................................................................................26 
6 
DEMOGRAPHICS AND OTHER BASELINE CHARACTERISTICS ........................26 
6.1 
Demographics ..............................................................................................................26 
6.2 
Medical history and concomitant diseases...................................................................26 
6.3 
History of epilepsy.......................................................................................................27 
6.3.1 
History of seizure types .......................................................................................27 
6.3.2 
History of seizure characteristics.........................................................................27 
6.3.3 
Historical seizure count .......................................................................................27 
6.4 
Prior and concomitant medications..............................................................................27 
6.4.1 
Number of Previous AEDs ..................................................................................27 
6.4.2 
AEDs taken prior to the Baseline Period.............................................................28 
6.4.3 
AEDs taken during the Baseline Period ..............................................................28 
6.4.4 
AEDs taken on day of first dose of study medication .........................................28 
6.4.5 
Concomitant AEDs..............................................................................................28 
6.4.6 
Non-AEDs taken prior to the Baseline Period.....................................................28 
6.4.7 
Non-AEDs taken during the Baseline Period ......................................................28 
6.4.8 
Concomitant Non-AEDs......................................................................................29 
7 
MEASUREMENTS OF TREATMENT COMPLIANCE...............................................29 
8 
EFFICACY ANALYSES ................................................................................................29 
8.1 
Statistical analysis of the primary efficacy variable(s)................................................30 
8.1.1 
Primary efficacy variable(s) ................................................................................30 
8.1.1.1 
Primary efficacy variable for the US.........................................................30 
8.1.1.2 
Primary efficacy variable for the EU.........................................................30 
8.1.2 
Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variables .............................................30 
REDACTED 
es
....
........
......
.....
cterist
cterist
COPY 
H
......
....
s....
...
This document 
8
8.8.
cannot 
MEA
MEA
E
be
No
N
used 
o
on-AE
AE
on
to
mita
mit
support 
or
during
durin
ken on
ken on
any 
A
r to th
to th
marketing 
tic
.......
.....
cations
ation
AED
AED
authorization 
......
......
......
....
......
.....
cs.
application 
..
.....
.......
ACTE
ACTE
......
.....
and 
.......
.....
any 
.....
...
..
extensions 
......
....
.....
.....
..... ....
or 
......
variations 
24
24
24
2
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 4 of 93
8.1.2.1 
Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the US...................30 
8.1.2.2 
Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the EU...................31 
8.1.3 
Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variables ........................................31 
8.1.3.1 
Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variable for the US ..............32 
8.1.3.2 
Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variable for the EU..............32 
8.1.3.3 
Multiple imputation...................................................................................33 
8.2 
Statistical analysis of the secondary efficacy variables ...............................................34 
8.2.1 
Percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures....34 
8.2.2 
Proportion of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, 50% to ≤75%, or >75% 
reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures..................................35 
8.2.3 
Proportion of subjects experiencing no change in ADF of electrographic partial-
onset seizures (between <25% reduction and <25% increase)............................35 
8.2.4 
Proportion of subjects experiencing an increase in ADF of electrographic partial-
onset seizures of ≥25% ........................................................................................35 
8.2.5 
Proportion of subjects who achieved seizure-free status.....................................35 
8.3 
Analysis of other efficacy variable(s)..........................................................................36 
8.3.1 
Clinical Global Impression of Change ................................................................36 
8.3.2 
Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change ..........................................................36 
8.3.3 
Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) .....................................................36 
8.3.3.1 
Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) Ages 1-12 Months............37 
8.3.3.2 
Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) Ages 13-24 Months..........37 
8.3.3.3 
Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) Ages 2-4 years..................37 
8.3.4 
Concomitant medical procedures.........................................................................37 
8.3.5 
Healthcare provider consultations .......................................................................38 
8.3.6 
Hospital stays and ER visits ................................................................................38 
9 
PHARMACOKINETICS AND PHARMACODYNAMICS ..........................................39 
9.1 
Descriptive statistics of LCM plasma concentrations..................................................39 
9.2 
Population pharmacokinetics.......................................................................................39 
10 SAFETY ANALYSES.....................................................................................................39 
10.1 
Extent of exposure .......................................................................................................39 
10.2 
Adverse events.............................................................................................................40 
10.3 
Clinical laboratory evaluations ....................................................................................41 
10.4 
Vital signs, physical findings and other observations related to safety.......................42 
10.4.1 
Vital signs ............................................................................................................42 
10.4.2 
Electrocardiograms..............................................................................................44 
10.4.3 
Physical examination...........................................................................................45 
10.4.3.1 
Complete physical examination ................................................................45 
10.4.3.2 
Brief physical examination........................................................................46 
10.4.4 
Neurological examination....................................................................................46 
REDACTED
ry (P
ry (P
fe Inve
e Inve
f Life I
f Life 
of L
of L
COPY
......
....
hange
hange
Pe
P
This document 
.4.
10
1
cannot 
dv
dv
Clin
Clin
4
be 
nt
vers
vers
used
ANA
NA
t of e
of 
to 
pha
ha
AL
AL
support 
ICS 
CS 
istics o
stics 
arma
arm
any
ER 
ER
AN
A
marketing
Life In
Life In
ocedur
ocedu
consult
onsu
authorization 
.....
...
edsQL
dsQL
entory
ntory
Inven
Inven
application 
tus
us....
....... ...
.......
....
.
and 
......
...
any 
.
lectr
ectro
extensions
>75%
>75
......
....
graphi
raphi
......
or 
......
%
variations 
34
34
34
3
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 5 of 93
10.4.4.1 
Complete neurological examination..........................................................46 
10.4.4.2 
Brief neurological examination.................................................................46 
10.4.5 
Vagus nerve stimulation ......................................................................................47 
10.4.6 
Achenbach Child Behavior Checklist..................................................................47 
10.4.7 
BRIEF-P assessment............................................................................................48 
10.4.8 
Bayley-III Scales .................................................................................................49 
11 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................50 
12 APPENDICES .................................................................................................................51 
12.1 
Marked abnormality criteria for laboratory data..........................................................51 
12.2 
Other Significant TEAEs .............................................................................................56 
12.3 
List of AEs for Potentially Drug Induced Liver Injury (PDILI)..................................58 
13 AMENDMENTS TO THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN....................................60 
13.1 
Amendment 1...............................................................................................................60 
13.2 
Amendment 2...............................................................................................................82 
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN SIGNATURE PAGE.....................................................93 
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application 
..
.......
.....
and 
.......
.....
any 
.....
...
..
extensions 
......
....
......
....
......
....
or 
......
variations 
50
50
51
5
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 6 of 93
LIST OF TABLES 
Table 10‒1: 
Vital signs abnormality criteria........................................................................43 
Table 10‒2: 
ECG abnormality criteria.................................................................................45 
Table 10‒3: 
CBCL/1½-5......................................................................................................47 
Table 10‒4: 
BRIEF-P questionnaire scoring .......................................................................48 
Table 12‒1: 
Hematology abnormality criteria .....................................................................51 
Table 12‒2: 
Chemistry abnormality criteria ........................................................................53 
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application and any extensions or 
....
....
variations 
51
51
5
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 7 of 93
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
ADF
average daily frequency
AE
adverse event
AED
antiepileptic drug
ANCOVA
analysis of covariance 
BMI
body mass index
BP
blood pressure
BRIEF®-P
Behavior Rating Inventory of Executive Function® -
Preschool Version
CBCL
Child Behavior Checklist
CV
coefficient of variance
DAP
Data Analysis Plan
DBP
diastolic blood pressure
DEM
Data Evaluation Meeting
ECG
electrocardiogram
eCRF
electronic Case Report Form
EEG
electroencephalogram
ER
emergency room
ETV
Early Termination Visit
FAS
Full Analysis Set
FAS-SDV
Full Analysis Set-Source Data Verified
HRQoL
health-related quality of life
IDMC
Independent Data Monitoring Committee
ILAE
International League Against Epilepsy
IVRS
Interactive Voice Response System
LCM
Lacosamide
MA
markedly abnormal
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
MI
Multiple Imputation
PDILI
Potential Drug Induced Liver Injury
PedsQL
Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory
PK
pharmacokinetic(s)
PK-PPS
Pharmacokinetic Per Protocol Set
PPS
Per Protocol Set
REDACTED
ephalo
ephal
ency r
ency 
arly Te
arly Te
ull
ull
COPY 
e Repo
Repo
This document
PDI
PDI
cannot 
RA
be used to support any 
h
marketing 
erm
 Analy
Analy
Full A
Full A
he
h
authorization
ort Fo
rt Fo
ogram
ogram
oom
oom
mina
mina
application 
orm
and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 8 of 93
PT
preferred term
SAP
Statistical Analysis Plan
SBP
systolic blood pressure
SD
standard deviation
SOC
system organ class
SS
Safety Set
TEAE
treatment-emergent adverse event
TEMA
treatment-emergent markedly abnormal
VNS
vagus nerve stimulation
WHODD
World Health Organization Drug Dictionary
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 9 of 93
1 
INTRODUCTION 
This Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP) defines the scope of statistical analyses and provides a 
detailed description of statistical methodology for the statistical analyses to support the final 
clinical study report for SP0967.
2 
PROTOCOL SUMMARY 
2.1 
Study objectives 
2.1.1 
Primary objective 
x To evaluate the efficacy of lacosamide (LCM) administered concomitantly with 1 to 3 
antiepileptic drugs (AEDs) in subjects ≥1 month to <4 years of age with epilepsy who 
currently have uncontrolled partial-onset seizures.
2.1.2 
Secondary objective 
x To evaluate the safety and tolerability of LCM in subjects ≥1 month to <4 years of age 
with epilepsy who currently have uncontrolled partial-onset seizures.
2.1.3 
Other objectives 
x To evaluate the pharmacokinetics (PK) of LCM in children ≥1 month to <4 years of age.
2.2 
Study variables 
2.2.1 
Efficacy variables 
Primary and secondary efficacy variables will be based on video-electroencephalograms (EEGs) 
(up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of 
interpretable recording).
2.2.1.1 
Primary efficacy variable 
For the US, the primary efficacy variable will be contingent on the percentage of subjects that 
discontinue from the study after the first dose of study medication but prior to performance of the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG (ie, early discontinuation).
The following variable will be considered primary for the US if ≤10% of subjects discontinue 
early from the study:
x The change in average daily frequency (ADF) of electrographic partial-onset seizures as 
measured on the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG
If >10% of subjects discontinue early from the study, the following contingency endpoint will be
considered primary for the US (same as the primary efficacy variable for the EU):
x The proportion of responders, where a responder is a subject experiencing a 50% or 
greater reduction in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures recorded on the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the End-of-Baseline Period 
video-EEG
REDACTED 
s will 
 will 
ng wit
ng wi
COPY 
M i
M
This document 
ons
n
cannot 
nd
nd
0% o
0% o
side
side
be 
sur
u
d-of
of
used
ange i
nge i
red 
red
to 
y:y:
support 
d vid
d vid
e will b
 will 
any 
v
er the
er th
de
d
marketing 
variabl
ariab
variab
varia
authorization 
be ba
be ba
h eve
h eve
application 
childre
hildr
and
mon
on
seizu
eizu
any 
nth t
nth
extensions
with 1
th 1
pileps
ileps
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 10 of 93
For the EU:
x The primary efficacy variable will be the proportion of responders, where a responder is a 
subject experiencing a 50% or greater reduction in their ADF of electrographic partial-
onset seizures recorded on the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG.
2.2.1.2 
Secondary efficacy variables 
The secondary efficacy variables are described below.
x Percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
x Proportion of subjects who achieved “seizure-free” status (yes/no) from all seizures, and 
from partial-onset seizure types only for subjects who completed at least 48 hours of 
interpretable video-EEG recording during the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
x Proportion of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, 50% to 75%, or >75% reduction in 
ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG 
to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
x Proportion of subjects experiencing no change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures (between <25% reduction and <25% increase) from the End-of-Baseline Period 
video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
x Proportion of subjects experiencing an increase in ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures of ≥25% from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG
2.2.1.3 
Other efficacy variables 
Other efficacy variables to be examined include:
x Clinical Global Impression of Change at the end of the Maintenance Period
x Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change at the end of the Maintenance Period
x Change from Baseline in Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) health summary 
score at the end of the Maintenance Period
x Healthcare resource use: concomitant medications, medical procedures, healthcare 
provider consultations not related to the study, and hospitalizations not related to the 
study
2.2.2 
Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic variables 
Plasma concentrations of LCM will be obtained in order to:
x Develop a population PK model of LCM
x Investigate the correlation between LCM plasma concentrations and efficacy or safety
REDACTED 
an inc
an inc
f-f Bas
Bas
deo
deo-E
iab
iab
COPY 
e in
e i
% inc
% inc
eriod
eriod
This document
Plasm
lasm
cannot 
tud
ud
2
m
be 
vide
de
dy
dy
used 
care re
are re
der c
er c
to 
end
end
support
l Imp
Imp
Baselin
Baselin
d of
d o
any
ion 
ion
pre
marketing 
bles
les
mined i
ined 
of
authorization
vide
vide
crease
rease
eline 
eline 
EG
EG
application 
of
of
DF of 
DF of
rease)
ease)
and
75%
75%
f-Ba
Ba
any
Per
Pe
%
extensions
m
EEG
EEG
all se
all se
east 4
ast 4
ri
or
m th
m th
variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 11 of 93
2.2.3 
Safety variables 
2.2.3.1 
Primary safety variables 
Safety and tolerability will be assessed using the following primary safety variables:
x Adverse events (AEs) reported spontaneously by the subject’s parent(s) and/or legal 
representative(s)/caregiver(s) (in accordance with local regulation) or observed by the 
investigator
x Subject withdrawals due to AEs
2.2.3.2 
Other safety variables 
x Change in hematology and clinical chemistry parameters
x Change in 12-lead electrocardiograms (ECGs)
x Change in vital signs measurements (ie, blood pressure [BP] and pulse rate)
x Physical and neurological examination findings
x Changes in body weight, height, and calculated body mass index (BMI)
2.3 
Study design and conduct 
SP0967 is a Phase 3, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group 
study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of LCM 8mg/kg/day to LCM 12mg/kg/day as 
adjunctive therapy in subjects ≥1 month to <4 years of age with epilepsy with partial-onset 
seizures. 
The study is comprised of the following: a 7-day Baseline Period; a 20-day blinded Titration
Period (with study medication dosing flexibility allowed based on tolerability) to attain the target 
dose of study medication for the 7-day blinded Maintenance Period (LCM 8mg/kg/day to LCM 
12mg/kg/day, or matching placebo, with no adjustments to study medication dose allowed during 
the Maintenance Period), and a 12-day blinded Transition Period for subjects who complete the 
study and choose to enter the open-label extension study (EP0034) or a Taper Period (up to 16 
days) followed by a 30-day Safety Follow-Up Period for subjects who are not eligible or who 
choose not to enter EP0034. The Transition Period will be required for eligible subjects who 
complete the Maintenance Period and choose to enter EP0034. The Taper Period and Safety 
Follow-Up Period are required for subjects who complete the study but choose not to enroll in 
EP0034 or for subjects who do not complete the Titration, Maintenance, and Transition Periods.
For each subject, the maximum total study duration can be up to 93 days (not withstanding visit 
windows), including the 30-day Safety Follow-Up Period. Each subject’s participation in the 
study begins with a 7-day Baseline Period (no administration of study medication). Each 
subject’s maximum total duration of study medication administration in SP0967 can be up to 
55 days. This includes a 20-day Titration Period, a 7-day Maintenance Period, a 12-day 
Transition Period (for subjects who plan to enter the open-label extension study [EP0034]) 
and/or up to a 16-day Taper Period (for subjects who will not be entering EP0034).
The end of the study is defined as the date of the last visit of the last subject in the study.
A total of approximately 244 subjects (122 subjects per treatment arm) are planned to be 
randomized. Approximately 50% of the 244 randomized subjects should be <2 years of age. Of 
REDACTED 
M 
<4 yea
<4 yea
ing: a 
ing: a 
g fl
g fl
COPY 
ndom
ndom
8m
8m
This document
subje
ubje
55
55
cannot 
su
su
ws), i
ws), i
dy beg
y beg
be 
ubje
ubje
used
od ar
d ar
r subj
subj
to
tena
ena
re
support 
he o
e 
ay Saf
ay Sa
P0034. 
0034
ance
an
any 
12
12-
open
ope
marketing 
7
lexibil
exibil
ay blin
y blin
o, with
o, wit
da
d
authorization 
mize
mg/kg/d
g/kg/
ars of 
rs of 
7-day
day
application
ass ind
ss ind
zed, p
ed, 
and any
pulse 
pulse
extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 12 of 93
these (n=122), every attempt will be made to enroll a minimum target of 20% (n=25) of subjects 
in each of the 3 age categories: ≥1 month to <6 months, ≥6 months to <1 year, and ≥1 year to 
<2 years.
Every attempt will be made to enroll subjects in the following age categories as detailed below:
x ≥1 month to <6 months of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥6 months to <1 year of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥1 year to <2 years of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥2 years to <4 years of age (≥20 subjects)
Approximately 140 sites are planned in order to recruit the required subjects; additional sites will 
be added if deemed necessary.
The study will be conducted in North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and Latin America with 
possible extension to other countries and regions. A target of approximately 30% of the 
randomized subjects should consist of subjects originating from sites in North America and 
Europe.
Detailed schedules of study procedures and study schematic diagrams are included in Sections 
5.2 and 5.3 of the protocol, respectively.
2.4 
Determination of sample size 
Assuming an effect size of 0.402, in which the effect size was calculated using a placebo-
subtracted difference of -0.249 and a common standard deviation of 0.62 on the log-transformed 
data, the difference of -0.249 on the log-transformed data is equivalent to approximately 22% 
reduction over placebo after exponentiation. With this effect size, power of 80%, and a 2-sided 
test at the 5% level of significance, a sample of 99 subjects in each treatment arm will be needed.
Assuming a responder rate of 20% and 40% for the placebo and LCM groups, respectively, a 
2-sided continuity corrected Chi-square test at a significance level of 5% will provide 
approximately 83% power with 99 subjects in the placebo group and 99 subjects in the LCM 
group. 
Subjects are randomized into the study based on the initial interpretation of the video-EEG to
meet study entry requirements. However, the subsequent detailed assessment of seizure types
and counts needed for the efficacy analyses could lead to a discrepancy in seizure counts (ie, a
subject initially thought to be eligible is later found to have fewer than the required number of
partial-onset seizures during the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG).To account for an
anticipated difference of interpretation of the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG of 5% as well
as the potential subject dropout rate of approximately 14%, the planned number of subjects to
enroll is 122 subjects per treatment arm.
2.4.1 
Blinded sample size re-estimation procedure 
A blinded sample size re-estimation will be performed when 50% of subjects have been 
randomized, completed the study, and have data available for analysis to check the validity of 
these assumptions using interim data from the study. The sample size re-estimation with equal 
allocation in each arm will be performed using the related residual variance combined with 
Guenther adjustment (Friede and Kieser, 2011). An assessment of the observed dropout rate will 
REDACTED 
the eff
the eff
mmon 
mmon
og
og-tran
tran
ntiati
ntiati
COPY 
ize
ize
This document
enrol
enro
2
cannot 
nse
se
pated 
ated 
he po
he po
llll
be 
ally
ally
et se
et se
used
req
e
ded f
ed f
ly th
y th
to
quir
qui
support 
wit
wit
zed in
ed in
any 
hihi-sq
sq
th 99
h 9
marketing
ion. W
ion. W
sample
sampl
% and 4
% and
qua
q
authorization 
fect si
ect si
stand
stand
nsform
sform
W
application 
diagram
diagra
and 
mate
at
s in N
in N
any
Latin
Lati
ely 3
ely 3
extensions 
ditiona
itiona
ini
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 13 of 93
also be made as part of this analysis, and the potential dropout rate of 14% used for calculation 
of the initial sample size will be modified based on the observed rate. Additionally, an 
assessment of the observed difference of End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG interpretation rate 
will be made; the anticipated rate of 5% will be modified based on the observed rate. 
The final sample size will be modified according to the sample size re-estimate and also the 
anticipated dropout rate and anticipated rate of difference of interpretation of the End-of-
Baseline Period video-EEG; however, an upper bound will be applied to reach a maximum 
sample size based on practical and logistical considerations. The initial sample size re-estimate 
using Guenther adjustment will not be adjusted above 109 subjects per treatment arm, the 
original estimated overall study dropout rate will not be adjusted above 24%, and the difference 
of End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG interpretation rate will not be adjusted above 10%.
3 
DATA ANALYSIS CONSIDERATIONS 
3.1 
General presentation of summaries and analyses 
Statistical analysis and generation of tables, figures, subject data listings, and statistical output 
will be performed using SAS Version 9.4 or higher. All tables and listings will use Courier New 
font size 9. 
Descriptive statistics will be displayed to provide an overview of the study results. For 
categorical parameters, the number and percentage of subjects in each category will be 
presented. The denominator for percentages will be based on the number of subjects appropriate 
for the purpose of analysis. Unless otherwise noted, all percentages will be displayed to 1 
decimal place. No percentage will be displayed for zero counts, and no decimal will be presented 
when the percentage is 100%. The denominator for all percentages will be the number of 
subjects in the treatment group within the analysis set of interest, unless otherwise noted.
For continuous parameters, descriptive statistics will include number of subjects (n), mean, 
standard deviation (SD), median, minimum, and maximum.
Decimal places for descriptive statistics will always apply the following rules:
x “n” will be an integer
x Mean, SD, and median will use 1 additional decimal place compared to the original data
x Minimum and maximum will have the same number of decimal places as the original 
data
In general, the maximum number of decimal places reported should be 4 for any summary 
statistics.
Confidence intervals (CIs) will be presented to 1 more decimal place than the original data.
Statistical tests of efficacy variables will be presented as 2-sided p-values rounded to 4 decimal 
places. P-values less than 0.0001 will be presented as “<0.0001” and p-values greater than 
0.9999 will be presented as “>0.9999.” Statistical comparison will be performed at the 0.05 level 
of significance.
REDACTED
ll 
e note
e note
played
ayed
omina
omin
in the
in the
COPY
over
ov
e of su
of su
be b
be b
This document 
Stati
Stat
p
cannot 
,
cs.s.
nfiden
fide
be
the 
the 
used 
m an
an
to 
nd m
nd
support 
eger
ger
d medi
d medi
any
stati
stat
marketing
e ana
ana
ve stati
ve stat
minimu
minim
authorization
ub
based 
ased 
d, all 
d, all 
d for z
d for z
ator fo
ator fo
aly
aly
application
d list
lis
iew of 
ew o
bjects
jects
and
ings, 
ngs, 
stin
stin
any 
yses
yses
extensions
e diff
diff
ve 10%
e 10%
or 
e
fef
variations 
mate
ate 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 14 of 93
A complete set of listings containing all documented data and all calculated data (eg, change 
from Baseline) will be generated, and will be sorted by site, subject number and visit (where 
applicable).
3.2 
General study level definitions 
3.2.1 
Analysis time points 
3.2.1.1 
Last dose of study medication 
Unless otherwise noted, all references to the last dose of study medication in this SAP refer to 
the last dose of study medication taken across all study periods (ie, the last dose of study 
medication across the Titration, Maintenance, Transition and Taper Periods). The last dose of 
study medication during the Treatment Period will be defined as the last dose during the 
Titration and Maintenance Periods. 
3.2.1.2 
Relative day 
Relative day will be calculated as the current date minus the date of first dose of study 
medication plus 1 for days on or after the day of first dose of study medication and prior to or on 
the day of last study medication dose (eg, the day of first dose will be Day 1). For days prior to 
the first dose of study medication (the day prior to first dose will be Day -1), relative day will be 
calculated as the current date minus the date of first dose of study medication. For days after the 
last dose of study medication, relative day will be calculated as the current date minus the date of 
last dose of study medication including a “+” to denote post-treatment days (eg, the day after the 
last dose will be Day +1). Relative day will not be calculated for partial or missing dates. 
3.2.2 
Study periods 
This study consists of the following six periods: Baseline Period, Titration Period, Maintenance 
Period, Transition Period, Taper Period, and Safety Follow-Up Period. Additionally, for analysis 
purposes, the Treatment Period includes Titration and Maintenance Periods. Each period is 
defined in turn as follows for the classification by study period:
Baseline Period
This is defined as the period from the date of Visit 1 (entry to study) to 1 day prior to the date of 
first dose of study medication. In addition, pre-dose scheduled assessments which are performed 
on the date of first dose of study medication will be assigned to the Baseline Period. Any 
unscheduled assessments which are performed prior to the date of first dose of study medication 
will also be assigned to the Baseline Period. 
Titration Period
This is defined as the period of time from the date of first dose of study medication to the last 
Titration Period visit date (Telephone Contact 3 [T3]) for subjects who complete the Titration 
Period, or from the date of first dose of study medication to the date of the Early Termination 
Visit (ETV) for subjects who prematurely discontinue prior to the last Titration Period visit date 
(T3). If a subject does not have a T3/ETV, then either the date of the last scheduled or 
unscheduled visit during the Titration Period or the date of last known dose of study medication, 
if this is after the last scheduled or unscheduled visit date during the Titration Period, will define 
the end date of the Titration Period.
REDACTED 
o d
o d
not be
not be
six p
six p
d
COPY
dose
dose
calcu
calc
deno
den
This document
Titra
itra
Peri
Per
V
cannot 
n Pe
Pe
ot
s is de
is de
atio
ati
be 
as
erio
eri
sed
sessm
sessm
ssign
sign
to
dose
dos
support 
eriod
riod frf
dicatio
dicatio
e o
any marketing 
period
erio
d, and 
d, and
ludes T
udes 
classi
class
authorization 
ulat
lat
ote po
ote po
e calc
 calc
ods
d
application
m
will be 
ill be
will be
will b
of study
f stud
ated a
ed
and
rst d
rst d
medi
medi
any 
dos
do
extensions
y
ast do
st do
ring th
ing th
or 
y 
variations 
er to
r to
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 15 of 93
Maintenance Period
This is defined as the period of time from the day after the end date of the Titration Period (T3) 
to the last Maintenance Period visit date (Visit 6 [Day 27]) for subjects who complete the 
Maintenance Period, or from the day after the end of the Titration Period (T3) to the date of the 
ETV for subjects who prematurely discontinue prior to the last Maintenance Period visit date 
(Visit 6 [Day 27]). If a subject does not have a Visit 6 (Day 27)/ETV, then either the date of the 
last scheduled or unscheduled visit during the Maintenance Period or the date of last known dose 
of study medication, if this is after the last scheduled or unscheduled visit date during the 
Maintenance Period, will define the end date of the Maintenance Period.
Treatment Period
This is defined as the period of time from the date of first dose of study medication to the last 
Treatment Period visit date (Visit 6 [Day 27]) for subjects who complete the Treatment Period, 
or from the date of first dose of study medication to the date of the ETV for subjects who 
prematurely discontinue prior to the last Treatment Period visit date (Visit 6 [Day 27]). If a 
subject does not have a Visit 6 (Day 27)/ETV, then either the date of the last scheduled or 
unscheduled visit during the Treatment Period or the date of last known dose of study 
medication, if this is after the last scheduled or unscheduled visit date during the Treatment 
Period, will define the end date of the Treatment Period.
Transition Period
For those subjects who complete the Maintenance Period and plan to participate in the open-label 
extension study (EP0034), the Transition Period is defined as the date after the end of the 
Maintenance Period (Visit 6 [Day 27]) to the date of Transition Visit 2.
Taper Period
For those subjects who discontinue study medication or for those subjects who complete the 
Maintenance Period but choose not to enter EP0034, the Taper Period is defined as the date after 
the end of the Titration, Maintenance or Transition Period, whichever is later, to the date of the 
Taper Visit.
Safety Follow-Up Period
There will be a 30-day Safety Follow-Up Period for subjects not entering EP0034. The start of 
the Safety Follow-Up Period is defined as the day after the last dose of study medication in 
SP0967 and continues until the date of last telephone contact and/or 30 days after the last dose of 
study medication, whichever is later.
3.2.3 
Mapping of assessments performed at Early Termination Visit 
Efficacy and safety assessments at an ETV that correspond to a scheduled visit will be 
summarized at the scheduled visit corresponding to the ETV if the assessment was scheduled to 
occur at that visit. Such assessments will also be considered for Last Visit.
3.2.4 
Study visit labeling 
Visits will be labeled in table summaries (according to the schedule outlined in Section 5.2 of the 
protocol) as follows:
x “Baseline”
REDACTED
nance
nance
Period
Period
to the
to the
COPY 
od.
od
P
This document
ffi
summ
summ
oc
oc
cannot 
icacy
cacy
be
icatio
icati
used
w-U
ontinu
ntin
to
day 
day
Up
Up
support 
od
p
y Sa
y Sa
any
nanc
nan
marketing 
study m
tudy m
ot to en
ot to e
nce
authorization 
Period
Perio
d is de
is de
e date 
date
application
know
know
isit dat
sit da
and 
Visi
isi
f the l
the 
any
or su
or su
it 6 [
it 6
extensions 
tion to
tion to
Treat
Treat
b
or variations 
dose 
dose 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 16 of 93
x “Visit X (Day X)” for scheduled visits during the Treatment Period
x “Transition Visit X” for scheduled visits during the Transition Period
x “Taper Period”
x “Safety Follow-up Period”
x “Last Visit” (see below in Section 3.2.5 for further information)
Listings will also include “Unscheduled Visit” as applicable.
3.2.5 
Last visit 
The Last Visit for all assessments in the study is the last non-missing assessment during the 
Treatment Period. All scheduled and unscheduled assessments within this time period will be 
considered. Last Visit will be determined separately for each study procedure where Last Visit is 
mentioned within this document. 
3.2.6 
Exposure duration 
The overall duration of LCM exposure for each subject will be calculated as the date of the last 
dose of LCM minus the date of the first dose of LCM plus 1 day. Gaps in treatment or days with
unknown dosing will not be subtracted from the duration of exposure.
3.2.7 
Age, age categorization, age at first diagnosis, epilepsy duration 
For subjects who do not have a full date of birth reported based on region-specific regulations, 
age in years and months will be obtained from the Interactive Voice Response System (IVRS) 
used to randomize subjects. Otherwise, age will be calculated relative to the date of informed 
consent with the following formula:
(Date of informed consent – date of birth) / 365.25.
Age in years and months obtained from the IVRS will be used to derive separately, age in 
months (integer) and age in years (2 decimal places), as follows:
Age (months) = IVRS age (months) + (IVRS age [years] x 12)
Age (years) = IVRS age (years) + (IVRS age [months] / 12)
The age at first diagnosis will be given in years and will be derived applying all rules for missing 
date imputation (see Section 4.2.5) with the following formula: 
(Date of first diagnosis of epilepsy – date of birth) / 365.25.
Epilepsy duration (years) will be calculated as:
(Date of informed consent – date of first diagnosis of epilepsy) / 365.25.
Age group categories are as reported in the eCRF and are as follows:
x ≥1 to <6 months
x ≥6 months to <1 year
x ≥1 to <2 years
x ≥2 to <4 years
REDACTED
rth re
rth r
rom th
rom th
age w
age w
bir
bi
COPY 
ion
o
irst d
rst 
rep
rep
This document
Age 
Age 
cannot
y du
y du
ate of 
te of 
be 
st d
t d
used
(see
(see
diag
diag
to
gnos
gno
S
support
(mo
mo
e (year
e (yea
osis
si
any
rs (2
s (
onth
ont
marketing 
rth) / 3
th) / 3
from t
from
(2 d
(2
authorization 
ia
ported
orted
he Inte
e Inte
will be 
ll be
application
alcula
cul
ay. Gap
y. Ga
f expos
expo
agnos
gnos
and 
lat
lat
any extensions 
during 
uring
period
period
e whe
he
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 17 of 93
3.2.8 
Body Mass Index (BMI) 
BMI will be calculated as follows using height and weight at Visit 1; if weight is missing at Visit 
1 then weight at Visit 2 will be used: 
BMI = weight (kg) / (height [m])2
3.2.9 
Electrographic partial-onset seizures 
Electrographic seizures are defined as recognizable ictal patterns on an EEG involving ≥2
contiguous electrodes. The seizures are initiated as a unilateral or strongly asymmetric abnormal 
epileptiform discharge lasting a total of >10 seconds.
The video-EEG recordings will be evaluated locally by the investigator, sub investigator, or 
qualified designated reader. Subjects who discontinue on or before Day 20 will not require an 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
For the purposes of this SAP, the term electrographic partial-onset seizures will be used to define 
electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical correlate; electrographic and 
electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for subjects aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months, 
and electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for subjects aged >6 months to 
<4 years.
Infants aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months
Partial-onset seizure frequency for infants aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months will be based on 
electrographic seizures. 
The total number of partial-onset seizures is calculated as the total number of type IA/IB 
electrographic seizures plus the total number of type IA/IB electroclinical seizures plus the total
number of type IC seizures.
The total number of seizures is calculated as the total number of partial-onset seizures (as 
defined above) plus the total number of other seizure types reported. 
Infants aged >6 months to <4 years
Partial-onset seizure frequency for infants aged >6 months to <4 years will be based on 
electrographic seizures with an accompanying clinical correlate.
The total number of partial-onset seizures is calculated as the total number of type IA/IB 
electroclinical seizures plus the total number of type IC seizures.
The total number of seizures is calculated as the total number of partial onset seizures (as defined 
above) plus the total number of other seizure types reported. 
Calculation of the End-of-Baseline Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be 
based on the results from a video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every 
attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of interpretable recording) at Visits 2 and 3. The End-of-
Maintenance Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be based on results from a 
video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours 
of interpretable recording) at Visit 6.
REDACTED 
≥
es is ca
s is c
numbe
numb
COPY 
≥1 m
1 m
This document
based
ased
atte
att
cannot
plus 
plus 
culati
culati
d
be
umb
umb
t
used 
of
of
seizu
seizu
to
f pa
f pa
support t
quency
uenc
es with
s with
any 
years
years
a
marketing 
er
ulated 
ulated
ber of
ber o
authorization
month 
onth 
alcula
alcula
r of t
r of 
application
ge
bjects 
jects
and
; ele
ele
ed ≥
d ≥
any
s wi
s w
ectr
ect
extensions 
igator
gator
not re
not re
or variations 
norma
orma
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 18 of 93
3.2.10 
ADF of Electrographic partial-onset seizures 
The ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be calculated as (number of partial-onset 
seizures as recorded on the video-EEG divided by the number of interpretable hours recorded) 
multiplied by 24.
3.2.11 
Absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
The change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures is calculated as the ADF of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG minus the 
ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG.
3.2.12 
Percent change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
The percent change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures is calculated as the ADF of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG minus the 
ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG 
divided by the ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period 
video-EEG and then multiplied by 100. 
3.2.13 
Percent reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
The percent reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures is calculated as the ADF of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG minus the ADF 
of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG divided 
by the ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG 
and then multiplied by 100.
3.2.14 
Response to treatment  
Response to treatment is based on the percent reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures. Subjects who experience 50% or greater reduction in their electrographic partial-onset 
seizures recorded on the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the End-of-
Baseline video-EEG will be considered a responder.
3.2.15 
Seizure-free status 
At least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
is required to determine a subject’s seizure-free status. As above, the term electrographic partial-
onset seizures will be used to define electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical 
correlate; electrographic and electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for subjects 
aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months, and electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for 
subjects aged >6 months to <4 years
All seizures
A subject is considered seizure free from all seizures if the End-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG has 0 (zero) seizures reported, that is, from all seizure types not just partial-onset seizure 
types. 
Partial-onset seizures
A subject is considered seizure free from partial-onset seizures if the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG has 0 (zero) partial-onset seizures reported.  
REDACTED
zure
zure
t
he pe
he pe
COPY
f-f Bas
Ba
End
End-o
es
This document
A su
A su
EE
EE
cannot
age
age
eizur
eizur
an
b
be
onth
nth
ed
ed
used 
ll b
l b
trogra
rogra
h to
h to
to
min
be u
be u
support 
e s
erpreta
rpret
ne a s
ne a s
any
nsid
sid
tatu
tat
marketing
ercent
ercent
0% or g
% or 
Mainten
ainte
dere
der
authorization
f-f M
from 
from
application 
artial
artial-
t seizu
seizu
eline P
eline
Main
Ma
and 
nd
n
any 
od
od
d-of
of-f B
extensions 
as th
as th
deo
eo-EE
E
d v
d v
or 
G.
G.
variations 
s the 
the
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 19 of 93
3.2.16 
Pediatric Quality of Life inventory (PedsQL) 
The PedsQL is a validated instrument that consists of generic core scales suitable for use of 
pediatric population, including those with acute or chronic health conditions. The PedsQL 
Measurement Model consists of developmentally appropriate forms of pediatric subjects 
≥1 month to ≤12 months, ≥13 month to ≤24 months, and >2 years to ≤4 years. For each subject, 
the same version of the PedsQL used at Visit 3 (Baseline) should be maintained for the duration 
of the study.
For versions intended for subjects ≤24 months of age, PedsQL infant scale scores will be 
calculated for each of the following 5 PedsQL scales:
x Physical Functioning
x Physical Symptoms
x Emotional Functioning
x Social Functioning
x Cognitive Functioning
For versions intended for subjects >2 years of age, PedsQL generic core scale scores will be 
calculated for each of the following 4 PedsQL scales:
x Physical Functioning
x Emotional Functioning
x Social Functioning
x School Functioning
The PedsQL assessment is retrospective to the prior one month, and individual items are scored 
using a 5-point Likert scale (0 to 4 representing responses of: never, almost never, sometimes, 
often, or almost always). These scores of 0 to 4 will be transformed by the function: 100 –
(response x 25) in order to generate scores of 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100 where a higher value 
represents a better health-related quality of life (HRQoL).
Each scale score is then calculated as the mean of the non-missing categorized items if 50% or 
more of the items are non-missing.
The above algorithm will also be used to calculate an overall total scale score (all scales), the 
psychosocial health summary score (a combination of the emotional, social, and cognitive 
functioning questions), and the physical health summary score (a combination of the physical 
functioning and physical symptoms questions) for each subject ≤24 months of age, and an 
overall total scale score (all scales), the psychosocial health summary score (a combination of the 
emotional, social, and school functioning questions), and the physical health summary score (the 
physical functioning questions) for each subject >2 years age.
3.2.17 
Hospital stay duration 
The duration of each hospital stays (in days) will be calculated as the discharge date minus the 
admission date (Hospitalization/Emergency Room [ER] Visit Date on the eCRF module) plus 1 
day for hospital stays with a discharge date.
REDACTED COPY 
:
This document 
vere
emot
emot
ph
ph
cannot
ning 
ng 
tionin
ionin
rall 
rall 
be
ial h
ial h
q
used 
a
gorithm
orith
ea
to
are n
re n
support 
gen
en
relate
relate
en cal
en ca
any
sco
sco
nerat
nera
marketing 
tive to 
ive to
4 repre
repr
ore
or
authorization application 
generic
generic
and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 20 of 93
3.3 
Definition of Baseline values 
Unless otherwise specified, Baseline will be defined as the last non-missing value prior to the 
first dose of study medication, including pre-dose scheduled assessments on the date of Visit 3.
For ECGs, Baseline is defined as the average of all interpretable ECG measurements taken prior 
to date of first dose of study medication. If no ECGs are available prior to the first dose of study 
medication, Baseline will not be defined for ECG assessments. 
Baseline assessment of seizure data will be based on seizure data collected at Visits 2 and 3. 
3.4 
Protocol deviations 
Important protocol deviations are deviations from the protocol which potentially could have a 
meaningful impact on either primary efficacy outcome or key safety outcomes for an individual 
subject. The criteria for identifying important protocol deviations and the classification of 
important protocol deviations will be defined separately in an important protocol deviations 
document. To the extent feasible, rules for identifying protocol deviations will be defined 
without review of the data and without consideration of the frequency of occurrence of such 
deviations. Whenever possible, criteria for identifying important protocol deviations will be 
implemented algorithmically to ensure consistency in the classification of important protocol 
deviations across all subjects.
In general, protocol deviations will be considered according to the following general categories:
x Inclusion criteria
x Exclusion criteria
x Withdrawal criteria
x Prohibited concomitant medications
x LCM dosing regimen
x Procedural non-compliance
Important protocol deviations will be reviewed as part of the blinded Data Evaluation Meetings 
(DEMs) prior to unblinding of the database. A list of subjects with important protocol deviations 
will be agreed upon during the DEMs and will be documented in the DEM minutes.
In addition, protocol deviations related to the impact of the global pandemic of novel coronavirus 
(COVID-19) will be identified, reviewed, and agreed upon prior to unblinding of the database.
3.5 
Analysis sets 
3.5.1 
Safety Set 
The Safety Set (SS) will include all randomized subjects who took at least 1 dose of study 
medication. This is the primary analysis set for the safety variables.
3.5.2 
Full Analysis Set 
The primary analysis set for the efficacy data will be the Full Analysis Set (FAS), which will 
include all subjects in the SS.
REDACTED COPY 
d accor
d acco
This document
The 
The 
m
cannot 
.1
be 
9) w
) w
used
otocol
tocol
will
will
to
n du
n du
support 
p
ations w
ions
inding 
nding
urin
uri
any 
iance
iance
marketing 
ations
tions
authorization
rdin
din
application
proto
prot
sificati
ificat
ng t
ng t
and 
ons
ns
cy of 
y of 
any
rotoc
roto
s wi
s w
extensions 
ould h
ould h
for an
for an
ssific
sific
or variations 
3.
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 21 of 93
3.5.3 
Full Analysis Set – Source Data Verified 
The Full Analysis Set-Source Data Verified (FAS-SDV) will include all subjects in the FAS who 
have both their End-of-Baseline Period and End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG eCRF pages 
source data verified using on-site monitoring processes.
3.5.4 
Per Protocol Set 
The secondary analysis set for the efficacy data will be the Per Protocol Set (PPS), which 
includes all subjects in the FAS who did not have important protocol deviations related to 
efficacy.
3.5.5 
Pharmacokinetic Per Protocol Set 
The Pharmacokinetic Per Protocol Set (PK-PPS) will consist of all subjects having provided at 
least 1 measurable post-dose plasma sample (with recorded sampling time) on at least 1 visit 
with documented study medication intake times.
3.6 
Treatment assignment and treatment groups 
At Visit 3, subjects will be randomized in a double-blind manner to 1 of 2 parallel treatment 
arms: LCM or placebo in a 1:1 ratio. Randomization will occur after completion of the End-of-
Baseline video-EEG and after confirmation that the subject has met selection criteria. 
Randomization will be stratified by age category (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to 
<1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age).
Where specified in this SAP, data will be summarized by treatment group (LCM versus placebo).
3.7 
Center pooling strategy 
It is planned to appropriately pool centers by geographical location. The final strategy for 
pooling will be determined at the final DEM prior to unblinding the study. 
3.8 
Age strata pooling strategy 
It may be necessary to appropriately pool randomization age stratification categories for the 
primary efficacy analysis and planned sensitivity analyses. The final strategy for pooling will be 
determined at the final DEM prior to unblinding the study.
3.9 
Coding dictionaries 
Medical history and AEs will be coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
(MedDRA® v16.1). Medications will be coded using the World Health Organization Drug 
Dictionary (WHODD SEP/2013). Medical procedures will not be coded.
3.10 
Changes to protocol-defined analyses 
For sensitivity analyses requiring multiple imputation, missing data multiple imputation will not 
be performed by treatment group and age group (≥1 month to ˂ 6 months of age, ≥6 months to 
˂1 year of age, ≥1 year to ˂2 years of age, and ≥2 years to ˂4 years of age). Multiple imputation 
will instead be performed by treatment group adjusting for age group. 
For analyses of LCM plasma concentrations, in addition to summarizing descriptive statistics as 
described in the protocol, all tabulations will be performed by LCM maintenance dose level and 
separately by LCM maintenance dose level and age group.
REDACTED
mmar
mmar
tegy
tegy
enters
enters
l
COPY
ubjb
1 mo
1 mo
2 year
2 year
This document
For s
or s
be p
be p
˂
cannot 
y y
sen
se
be
v
(WH
(W
sed
y and 
and 
v16.
v16.
to
din
din
suppor
and p
nd p
DEM p
DEM 
ng d
ng
any
riately
riatel
pla
pla
marketing
s by 
by 
l DEM 
DEM
ling s
ing 
authorization
ars to
ars to
rized b
ized b
y
y g
application
to 1 
o 1
r after 
after
has me
has m
nth to 
th to
<
and 
ps
ps
1 o
any extensions 
ing pr
ng pr
n at le
n at le
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 22 of 93
4 
STATISTICAL/ANALYTICAL ISSUES 
4.1 
Adjustments for covariates 
The primary efficacy analysis and planned sensitivity analyses will be adjusted for log-
transformed Baseline seizure ADF, age category (4 age stratification categories, pooled as 
appropriate) and center (appropriately pooled) in the analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) models. 
Other statistical models may be adjusted for covariates, and any such adjustments will be 
described in the context of the analyses performed.
4.2 
Handling of dropouts or missing data 
4.2.1 
Missing data 
No imputation of missing values for analysis parameters is planned unless otherwise noted. 
Imputations for missing or partial values for dates for AEs and medications will be applied to 
determine if an event is to be considered treatment-emergent or concomitant, respectively. 
Across safety and efficacy analysis, only reported data will be used in each analysis time 
interval. 
With respect to AEs, events with missing intensity will be assumed to be severe. Events with 
missing relationship to treatment per the investigator will be assumed to be related. It is not 
expected that events will have missing seriousness, but if they do, seriousness will not be 
imputed and will be left as missing. Incomplete or missing dates for events will be handled as 
described in Section 4.2.2.
4.2.2 
Incomplete dates for adverse events and concomitant medications 
For analyses of AEs and concomitant medication usage, a complete date must be established in 
order to correctly identify the AE or medication as occurring during treatment or not. For 
purposes of imputing missing components of partially-reported start and stop dates for AEs and 
for medication use, the algorithms listed below will be followed. Start and stop dates of AEs or 
medications will be displayed as reported in the subject data listings (ie, no imputed values will 
be displayed in data listings).
x Missing start day, but month and year present: 
If the start of treatment occurred in the same month and year as the occurrence of the 
AE/medication, the start day of the event/medication will be assigned to the day of first 
dose of study medication. Otherwise the start day will be set to the 1st day of the month.
x Missing start day and month, but year present:
If the start of treatment occurred in the same year as the occurrence of the 
AE/medication, the start day and month will be assigned to the date of first dose of study 
medication. Otherwise the start day and month will be set to January 1st.
x Missing end day, but month and year present:
The end day will be set to the last day of the month.
x Missing end day and month, but year present:
REDACTED 
dvers
dvers
medic
medi
med
med
COPY
but if
but i
or mis
r mis
This document cannot 
If th
If th
A
be
ssing
ssing
used 
cati
ati
f study
study
to 
f tr
tion
ion
support 
y, but m
, but 
treatm
reatm
any
s rere
marketing
dicatio
dicati
nents o
nents 
listed 
listed
epor
epo
authorization
sing
sing
se ev
se ev
cation
tion
application 
med to
med t
 assum
assum
f they d
they 
g da
g da
and
eac
ac
any
ant, r
ant, 
ch a
ch
extensions 
erwise
rwise
will b
will b
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 23 of 93
The end day and month will be set to the maximum of the date of study termination or the 
date equivalent to 30 days after last dose of study medication. 
However, if the study termination year and year for the date which is 30 days after last dose of 
study medication are greater than the event/medication year, the day and month are to be set to 
December 31st.
4.2.3 
Definition of concomitant medication in case of missing dates 
With respect to definition of medication as concomitant, the following rule will be applied in 
case of completely missing stop and/or start date information:
Medications with a missing start date whose stop date is either unknown or after the date of the 
first dose of study medication, will be considered as concomitant medication, but not as prior 
medication. Medications with a missing start date whose stop date is prior to the date of first 
dose of study medication will be considered as prior medication, but not as concomitant 
medication. Medications with a missing stop date and a start date prior to the data of last dose of 
study medication will be considered as concomitant medication. 
In subject data listings, dates will be displayed as reported.
4.2.4 
Incomplete dates for the last administration of study medication 
For purposes of imputing missing components of partially reported dates for the last 
administration of study medication, the algorithms listed below will be followed. Stop dates of 
study medication will be displayed as reported in the subject data listings (ie, no imputed values 
will be displayed in data listings).
x Missing last administration day, but month and year present:
The last administration day will be set to the last day of the month or the date of the final 
contact, whichever is earlier in the month.
x Missing last administration day and month, but year present:
The last administration day will be set to the last day of the year or the date of the final 
contact, whichever is earlier in the year.
x Completely missing date of last administration:
For calculating the duration of exposure, if the date of last administration is completely 
missing and no information could be obtained from data cleaning exercises, the date of 
last administration should be imputed as the date of last contact according to the Study 
Termination eCRF module. For all other purposes, no imputation will be done if the date 
of last administration is completely missing.
If a subject died during the study, and the imputed last administration date according to the rules 
above is after the date of death, the last administration date will be assigned to the date of death.
4.2.5 
General imputation rule for incomplete dates 
Where necessary for the calculation of derived variables, partial dates will be completed using 
the earliest calendar date based on the partial date provided. This rule is valid for all partial dates 
with the exception of the following:
REDACTED
d in t
d in 
y, but 
y, but 
will 
will 
COPY
artiall
rtial
ms list
ms list
thth
This document
f a s
a s
abo
abo
cannot 
Term
erm
of l
of l
sub
su
be
adm
adm
mi
mi
used
latin
ati
ng and
g and
mi
mi
to 
ting
ing
support
on
er is ea
r is ea
issing
issin
any 
n day
n day
marketing
be set
be set
in the m
n the 
n day
n day
authorization
ted b
ted b
he sub
e sub
month
mont
application 
ation 
ation
y repo
y repo
bel
b
and any
o the d
the 
extensions
 date 
date
t not a
not a
he dat
e dat
onco
onco
or variations 
in 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 24 of 93
x Start and stop dates of AEs
x Start and stop dates of concomitant medication
x Start and stop dates of study medication
Completely missing dates will not be replaced and the corresponding derived variables will be 
set to missing.
For calculation of date of diagnosis and duration of diagnosis the following rules will be used for 
imputation of incomplete dates:
If the month and year are available, the diagnosis date is imputed as the later of the following 
dates: the first day of the month, the subject’s birthdate, or the date of the first seizure (if 
available). If only a year is available, the later of the following dates will be imputed: January 1st
of the year, the subject’s birthdate, and the date of the first seizure.
4.3 
Interim analyses and data monitoring 
No formal interim analysis for determination of efficacy is planned for this study. To ensure 
subject safety, interim reviews of safety data will be performed using an Independent Data 
Monitoring Committee (IDMC). Serious adverse events and other significant events are 
monitored and will be triaged by the medical monitor and UCB Drug Safety in real time. After 
this triage, events will be passed on to the IDMC as appropriate. In addition, 3 interim reviews of 
safety data by the IDMC are planned when 25%, 50%, and 75% of subjects have been 
randomized and at study completion. Study enrolment will not be halted during planned IDMC 
review of the safety data.  The objective, procedures, and timing of IDMC safety assessments to 
evaluate risk and benefit for subjects in SP0967 will be described in the IDMC Charter.
A blinded sample size re-estimation will be performed when 50% of subjects have been 
randomized, completed the study (including those who discontinued), and have data available for 
analysis to check the validity of the assumptions used for determining the sample size using 
interim data from the study.
4.4 
Multicenter studies 
This is a multicenter study. It is planned to appropriately pool centers by geographic location. 
The final strategy for pooling will be determined at the final DEM prior to unblinding the study.
Treatment by center interactions will not be explored in the analysis, but center (appropriately 
pooled) will be included as a factor in the primary efficacy analysis and planned sensitivity 
analyses.
4.5 
Multiple comparisons/multiplicity 
There will be no adjustment for multiplicity in this study.
4.6 
Use of an efficacy subset of subjects 
The FAS, defined in Section 3.5.2, is the primary analysis set for the efficacy analyses. 
The primary and secondary efficacy analyses will be repeated on the FAS-SDV, defined in 
Section 3.5.3.
REDACTED
,
enrolm
enrolm
proced
roced
n SP09
SP09
will 
will 
COPY 
an
an
s appr
s appr
50%
50%
This document 
her
he
4.6
4.6
cannot 
ere w
re w
be used
enter 
nter
e inc
e inc
to 
or p
ini
support 
er r 
udy. It 
dy. I
pooli
pooli
any 
stu
st
marketing
l be p
be p
cluding
ludin
e assum
 assu
authorization
%, and
%, and
ment w
ment w
dures,
ures,
967 w
67 w
application
using 
using
ther si
her s
UCB D
CB D
opriat
priat
and 
for thi
or thi
any extensions
ollow
llow
zure (i
ure (i
puted
puted
or 
wi
wi
variations 
d for 
d for 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 25 of 93
The primary efficacy analyses will be repeated on the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study for 
the FAS and FAS-SDV. The first 244 subjects enrolled in the study will be determined using the 
date of informed consent. In case of ties, date of randomization will be used.
The PPS is the secondary analysis set for the efficacy analyses.
4.7 
Active-control studies intended to show equivalence 
This section is not applicable for this study.
4.8 
Examination of subgroups 
Age groups as defined in Section 3.2.7 will be used within summaries of disposition, 
demography, exposure and adverse events.
Separate age subgroupings are used for the purpose of PedsQL summaries and are detailed in 
Section 8.3.3.
Descriptive summaries of US and EU primary efficacy endpoints will be provided by age group 
and treatment group.
5 
STUDY POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS 
5.1 
Subject disposition 
The number of subjects screened, and the number and percentage of those subjects who were 
screen failures, broken down by primary reason for screening failure will be presented by age 
group and overall. Screen failures are allowed to be re-screened after consultation with the 
medical monitor. Subjects who are re-screened and subsequently enrolled and randomized are 
not included in screen failure counts. These subjects will be provided in a listing with previous 
subject ID and date of re-screening.  
An overall summary of disposition for the SS will present the number and percentage of subjects 
randomized in the study, subjects completing the study, and subjects discontinuing along with 
the reason for discontinuation by treatment group and overall. This will be repeated by treatment 
group and age group for the SS.
In addition, an overall summary of disposition for the SS, as described above, will be broken 
down by study period (Titration, Maintenance, Transition and Taper Periods), treatment group 
and overall.
The date of first subject in, date of last subject out, number of screened subjects, and the number 
of subjects randomized, number of subjects in each treatment group, and overall, and the number 
of subjects in each analysis set (SS, FAS, FAS-SDV, PPS and PK-PPS), will be summarized 
overall and by investigator site. Subjects who transferred sites will be summarized according to 
their original site.
A summary of discontinuations due to AEs for the SS will present the number and percentage of 
subjects who discontinued this study due to AEs broken down by type of AE.
The number and percentage of subjects screened under each protocol amendment (estimated by 
date of informed consent) will be presented. This will also be presented in the subject data 
listings.
REDACTED 
n fo
n f
ed to b
ed to b
reened
eened
These
These
COPY 
r and p
r and 
for s
for
This document 
heir
eir
A s
A s
cannot
ects i
cts i
all an
all an
r or
r or
be
rand
ran
used 
rst su
st su
d
to 
d
support 
e SS
SS
summa
umm
(Titr
(Titr
any
by tre
by tr
S.
S
marketing 
for the 
or the
comp
comp
ea
authorization
perc
erc
screen
creen
be re
be re
d and 
d and 
subje
subje
application
RISTIC
ISTI
rcent
cen
and 
be e
any 
prov
prov
extensions 
d are d
are d
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 26 of 93
5.2 
Protocol deviations 
Important protocol deviations defined in the important protocol deviations document, and 
additionally identified at the DEMs before unblinding of the database, will be listed. In addition, 
the number and percentage of subjects with at least 1 important protocol deviation will be 
summarized overall and by category of important protocol deviation for the SS. The number and 
percentage of subjects with no important protocol deviations will also be summarized for the SS.
An additional listing of protocol deviations related to the impact of the global pandemic of novel 
coronavirus (COVID-19) will be provided.
6 
DEMOGRAPHICS AND OTHER BASELINE 
CHARACTERISTICS 
6.1 
Demographics 
Demographic variables will be presented by treatment group and overall for the SS and repeated 
by treatment group and age group using the levels defined in Section 3.2.7. The variables to be 
considered are:
x Age (months) and age groups (as defined in Section 3.2.7)
x Age (years) (as defined in Section 3.2.7)
x EudraCT age category (28 days to <24 months, ≥24 months to <12 years)
x Gender
x Weight (kg) at Visit 1, if missing, weight (kg) at Visit 2 
x Height (cm)
x BMI (kg/m2) (as defined in Section 3.2.8)
x Head circumference (cm)
x Racial group (American Indian/Alaskan Native, Asian, Black, Native Hawaiian or Other 
Pacific Islander, White, and Other/Mixed)
x Ethnicity (Hispanic or Latino, and not Hispanic or Latino)
x Region (North America, Latin America, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, 
Asia/Pacific/Other)
x Country (Argentina, Brazil, China, Croatia, Czech Republic, France, Georgia, Greece, 
Hungary, Israel, Italy, Lithuania, Mexico, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Republic of 
Moldova, Republic of Korea/South Korea, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Taiwan, Thailand, 
Ukraine, US)
x Center Pool (as determined at the final DEM prior to unblinding the study)
x Vagus nerve stimulation (VNS) use (Active VNS, No VNS, VNS not active) at Visit 1
6.2 
Medical history and concomitant diseases 
The number and percentage of subjects with a medical history condition (except epilepsy), 
including both resolved and ongoing conditions at the time of study entry, will be summarized 
REDACTED 
g, wei
g, wei
COPY 
onths
onths
This document cannot 
ou
ou
Hun
Hun
M
be 
untry
untr
used
Nort
Nor
Pacific
acifi
to 
rth
rth
support 
ica
ca
White,
White
panic 
panic
any 
an In
an In
marketing 
Section
ectio
authorization
s, ≥2
ight (k
ght (k
application 
2.7)
4 m
4
and
3.2.7
2.7
any
for t
for th
7 T
extensions or variations 
ovel
ovel
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 27 of 93
overall and by MedDRA® primary system organ class (SOC) and preferred term (PT) by 
treatment group for the SS.
Subjects who had any procedures or surgeries prior to study entry will be listed.
6.3 
History of epilepsy 
6.3.1 
History of seizure types 
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing any partial-onset seizures (type I), simple 
partial (type IA), complex partial (type IB), partial evolving to secondary generalized (type IC),  
any generalized seizures (type II), absence (type IIA1), atypical absence (type IIA2), myoclonic 
(type IIB), clonic (type IIC), tonic (type IID), tonic-clonic (type IIE), atonic (type IIF) and any 
unclassified epileptic seizures (type III ) at any time prior to entry into the study will be 
summarized by treatment group for the SS based on the International League Against Epilepsy 
(ILAE) Seizure Classification History eCRF module.
A subject will be classified as having a history of partial-onset seizures if the subject has a 
history of simple partial (type IA), complex partial (type IB), or partial, secondary generalized 
(type IC) seizures. Similarly, a subject will be classified as having a history of generalized 
seizures if the subject has a history of absence (type IIA1), atypical absence (type IIA2), 
myoclonic (type IIB), clonic (type IIC), tonic (type IID), tonic-clonic (type IIE) or atonic (type 
IIF) seizures. A subject will be classified as having a history of unclassified epileptic seizures if 
the subject has a history of type III seizures.  
6.3.2 
History of seizure characteristics 
History of epileptic seizures, including the number and percentage of subjects with a history of 
withdrawal seizures and percentage with a history of status epilepticus will be summarized. In 
addition, quantitative summaries of epilepsy duration and age at diagnosis (as defined in 
Section 3.2.7) will be summarized for the SS.
6.3.3 
Historical seizure count 
The Historical Seizure Count eCRF records the number of seizures per pre-selected ILAE 
seizure code experienced by the subject during the 2 weeks prior to screening visit. These data 
will be provided in a subject data listing.
6.4 
Prior and concomitant medications 
A listing of all medications taken during the study will be presented.
Medications will be attributed to the study periods as defined in Section 3.2.2 based on the start 
date of the medication.
6.4.1 
Number of Previous AEDs 
The number of previous AEDs defined as AEDs taken and stopped >14 days prior to Visit 1 (ie, 
prior to entry into the Baseline Period), and not taken during the course of the study, will be 
summarized by treatment group and overall for the SS based on the following categorization: 0 
AEDS, 1 to 3 AEDs, 4 to 6 AEDs, and ≥7 AEDs.
REDACTED 
cteris
cteris
the nu
the nu
with a
with a
epil
epil
COPY 
D),
D)
g a hist
g a his
This document 
4
The
The
p
cannot
on
f the m
the m
.1
be
ns w
ns w
used 
io
i
l med
l med
to
or a
or a
support 
nt e
t 
 by the
by th
ubject 
ubjec
an
any 
r
eCR
eCR
marketing 
a hihi
lepsy d
epsy 
or the S
r the
re co
re c
authorization 
stics
tics
umber
mber
histo
isto
application
g a h
g a h
ypical a
pical 
nic
nic-clo
cl
ory of
ory o
and 
s ifif
ial, se
al, se
hihi
any 
f the 
f the
extensions
my
IF) an
F) an
will b
will b
Again
Again
or
yocl
ocl
variations 
plele
e IC)
e IC)
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 28 of 93
6.4.2 
AEDs taken prior to the Baseline Period 
The number and percentage of subjects taking AEDs prior to the Baseline Period defined as 
AEDs with a start date prior to the date of informed consent, ie, prior to entry to the Baseline 
Period, excluding previous AEDs, will be summarized by WHODD chemical subgroup (Level 4) 
and preferred drug name, and by treatment group and overall for the SS.
6.4.3 
AEDs taken during the Baseline Period 
The number and percentage of subjects taking AEDs during the Baseline Period defined as 
AEDs with a start date on or after the date of informed consent and prior to the first dose of study 
medication, and AEDs with a start date prior to the date of informed consent and with a stop date 
on or after the start of the Baseline Period, will be summarized by WHODD chemical subgroup 
(Level 4) and preferred drug name, and by treatment group and overall for the SS.
6.4.4 
AEDs taken on day of first dose of study medication 
The number and percentage of subjects taking AEDs on the day of first dose of study 
medication, excluding AEDs taken as rescue medication, will be summarized by treatment group 
and overall for the SS based on the following categorization: 1 AED, 2 AEDs, and 3 AEDs.
The number and percentage of subjects taking AEDs on the day of first dose of study 
medication, excluding AEDs taken as rescue medication, will be summarized by WHODD 
chemical subgroup (Level 4) and preferred drug name, and by treatment group and overall for 
the SS.
6.4.5 
Concomitant AEDs 
The number and percentage of subjects taking concomitant AEDs defined as AEDs taken 
concomitantly for at least one day in common with study medication, including AEDs taken as 
rescue medication, will be summarized by WHODD chemical subgroup (Level 4) and preferred 
drug name, and by treatment group and overall for the SS.
Concomitant AEDs will be defined by a manual review of all unique combinations of ATC 
codes and indications reported in the database to identify medications taken to treat epilepsy.
Vagus nerve stimulation is allowed and will not be counted as a concomitant AED.
6.4.6 
Non-AEDs taken prior to the Baseline Period 
The number and percentage of subjects taking non-AEDs prior to the Baseline Period defined as 
medications with a start date prior to the date of informed consent, ie, prior to entry into the
Baseline Period, will be summarized by WHODD anatomical main group (Level 1) and 
therapeutic subgroup (Level 2), and by treatment group and overall for the SS.
6.4.7 
Non-AEDs taken during the Baseline Period 
The number and percentage of subjects taking non-AEDs during the Baseline Period defined as 
medications with a start date on or after the date of informed consent and prior to the first dose of 
study medication, and medications with a start date prior to the date of informed consent and 
with a stop date on or after the start of the Baseline Period, will be summarized by WHODD 
anatomical main group (Level 1) and therapeutic subgroup (Level 2), and by treatment group and 
overall for the SS.
REDACTED 
s takin
s takin
n com
n com
d
COPY
tion,
tion
ame, a
ame
This document 
The 
The
m
cannot
eutic 
utic 
.7
be
eriod
erio
used
d per
per
with a
with a
to 
A
support 
ed
ed
n is allo
is all
AEDs
AEDs
any
ned
ned
d in th
d in th
marketing
mmon
mon
d by W
by W
and ov
and o
d by
d b
authorization 
and
a
ng con
g co
n w
n w
application 
ED, 2
ED, 
day of f
day of
will be
will b
nd by
d b
and
t d
mmari
mmari
2
any 
dose o
ose o
extensions
h a s
a s
ical su
cal su
SS.
S.
n
or
of
o
sto
sto
variations 
of st
f st
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 29 of 93
6.4.8 
Concomitant Non-AEDs  
The number and percentage of subjects taking concomitant non-AEDs defined as medications 
taken concomitantly for at least one day in common with study medication will be summarized 
by WHODD anatomical main group (Level 1) and therapeutic subgroup (Level 2), and by 
treatment group and overall for the SS.
7 
MEASUREMENTS OF TREATMENT COMPLIANCE 
The total weight of oral solution (mg) will be calculated as:
(Sum of actual weight of used oral solution [g] / 1.1g/mL) x 10mg/mL
Note that the estimated weight of 1mL of oral solution is 1.1g, and the concentration is
10mg/mL.
Where:
Actual weight of oral solution (g) = Total weight of bottles (including adaptors and caps) at 
Dispensation – Total weight of bottles (including adaptors and caps) at Return
The expected weight of oral solution (mg) will be calculated as:
Sum of daily oral solution (mg) for each day in the corresponding time period
Where:
Daily oral solution (mg) = (Morning dose [mg/kg] + Evening dose [mg/kg]) x Baseline weight 
(kg) 
Baseline weight is the most recent IVRS weight reported before a subject is dosed.
Compliance during a time period will be calculated using data from the respective time period 
only as follows:
100 x (Total weight of used oral solution [mg]) / (expected weight of used oral solution [mg])
A subject’s dosing compliance should be within 75 to 125% during each period. Compliance to 
study medication dosing will be calculated for the overall Treatment Period (Titration + 
Maintenance Periods).
Compliance will be summarized separately for the overall Treatment Period for the SS. It will be 
presented using descriptive statistics and additionally using the categorization <75%, ≥75% to 
≤125%, and >125%.
8 
EFFICACY ANALYSES 
The analyses of the primary and secondary efficacy variables are based on the ADF of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures (defined in Sections 3.2.9 and 3.2.10). 
Other efficacy variables include the Clinical Global Impression of Change, the Caregiver’s 
Global Impression of Change, and quality of life assessments (PedsQL and health care resource 
use).
All study efficacy variables will be summarized for the FAS by treatment group unless specified 
otherwise.
REDACTED
g/kg]
g/kg
RS wei
S wei
ll be
ll be
COPY 
rrer
g] +
g] +
This document
lect
ect
Oth
Ot
cannot 
analy
analy
ctro
tro
be used
desc
desc
>125%
125%
to
e sum
 su
cr
support
will be
ill b
umm
um
any 
e shou
e sho
e
marketing
e calcu
e calc
olutio
oluti
authorization 
+ Eve
Eve
ight re
ght re
application 
onding 
nding
and 
ada
d
 at Re
at Re
any 
aptor
aptor
extensions 
on 
on isis
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 30 of 93
8.1 
Statistical analysis of the primary efficacy variable(s) 
8.1.1 
Primary efficacy variable(s) 
The primary and secondary efficacy variables are based on the ADF of partial-onset seizures as 
measured on video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at 
least 48 hours of interpretable recording).
8.1.1.1 
Primary efficacy variable for the US 
For the US, the primary efficacy variable is contingent on the percentage of subjects that 
discontinue from the study after the first dose of study medication but prior to performance of the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG (ie, early discontinuation).
The following variable is considered primary for the US if ≤10% of subjects discontinue early 
from the study:
x The change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures as measured on the End-of-
Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG
If >10% of subjects discontinue early from the study, the following contingency endpoint is 
considered primary for the US (same as the primary efficacy variable for the EU in 
Section 8.1.1.2):
x The proportion of responders, where a responder is a subject experiencing a 50% or 
greater reduction in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures recorded on the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the End-of-Baseline Period 
video-EEG
8.1.1.2 
Primary efficacy variable for the EU 
For the EU, the primary efficacy variable is the proportion of responders, where a responder is a 
subject experiencing a 50% or greater reduction in their ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures recorded on the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG compared to the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG.
8.1.2 
Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variables 
8.1.2.1 
Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the US 
Contingent upon ≤10% of subjects discontinuing early from the study, the primary efficacy 
variable for the US is the change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures during the 
Maintenance Period compared to the end of the Baseline Period.
Seizure ADF will be analyzed using an ANCOVA with terms for treatment, age category (4 age 
stratification categories, pooled as appropriate) and center (pooled appropriately), on log-
transformed seizure ADF using the transformation of ln (X+1), where X is the seizure ADF and 
ln refers to the natural log. Log-transformed Baseline seizure ADF will be used as a covariate.
The seizure ADF between LCM and placebo will be compared using least squares means 
(LSMs). The percent reduction over placebo will be estimated as 100 x (1 – exp [LSMLCM –
LSMplacebo]). The pairwise comparisons of LCM treatment versus placebo for analyzing the 
reduction in seizure frequency described above will be performed at the two-sided 5% level of 
REDACTED 
ogr
og
EG co
EG co
ariabl
ariab
b
COPY 
ponde
pond
grap
rap
This document
rans
ans
ln re
ln re
cannot
e AD
AD
tificat
ficat
sfo
sfo
be
ce P
ce P
used
≤10
1
he US 
e US 
Per
Per
to 
10%
10%
support
analy
analy
ary an
ry an
any
EEG
EEG
marketing 
le 
e
able is t
le is
ter red
er red
Maint
Main
authorization 
er is
r i
phic pa
hic p
ompar
mpa
e for
for
application 
ng co
g co
variable
riabl
is a s
s a
and
line 
ne 
on
on
any
asure
asure
Pe
P
extensions 
scontin
contin
or
nce 
nce
variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 31 of 93
significance. The treatment estimates (LSMeans and 95% CIs) will be back-transformed using 
the exponential function and subtracting 1.
The analysis of this efficacy variable will consist of all subjects in the FAS who have at least 
48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Assumptions for the parametric model described above will be evaluated by diagnostic (eg, 
Shapiro-Wilk test for normality) and graphical methods such as residual plots, including normal 
probability plots, histograms, and plots of residuals versus Baseline covariate values and 
treatment. An assessment will be made with regards to the influence of individual observations 
(eg, extreme outliers) on the analysis. To the extent feasible, such potential influential 
observations will be identified prior to unblinding, and an assessment will be made with regard 
to the potential impact of such data, including the evaluation of alternative statistical 
methodology such as non-parametric methods. If deemed that a non-parametric method is 
warranted, an ANCOVA model on rank of seizure ADF with terms for age group, treatment and 
center (pooled appropriately) will be employed for the primary analysis. Ranked Baseline seizure 
ADF will be used as a covariate. 
Contingent upon >10% of subjects discontinuing early from the study, the primary efficacy 
variable for the US is identical to the primary efficacy variable for the EU, described in 
Section 8.1.1.2.
Whichever of these efficacy variables are not designated as the primary efficacy variable will 
still be summarized as a secondary efficacy variable.
8.1.2.2 
Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the EU 
The primary efficacy variable for the EU is the proportion of responders during the Maintenance 
Period. Subjects with a 50% or more reduction in seizure ADF will be categorized as responders. 
This classification requires at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the End-of-
Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG. Subjects who 
withdraw or drop out before the first 48 hours of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
with reasons related to lack of efficacy will be considered non-responders and will be included in 
the analysis; all other subjects will be missing and will not be included in this analysis.
Subjects with 0 seizures at Baseline will be missing their Percent Change from Baseline. 
Subjects with 0 seizures at Baseline will be considered non-responders.
The proportion of responders between LCM and placebo will be analyzed using logistic 
regression with treatment, age category (4 age stratification categories, pooled as appropriate) 
and center (pooled appropriately) as factors. From this model, odds ratios will be presented along 
with the corresponding 95% CI and p-value. In addition, the number and percentage of subjects 
with a 50% or more reduction in seizure ADF will be presented by treatment group and age 
group.
8.1.3 
Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variables 
For sensitivity analyses that are applied to subjects who discontinued early, the population will 
include all subjects with at least 48 interpretable hours of EEG data at both the End-of-Baseline 
Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, and additionally all subjects 
REDACTED
desi
des
variab
varia
he pr
he pr
e EU
e EU
COPY 
y v
y v
sign
ign
This document
wi
with 
th 
gr
gr
cannot 
n w
n w
enter (
nter 
h the 
h the 
be 
tion
on
with
with
used
seizu
eizu
n of
n of
to
zure
zure
ur
support
k of e
k of 
ubjects
ubject
es a
es
any 
th
he firs
he fir
ef
marketing
U is th
U is th
reducti
reduc
48 hou
48 ho
he En
he E
authorization 
nated 
ated 
able.
ble.
rimar
imar
h
application 
he stud
e stu
able fo
ble f
and
ysis. R
is. R
any 
etr
etr
ge gro
ge gr
R
extensions 
r
ial
ial
ade wi
de wi
atistica
tistic
tric m
ric
or
vati
vati
variations 
rmal
mal
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 32 of 93
with at least 48 interpretable hours of End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and missing status for 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG as a consequence of early discontinuation.
8.1.3.1 
Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variable for the US 
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of modified data cleaning and reconciliation processes, early 
discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on this primary endpoint. All 
sensitivity analyses require at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the End-of-
Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, unless otherwise 
noted. Sensitivity analyses are as follows:
x Repeat the primary analysis for the PPS.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS-SDV.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study for the FAS.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study for the
FAS-SDV.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using the Baseline 
observation-carried-forward approach. This will be applied for all subjects who 
discontinued early from the study. 
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced by the overall mean 
ADF of partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG from the 
subject’s respective treatment group. This will be applied for all subjects who 
discontinued early from the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple 
imputation by treatment group including age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 
months to <1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) and 
other appropriate variables (details in Section 8.1.3.3) using Monotone regression. This 
will be applied for all subjects who discontinued early from the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-
of-Maintenance Period video-EEG (rather than at least 48 hours).
8.1.3.2 
Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variable for the EU 
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of modified data cleaning and reconciliation processes, early 
discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on this primary endpoint. All 
sensitivity analyses require at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the End-of-
Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, unless otherwise 
noted. Sensitivity analyses are as follows:
x Repeat the primary analysis for the PPS.
REDACTED 
FAS, e
FAS, e
riod v
iod v
from t
from 
nt gro
nt gro
COPY 
EG
EG
s will b
s will 
This document
The 
The 
in 
in 
cannot 
f-f M
3.2
.2
f
be
erpre
rpre
Ma
Ma
used 
p
t the p
the p
eta
eta
to
ied 
ied
support
men
men
ar of ag
r of a
ate va
ate va
fo
f
any
enan
enan
nt gr
nt g
marketing
oup. T
oup. T
tudy.
udy.
is for 
s for
authorization 
exce
xcep
ideo
ideo
he En
he En
application 
ng ADF
g AD
ill be r
l be 
be app
e app
and
in th
in th
any
e stu
e st
he
h
extensions 
d
or variations 
of
of-f
wise 
wise 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 33 of 93
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS-SDV.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study for the FAS.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study for the
FAS-SDV.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except subjects who discontinued from the 
study prior to performance of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG with reasons
related to lack of efficacy will still be considered non-responders, and subjects who 
discontinued from the study early for any other reason will be considered responders
instead of missing.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except all subjects who discontinued from the
study early will be considered non-responders.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple 
imputation by treatment group, including age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 
months to <1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) and 
other appropriate variables (details provided in Section 8.1.3.3) using Monotone 
regression. This will be applied for all subjects who discontinued from the study early, 
and the imputed End-of-Maintenance Period ADF of partial-onset seizures will be used to 
determine whether a subject is a responder.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of
interpretable recordings during both the end of Baseline Period video-EEG and the end of
Maintenance Period video-EEG (rather than 48 hours). Noting that subjects who 
withdraw or drop out before the first 24 hours of the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG with reasons related to lack of efficacy will be considered non-responders and 
will be included in the analysis; all other subjects will be missing and will not be included 
in this analysis.
8.1.3.3 
Multiple imputation 
Imputation Step
Multiple imputation using monotone regression (assuming a missing at random pattern) will be 
used to impute missing ADF of partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG. Note that the multiple imputation will be done on log-transformed ADF of partial-
onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, using the transformation of ln 
(X+1), where X is the seizure ADF and ln refers to the natural log. 
Multiple imputation will be performed by treatment group. All subjects eligible for the analysis 
will be included: observed values will be included where available and imputations only 
performed for missing values. The missing ADF of partial-onset seizures from the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG in each dataset (ie, missing values for subjects who 
dropped out prior to completion of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG but who have 
available data from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG) will be imputed using monotone 
regression, with a total of 100 sets of imputations being performed. Age group and center (each 
pooled as appropriate), and seizure ADF from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG (similarly 
de
FAS f
FAS f
both th
both th
G (ra
(ra
the 
the 
COPY
ts w
s w
d AD
d A
er.r.
This document
will b
will 
pe
pe
cannot
u
wher
wher
ltiple
tiple
be
N
ures f
ures 
used
missi
miss
Note t
ote 
to
n us
n us
suppor
mpu
mpu
sini
any 
uta
uta
marketing
ath
first 2
first 2
ted to l
ed to 
alysis; a
ysis
authorization 
DF
for al
for al
he end
e end
her t
her t
application
d ≥2 y
d ≥2 y
n 8.1.3
8.1.
o disco
disc
F of
of p
and
ced 
ed 
nth to
th to
any
partia
arti
usi
us
extensions 
inued 
nued 
o
ders
der
variations 
s
rs
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 34 of 93
log-transformed) will be included in the imputation model. This will be done using SAS PROC 
MI. If the resulting multiple imputation model produces warnings or errors, then center (pooled 
appropriately) will not be included in the imputation model.
For the US analysis, the resulting imputed values will be used in the ANCOVA. For the EU 
analysis, the resulting imputed values will be back-transformed prior to being dichotomized into 
responder status for the logistic regression analysis. 
For derivation of the EU primary efficacy variable (responder status), the log-transformed End-
of-Maintenance Period seizure ADF values in the imputed datasets will be back-transformed to 
seizure ADF values and compared to the observed End-of-Baseline Period seizure ADF values to 
determine if a reduction of at least 50% in ADF of partial-onset seizures was achieved. 
Consequently, imputed datasets will include observed and imputed values for log-transformed 
seizure ADF at End-of-Maintenance (for US primary efficacy sensitivity analysis), and observed 
and imputed responder status at End-of-Maintenance (for EU primary efficacy sensitivity 
analysis).
Analysis Step – US Primary Efficacy Variable
End-of-Maintenance Period seizure ADF will be analyzed for each imputed dataset using an 
ANCOVA with terms for treatment, age category (4 age stratification categories, pooled as 
appropriate) and center (pooled appropriately), on log-transformed seizure ADF. 
Log-transformed Baseline seizure ADF will be used as a covariate. The results from each of the 
imputed datasets will be combined for overall inference using Rubin’s rules, which account for 
the uncertainty associated with the imputed values (Rubin, 1987). This will be done using SAS 
PROC MIANALYZE.
Analysis Step – EU Primary Efficacy Variable
The proportion of responders between LCM and placebo will be analyzed for each imputed 
dataset using logistic regression with treatment, age category (4 age stratification categories, 
pooled as appropriate) and center (pooled appropriately) as factors. The results from each of the 
imputed datasets will be combined for overall inference using Rubin’s rules, which account for 
the uncertainty associated with the imputed values (Rubin, 1987). This will be done using SAS 
PROC MIANALYZE.
8.2 
Statistical analysis of the secondary efficacy variables 
The analyses of the secondary efficacy variables are based on the percent and absolute change in 
ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from baseline (defined in Sections 3.2.10 and 
3.2.15) and will be analyzed for the FAS unless otherwise noted; in addition, they will be 
analyzed for the FAS-SDV for sensitivity purposes.
8.2.1 
Percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures 
A summary of the ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (defined in Section 3.2.10) from 
the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be 
presented by treatment group for the FAS and the PPS and by age group for the FAS.
The summary of the ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will also be presented by 
treatment group on all subjects who have at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both 
REDACTED
infe
inf
value
value
y Vari
y Var
RE
COPY
og
og-tra
tr
ed as
ed a
fere
fere
This document 
2.
2
cannot 
and 
nd 
zed fo
ed fo
.1
be
ctro
tro
d wi
d wi
used 
of the 
f the 
ogr
ogr
to
tist
tis
support
with 
with
stic
ti
any 
r (
r 
bined 
ined
th
marketing
riabl
ab
g
n LCM
n LCM
ith trea
th tre
(poo
(po
authorization 
a c
a c
ence u
nce u
es (Ru
s (Ru
blele
application 
ach im
ach im
tificati
tifica
nsform
sform
cova
cov
and any 
acy
ac
extensions 
F
ed.
ed.
g-tran
tran
ysis), 
ysis),
cy s
y s
or
val
val
variations 
nd-
ed to
ed to
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 35 of 93
the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG for the 
FAS, the FAS-SDV, the PPS, and for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study for the FAS and
for the FAS-SDV.
A summary of the percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
(defined in Sections 3.2.11 and 3.2.12) will be presented by treatment group for the FAS.
The summary (absolute, percent and absolute change) of the ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures will also be presented on all subjects who have at least 48 hours of interpretable 
recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance 
Period video-EEG.
8.2.2 
Proportion of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, 50% to ≤75%, 
or >75% reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, ≥50 to ≤75%, or >75% 
reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period video-
EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be presented by treatment group. These 
classifications require at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the End-of-
Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Percent reduction will be calculated as defined in Section 3.2.13.
8.2.3 
Proportion of subjects experiencing no change in ADF of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures (between <25% reduction and 
<25% increase)  
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing no change in ADF of partial-onset seizures 
(between <25% reduction and <25% increase) from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to 
the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be presented by treatment group. This 
classification requires at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the End-of-
Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Percent reduction/increase will be calculated as defined in Section 3.2.13.
8.2.4 
Proportion of subjects experiencing an increase in ADF of 
electrographic partial-onset seizures of ≥25% 
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing an increase in ADF of partial-onset seizures 
of ≥25% from the end-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the end-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG will be presented by treatment group. This classification requires at least 48 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-
Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Percent increase will be calculated as defined in Section 3.2.13.
8.2.5 
Proportion of subjects who achieved seizure-free status 
For subjects who completed at least 48 hours of interpretable video-EEG recording during the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, the number and percentage of subjects who achieved 
“seizure-free” status from all seizure types, and from partial-onset seizure types only (defined in 
REDACTED 
eri
er
nset s
set s
cts exp
cts exp
% inc
% inc
COPY
ection
ectio
rien
ien
This document
Perce
Perc
8
cannot
b
etable
table
ntena
tena
be
m
be pr
be pr
used
d per
per
m the 
the
to 
ctro
tro
support 
will
will
rtion o
tion
ogra
ogr
any
the
th
l b
l b
marketing 
pe
p
crease
crease
o-EEG
EEG
hours o
ours
e E
e
uthorization 
ncing 
cing 
seizu
eizu
erien
rien
application 
ted
ngs dur
gs du
iod vid
iod vi
n 3.2.1
3.2.
and
d-of
of
d by
d by
any
50 to 
50 to
f B
extensions 
na
50% t
0% t
onset
nset
or 
nce
nce
variations 
nset 
nset 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 36 of 93
Section 3.2.15) will be tabulated and presented by treatment group for the FAS, the FAS-SDV, 
and the PPS.
8.3 
Analysis of other efficacy variable(s) 
The following efficacy variables will be summarized for the FAS.
8.3.1 
Clinical Global Impression of Change 
The Clinical Global Impression of Change is a 7-point categorical rating scale in which the 
investigator assesses the subject’s clinical status compared to Baseline, including an evaluation 
of seizure frequency and intensity, the occurrence of AEs, and a subject’s functional status. This 
will be assessed at Visit 6 or at ETV in case of early termination.
The number and percentage of subjects with each Clinical Global Impression of Change value 
will be summarized at Visit 6 by treatment group. The denominator for the percentage 
calculation will be based on the number of subjects with non-missing values. In addition, the 3 
improvement values (Very much improved, Much improved, and Minimally improved) grouped 
as “Improved” and the 3 worsening values (Minimally worse, Much worse, and Very much 
worse) grouped as “Worsened”, together with the “No change” group will be summarized at 
Visit 6 by treatment group. The denominator for the percentage calculation will be based on the 
number of subjects with non-missing values.
Clinical Global Impression of Change data will be listed.
8.3.2 
Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change 
The Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change is a 7-point categorical rating scale in which the 
caregiver assesses the subject’s clinical status compared to Baseline, including an evaluation of 
seizure frequency and intensity, the occurrence of AEs, and subject’s functional status. This will 
be assessed at Visit 6 or at ETV in case of early termination.
The number and percentage of subjects by Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change value will 
be summarized at Visit 6 by treatment group. The denominator for the percentage calculation 
will be based on the number of subjects with non-missing values. In addition, the 3 improvement 
values (Very much improved, Much improved, and Minimally improved) grouped as 
“Improved” and the 3 worsening values (Minimally worse, Much worse, and Very much worse) 
grouped as “Worsened”, together with the “No change” group will be summarized at Visit 6 by 
treatment group. The denominator for the percentage calculation will be based on the number of 
subjects with non-missing values.
Caregiver’s Global Impression of Change data will be listed.
8.3.3 
Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) 
The PedsQL is a validated instrument that consists of generic core scales suitable for use with 
pediatric populations, including those with acute or chronic health conditions. The PedsQL will
be administered only in countries where a translated version is available and will be completed at 
Visit 3, Visit 6, and at ETV in case of early termination. The version of the PedsQL used at 
Visit 3 should be consistent with the subject’s age at Visit 3, and should be maintained for each 
subject for the duration of the study. Section 3.2.16 details how the scores for the core domains 
are calculated.
REDACTED
ssio
ssio
hange 
hange
al statu
al statu
occur
occur
COPY 
e liste
e list
n
This document
The P
he 
ped
ped
b
cannot 
r s
Pe
P
be 
s Gl
s Gl
used
. The
The
non
non-
to 
ned
ed
e d
e
support 
r o
oved, M
ved, 
worsen
worse
d” t
any
atm
atm
f sub
f sub
marketing
rrenc
renc
se of ea
e of e
bjects b
jects
men
men
authorization 
ed.d.
n of C
of C
is a 7
is a 7
us com
s com
ce
application
roup 
roup
ge calcu
e calc
and 
ma
m
wors
wors
any
es. I
es. 
ally 
ally
extensions 
a
f Chan
Chan
ercent
ercent
In
I
or
tus. 
us.
variations 
ation
ation
T
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 37 of 93
The PedsQL completed at Visit 3 will be considered Baseline as it is expected that this will be 
completed prior to the first dose of study medication. 
8.3.3.1 
Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) Ages 1-12 Months 
The multidimensional PedsQL 1-12 months generic core scales encompass the following core 
domains for pediatric HRQoL measurement: Physical Functioning, Physical Symptoms, 
Emotional Functioning, Social Functioning, and Cognitive Functioning.
Calculated values and changes from Baseline for the total scale score (all scales), the 
psychosocial health summary score, the physical health summary score and each of the 5 scale 
scores will be summarized for each visit, as appropriate, by treatment group. A change from 
Baseline will only be calculated if the same version of the PedsQL was completed at Baseline 
and at the corresponding post-Baseline visit.
All PedsQL 1-12 months data will be listed.
8.3.3.2 
Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) Ages 13-24 Months 
The multidimensional PedsQL 13-24 months generic core scales encompass the following core 
domains for pediatric HRQoL measurement: Physical Functioning, Physical Symptoms, 
Emotional Functioning, Social Functioning, and Cognitive Functioning.
Calculated values and changes from Baseline for the total scale score (all scales), the 
psychosocial health summary score, the physical health summary score and each of the 5 scale 
scores will be summarized for each visit, as appropriate, by treatment group. A change from 
Baseline will only be calculated if the same version of the PedsQL was completed at Baseline 
and at the corresponding post-Baseline visit.
All PedsQL 13-24 months data will be listed.
8.3.3.3 
Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) Ages 2-4 years 
The multidimensional PedsQL 2-4 years generic core scales encompass the following core 
domains for pediatric HRQoL measurement: Physical Functioning, Emotional Functioning, 
Social Functioning, and School Functioning.
Calculated values and changes from Baseline for the total scale score (all scales), the 
psychosocial health summary score, the physical health summary score and each of the 4 scale 
scores will be summarized for each visit, as appropriate, by treatment group. A change from 
Baseline will only be calculated if the same version of the PedsQL was completed at Baseline 
and at the corresponding post-Baseline visit.
All PedsQL 2-4 years data will be listed.
8.3.4 
Concomitant medical procedures 
Subjects who had any concomitant medical procedures during the course of the study based on 
the Concomitant Medical Procedures eCRF will be listed. These will be attributed to the 
Baseline Period and Treatment Period based on the date of the procedure. Any partial dates 
reported for dates of the procedures will be imputed as described in Section 4.2.5.
Additionally, subjects who had any procedures or surgeries prior to study entry based on the 
Procedure History eCRF will also be listed.
REDACTED
ppro
ppro
e vers
e vers
visit.
isit.
be lis
be lis
COPY
e tot
e tota
healt
healt
opr
This document 
Subj
Subj
tht
cannot
dsQL
sQL
.4
be
corre
corre
used
mm
mm
only b
nly b
esp
esp
to 
su
mar
mar
support
hool
oo
change
hang
umm
umm
any
meas
mea
ol F
ol F
marketing 
ted.
ed.
f Life 
f Life
4 year
4 yea
authorization
th su
th su
priate, 
riate, 
sion of
on o
application
nc
ng, Ph
ng, P
unction
unctio
l scale
scal
um
and 
es
es
comp
omp
any 
s 13
s 13
extensions
ge fr
e fr
at Ba
at Ba
or
 sc
 s
from
rom
variations 
scal
cal
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 38 of 93
The number of concomitant medical procedures per subject will be summarized by treatment 
group for the Baseline Period and the Treatment Period, separately. The number of concomitant 
medical procedures per subject will also be summarized using the categories 0, 1, 2, and 3 or 
more.
8.3.5 
Healthcare provider consultations 
Healthcare provider consultations not foreseen by the protocol will be attributed to the Baseline 
Period and Treatment Period based on the date of the consultation. Any partial dates reported for 
dates of the consultations will be imputed as described in Section 4.2.5.
The number of healthcare provider consultations per subject during the Baseline Period and 
during the Treatment Period will be summarized, separately, by treatment group. The number of 
healthcare provider consultations will also be summarized using the categories 0, 1, 2, and 3 or 
more.
The number of healthcare provider consultations during the Baseline Period and during the 
Treatment Period will be summarized, separately, by type of provider (General Practitioner, 
Specialist Physician, Nurse, or Other) and treatment group. Percentages will be relative to the 
number of healthcare provider consultations during the Baseline Period and during the Treatment 
Period, respectively.
All healthcare provider consultations data will be listed.
8.3.6 
Hospital stays and ER visits 
Hospital stays and ER visits will be attributed to the Baseline Period and Treatment Period based 
on admission date. Any partial dates reported for admission dates will be imputed as described in 
Section 4.2.5.
The number of hospital stays per subject during the Baseline Period and during the Treatment 
Period will be summarized, separately, by treatment group. The number of hospital stays will 
also be summarized using the categories 0, 1, 2, and 3 or more. The number and percentage of 
subjects with specific reasons for hospital stays will be summarized for the duration of the 
Baseline Period and for the duration of the Treatment Period, separately, by treatment group.
Duration of hospital stays (as defined in Section 3.2.17) during the Baseline Period and during 
the Treatment Period will be summarized, separately, by treatment group. Duration of hospital 
stays will also be categorized as 0 days, 1-5 days, 6-10 days, 11-15 days, and >15 days, and 
summarized for the duration of the Baseline Period and the duration of the Treatment Period, 
separately, by treatment group.
An event logged on the Hospitalization/ER Visit eCRF module where ER is marked as initial 
entry point will be defined as an ER visit. An ER visit with a subject transfer to an inpatient 
general ward will also be counted as a hospitalization. However, all other instances of ER visits 
(where subject transfer is not to an inpatient general ward) will not be counted as 
hospitalizations. Descriptive statistics for the number of ER stays for the duration of the Baseline 
Period and for the duration of the Treatment Period will be presented, separately, by treatment 
group. The number of ER visits will be tabulated using the categories 0, 1, 2, and 3 or more, and 
summarized by treatment group for the duration of the Baseline Period and for the duration of 
the Treatment Period. The number and percentage of subjects with specific reasons for ER visits 
REDACTED 
s
ted to
ted to
ported 
ported
j
COPY 
isted.
isted.
This document
gene
ene
(wh
(wh
h
cannot
ent log
nt lo
ry poin
y poin
era
be
by t
by 
used
e cat
cat
or the
or the
t
to
od w
od w
ateg
ateg
support
e dur
dur
tays (as
ays (a
will 
wil
any
for ho
for h
rat
marketing 
ect dur
ct du
ely, by
ly, b
egorie
gori
authorization 
o the B
the B
d for a
for a
application 
ntag
e Perio
Perio
and
r (Ge
(Ge
ges 
ges
any
iod an
iod a
ene
extensions
od a
od a
The nu
he nu
0, 1, 2
0, 1, 2
or 
and
an
variations 
d for 
for 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 39 of 93
will be summarized for the duration of the Baseline Period and for the duration of the Treatment 
Period, separately, by treatment group.
Hospitalizations with either a partial admission or discharge date are ignored for the calculation 
of duration of hospital stay. However, such hospitalizations are counted for the number of 
hospital stays. Subjects with no hospital stays within a study period will have a duration of 0 
days for that period. Should distinct records for hospital stays overlap, then the days during the 
overlap will only be counted once. Similarly, this also applies for ER visits.
All hospitalization and ER data will be listed.
9 
PHARMACOKINETICS AND PHARMACODYNAMICS  
9.1 
Descriptive statistics of LCM plasma concentrations 
The results of LCM plasma concentrations will be summarized using all reported decimal places 
and displayed to the same number of places as they are recorded in the database. Descriptive 
statistics will include number of subjects (n), number of subjects with plasma levels above lower 
limit of quantification (LOQ), arithmetic mean, SD, coefficient of variation (CV[%]), geometric 
mean, geometric CV(%), median, minimum, and maximum. The maximum number will be 
reported to 4 decimal places for any summary statistics. The CV(%) and geometric CV(%) will 
be presented with 1 decimal place.
Summary statistics will only be calculated if at least 2/3 of data are above the lower LOQ. 
Values which are less than the lower LOQ will be set to LOQ/2 for the determination of all 
summary statistics.
Summary tables of LCM plasma concentrations will be presented by treatment group, visit
including the Last Visit, and time point for the PK-PPS. Summaries will also be performed by 
LCM maintenance dose level and repeated by LCM maintenance dose level and age group.
A listing of LCM plasma concentrations by age group will be presented. In addition, and as 
appropriate, listings of concomitant AED plasma concentrations and last intake of concomitant 
AEDs prior to blood sampling by age group will be presented.
9.2 
Population pharmacokinetics 
A population PK analysis will be performed in NONMEM. The data will be added to data from 
other studies; methods will be described in a DAP (Data Analysis Plan) and the results will be
reported separately from SP0967.
10 
SAFETY ANALYSES 
All safety variables will be analyzed using descriptive methods on the SS.
10.1 
Extent of exposure 
The overall duration of study medication exposure (defined in Section 3.2.6) during each of the 
Titration Period, Maintenance Period, and Treatment Periods will be calculated, as follows:
Titration Period: date of last dose of study medication during the Titration Period minus the date 
of first dose of study medication plus 1.
REDACTED
l be
l be
ntratio
ntratio
oint
oint fo
fo
pea
pe
COPY 
east 2/
ast 2/
e se
e s
This document 
0.1
0.
Th
Th
cannot 
afety v
fety v
1
be used 
tho
ho
ately 
ately 
S
to
aly
ods 
ods
support 
g
tion p
ion 
ysis w
ysis w
any 
tan
tan
g by a
by a
marketing 
r thth
ated by
ated by
ations 
ation
nt A
nt A
authorization
/3 of
3 of
et to L
t to 
ons w
ns w
he
he
application
e max
max
CV(%)
CV(%
f da
f da
and
plas
la
ariati
riati
i
any
tabas
aba
asma
sm
extensions 
S
ns
orted 
rted 
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 40 of 93
Maintenance Period: date of last dose of study medication during the Maintenance Period minus 
the date of first dose of study medication during the Maintenance Period plus 1.
Treatment Period: date of last dose of study medication during the entire Treatment Period minus 
the date of first dose of study medication plus 1.
The overall duration of study medication exposure will be summarized for each of the study 
periods defined above by treatment group, and repeated by treatment group and age group, using 
the levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
The median total daily dose (mg/kg/day) during the Titration Period, Maintenance Period, and 
Treatment Period will be summarized by treatment group, and repeated by treatment group and 
age group, using the levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
In addition, for the Titration Period, the number of back titration steps for each subject 
(categorized as: 0, 1, 2, and 3 or more), and the number of subjects with a dose change together 
with the number of dose changes during the interval by dose back titration occurred (categorized 
as: <4mg/kg/day, ≥4-<6mg/kg/day, ≥6-<8mg/kg/day, ≥8-<10mg/kg/day, ≥10-≤12mg/kg/day, 
and >12mg/kg/day) will be summarized by treatment group, and repeated by treatment group and 
age group using the levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
10.2 
Adverse events 
Adverse events will be tabulated by MedDRA system organ class (SOC) and MedDRA preferred 
term (PT). The number and percentage of subjects experiencing each event at least once will be 
summarized. All summaries will be sorted alphabetically by SOC and by frequency of events 
within PTs, starting with the most frequent event overall.
Adverse events will be classified as pre-treatment, treatment-emergent, or post-treatment. Pre-
treatment AEs are defined as AEs which had an onset date prior to the first dose of study 
medication.
Treatment-emergent AEs (TEAEs) will be defined as those events that start on or after the date 
of first study medication administration and within 30 days following the date of final study 
medication administration, or whose severity worsens within this time frame.
Post-treatment AEs are defined as AEs which had an onset date more than 30 days after the last 
dose of study medication.
All AEs reported during the study including pre-treatment and post-treatment AEs will be 
provided in a subject data listing.
An overall summary of AEs during the Treatment Period will provide the overall summary of 
TEAEs and the numbers and percentages of subjects with at least 1 TEAE, with a serious TEAE, 
with a drug-related TEAE, with a severe TEAE, and with a drug-related serious TEAE. The 
number and percentage of subject discontinuations due to TEAEs, and the number and 
percentage of subjects with AEs leading to death and with TEAEs leading to death (if 
applicable), during the Treatment Period, will also be summarized. The overall summary of AEs 
during the Treatment Period will be repeated by treatment group and age group using the levels
defined in Section 3.2.7.
In addition, an overall summary of AEs during the Titration, Maintenance, Transition, Taper, and 
Safety Follow-Up Periods, and overall, separately, will be presented for each treatment group.
REDACTED 
ects
ect
alphab
alphab
nt eve
nt eve
pre
pre-tre
tr
hich
hic
COPY 
stem o
stem 
ts ex
ts e
This document 
ithth
numb
numb
pe
pe
annot
rall s
all s
Es an
s an
h a d
h a d
be 
a s
su
su
used
ed du
d du
subj
subj
to
cati
cati
support
, or w
or w
re defin
e defi
ion.
ion
any 
Es)s
nistra
nistr
wh
marketing 
eatat
ch had 
h had 
s) wil
) w
authorization
orga
rga
xperie
xperi
betical
etical
ent ov
ent ov
tme
me
application 
epe
pe
gan c
an
and
day, ≥
ay, 
eate
eate
any 
os
n occ
n occ
≥1
≥
extensions
grou
grou
h subj
subj
se c
se c
or
d, a
d, 
oup
up
variations 
ng
ng
and
and
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 41 of 93
The following summaries of AEs will be provided for each treatment group by MedDRA 
primary SOC and PT:
x Incidence of TEAEs during the Treatment Period
x Incidence of serious TEAEs during the Treatment Period
x Incidence of TEAEs leading to discontinuation of study medication during the Treatment 
Period
All three of these summaries will then be repeated by treatment group and age group using the 
levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
The incidence of TEAEs during the Titration, Maintenance, Transition, Taper, and Safety 
Follow-Up Periods, and overall, separately, will also be presented for each treatment group by 
MedDRA primary SOC and PT.
The incidence of drug-related TEAEs by seriousness (yes or no) during the Treatment Period 
will be presented for each treatment group by MedDRA primary SOC and PT.
The incidence of TEAEs during the Treatment Period by dose at onset (Placebo,  ≥2-
<4mg/kg/day, ≥4-<6mg/kg/day, ≥6-<8mg/kg/day, ≥8-<10mg/kg/day, ≥10 -≤12mg/kg/day, and 
>12mg/kg/day) will be presented for each treatment group by MedDRA primary SOC and PT, 
and will be repeated by treatment group and age group using the levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
The incidence of non-serious TEAEs occurring in more than 5% of subjects in any treatment 
group will be summarized for each treatment group by MedDRA primary SOC and PT, and will 
be repeated by treatment group and age group using the levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
Other significant TEAEs during the Treatment Period, defined in Appendix 12 (Section 12.2),
will be summarized for each treatment group by MedDRA primary SOC and PT. In addition, 
potential drug induced liver injury (PDILI) related TEAEs, defined in Appendix 12 (Section 
12.3) will be presented by SOC and PT. 
In addition, summaries, by treatment group, for the incidence of TEAEs overall, and the 
incidence of serious TEAEs, incidence of TEAEs leading to discontinuation of study medication, 
and incidence of other significant TEAEs, during the Treatment Period, will be repeated
presenting the site and subject number of all those subjects experiencing each TEAE as well as in 
subject data listings.
Additional subject data listings will be presented for PDILI-related TEAEs, deaths, and 
coronavirus-related AEs.
10.3 
Clinical laboratory evaluations 
Hematology and blood chemistry (including liver function tests) parameters are assessed 
throughout the study from Visit 1, Visit 5, Visit 6, and at ETV in case of early termination, and 
may also be assessed at unscheduled visits. For reporting purposes ETVs are mapped to the next 
scheduled visit. Laboratory parameters will also be assessed during the Transition Period, Taper 
Period, and at the Safety Follow-Up Visit, as appropriate.
All summaries of laboratory parameters will only summarize parameters planned based on the 
protocol. However, both planned and unplanned laboratory parameters will be provided in 
subject data listings.
REDACTED 
g in
g in
nt grou
nt grou
group u
roup 
Treatm
Treatm
ent g
ent g
COPY 
rou
o
oup u
oup u
n m
n m
This document 
em
em
throu
throu
m
annot 
mato
mato
be
s-rel
re
used 
gs
gs
bject 
bject 
l
to 
s.s
support
Es, in
s, in
signific
gnifi
d subj
d sub
any
atmen
atme
nci
marketing 
me
me
group 
group 
PDILI)
DILI
nd PT.
nd PT
authorization 
more th
ore th
up by 
up by
using
using
ent P
nt P
application
onset
onse
kg/day
kg/day
by Med
y Me
sing th
ing t
and
C and
and
et
any 
he Tre
he Tr
d P
d
extensions 
d Safet
Safe
tment 
tment
or 
g
variations 
g the
the
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 42 of 93
Observed values of laboratory parameters and change from Baseline will be summarized by 
treatment group for all post-Baseline visits, and Last Visit.
A shift table that cross-tabulates Baseline versus maximum result during the Treatment Period in 
categories of <1 x ULN (upper limit of normal), 1 to <2 x ULN, 2 to <3 x ULN, ≥3 x ULN, and 
missing will be presented for liver function tests which include ALT, AST, GGT, Total 
Bilirubin, and Alkaline Phosphatase.
Treatment-emergent markedly abnormal (TEMA) values are defined as those TEMA values 
which occur during the study at scheduled or unscheduled visits on or after the first study 
medication administration through to the end of the study but were normal at Baseline.
The number and percentage of subjects with a TEMA value, TEMA low value, and TEMA high 
value will be summarized for each treatment group at each post-Baseline visit and Last Visit. 
Percentages will be relative to the number of subjects with a value at each visit. Criteria for 
determining if a value is TEMA are detailed in Appendix 12.1.
All hematology and blood chemistry data will be listed.
PDILI criteria as outlined in the protocol, will be checked at all laboratory assessments. The 
number and percentage of subjects meeting PDILI criteria (ie, ALT criteria and/or AST criteria 
and/or total bilirubin criteria, and/or presence of symptoms), will be presented by treatment 
group. Percentages will be based on the number of subjects with a non-missing measurement for 
the variable of interest at the relevant visit.
10.4 
Vital signs, physical findings and other observations related to 
safety 
10.4.1 
Vital signs 
Vital signs (systolic BP [SBP], diastolic BP [DBP], and pulse rate) will be assessed after at least 
3 minutes at rest in a supine position throughout the study at all visits except Visit 3, at the ETV 
in case of early termination, and at unscheduled visits. Vital signs will also be assessed during 
the Transition Period, Taper Period, and at the Safety Follow-Up Visit, as appropriate.
Assessment of orthostatic changes will also be performed as follows: After the 3 minute 
measurement in supine position, the subject is asked to stand up, and SBP, DBP and pulse rate 
are taken approximately 1 minute and approximately 3 minutes after the subject stands up as 
feasible.
Body weight will be assessed throughout the study at all visits except Visit 3, at the ETV in case 
of early termination, and at unscheduled visits. Body weight will also be assessed during the 
Transition Period, Taper Period, and at the Safety Follow-Up Visit.
Height and head circumference will be assessed at Visit 1, Visit 6, and at ETV in case of early 
termination. BMI will subsequently be calculated at these visits.
Observed values of SBP, DBP, pulse rate, body weight, height, BMI, and head circumference 
will be summarized by treatment group for Baseline, and for each visit and Last Visit. Change 
from Baseline for SBP, DBP, pulse rate, body weight, height, BMI and head circumference will 
be summarized by treatment group for all post-Baseline visits, and Last Visit, as appropriate.
REDACTED 
nding
nding
l
COPY 
ptoto
subjec
subje
This document 
eig
ei
term
term
O
cannot 
erm
er
ition P
tion P
ght 
ght 
be 
ht w
t w
rmin
rmin
used 
will
ill
to
matel
ate
support 
c chan
cha
e posit
e posi
ly 1
ly
any 
ata
Period
eriod
marketing 
lic BP 
lic BP
on thro
n thro
at uns
t un
authorization 
gs an
gs a
application
abora
bor
ALT c
ALT 
), will b
, will
cts wit
ts wi
and 
at
any extensions 
d TEM
d TEM
nd La
nd La
sit. Cr
it. Cr
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 43 of 93
Orthostatic changes of SBP, DBP, and pulse rate will be summarized by treatment group for 
each visit and Last Visit.
Markedly abnormal (MA) values are defined as those MA values which occur during the defined 
Treatment Period at scheduled or unscheduled visits on or after the first study medication 
administration through to the end of the Treatment Period.
The number and percentage of subjects with a MA value, MA low value, and MA high value, at 
each post-Baseline visit up to Visit 6, for which SBP, DBP, pulse rate, and body weight were 
scheduled to be assessed, and Last Visit, will be presented. Percentages will be relative to the 
number of subjects with a value at each visit.
The abnormal vital sign criteria are defined as follows: 
Table 10‒1: Vital signs abnormality criteria 
Parameter
Age Range
Abnormality Criteria
Pulse Rate (beats/minute)
<6m
<100
>180
6m - <3y
<90
>150
3y - 4y
<60
>130
Systolic Blood Pressure (mmHg)
<6m
<60
>100
6m - <3y
<70
>120
3y – 4y
<80
>140
Diastolic Blood Pressure (mmHg)
<6m
<40
>65
6m - <3y
<45
>75
3y – 4y
<50
>80
Body Weight 
1m – 4y
<3% or >97% of the normal body 
weight growth curve rangesa based on 
gender and the age of subject on date 
of weight assessment
Abbreviations: m=months, y=years. A month is defined as 28 days; a year is defined as 365.25 days. 
a Source: http//www.cdc.gov/growthcharts/.
A subject data listing of all vital signs for subjects with an AE mapped to the PT bradycardia will 
be presented.
REDACTED 
<6m
<6m
ED
DA
COPY 
PY
This document 
m
canno
ody W
dy W
not 
no be used to support
mmHg
mmH
t any 
a
marketing
6m
6m
tin
authorization 
za
a
application 
0
>150
>150
on
<
pp
a
and any
Crite
Crite
an extensions 
ex
or variations 
at t 
e
the
the
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 44 of 93
A subject data listing of all vital signs values including body weight, height, BMI, and head 
circumference for all subjects will be presented. A separate listing including MA vital signs will 
also be presented.
10.4.2 
Electrocardiograms  
Standard 12-lead ECGs (2 interpretable recordings [approximately 20 to 30 minutes apart]) will 
be performed at Visit 1, Visit 3, Visit 5, Visit 6, and at ETV in case of early termination. 
Standard 12-lead ECGs will also be performed at Visit 2 of the Transition Period, at the Taper 
Period, and at the Safety Follow-Up Visit, as appropriate.
Electrocardiograms will be reviewed locally and at a central ECG laboratory. The Investigator 
will determine whether the results of the ECG are normal or abnormal and assess the clinical 
significance of any abnormalities.
For ECGs, Baseline will be defined as the average of all pre-dose interpretable readings for 
tables presenting change from Baseline of all numerical parameters (Heart rate, QTc, QTcB, PR, 
and QRS). For all post-Baseline visits, the average of all interpretable readings at the specified 
visit will be used for summaries.
Observed values of ECG results will be summarized at Baseline, and for each visit and Last 
Visit. Change from Baseline in ECG results will be summarized for all post-Baseline visits and 
Last Visit by treatment group, and will be repeated by treatment group and age group using the 
levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
The number and percentage of subjects with no abnormality, an abnormal but not clinically 
significant finding, and a clinically significant finding, as assessed by the investigator, will be 
summarized at Baseline and at each post-Baseline of the Treatment Period as scheduled, and 
Last Visit, by treatment group. Percentages will be relative to the number of subjects with an 
ECG assessment at each time point. Subjects are counted at most once at each visit based on the 
worst observed outcome across all abnormalities reported at that visit. For this summary Baseline 
is defined as the worst assessment for ECGs taken before the first dose. 
Summaries of shifts from Baseline to post-Baseline visits, and from Baseline to Last Visit, will 
also be provided by treatment group based on the categories normal, abnormal, not clinically 
significant, and abnormal, clinically significant. For this summary Baseline is defined as the last 
pre-dose ECG result.  In addition, the number and percentage of subjects with a normal finding 
at Baseline, and an abnormal, not clinically significant finding or an abnormal, clinically 
significant finding, at any post-Baseline visit during the study will be presented by treatment 
group and overall. Subjects will be counted at most once based on the worst observed outcome 
across all abnormalities reported at all post-Baseline visits during the study. For this summary 
Baseline is defined as the last pre-dose ECG result.
A listing of ECG data will be provided for all subjects with other significant TEAEs in the 
Cardiac and ECG Related Terms category defined in Appendix 12 (Section 12.2). A subject data 
listing of all ECG parameter values for all subjects will also be presented. Listings will include 
results from each recording and the average of all recordings.
The number and percentage of subjects with treatment-emergent ECG abnormalities will be 
presented by visit and treatment group. Abnormalities reported at an unscheduled visit will be 
summarized under the scheduled visit preceding the unscheduled visit (if the abnormality was 
REDACTED 
h no ab
h no ab
ficant 
ficant 
ost
ost-Ba
Ba
entag
entag
COPY 
um
by tre
by tr
This document
A lis
lis
Ca
Ca
cannot
all ab
ll ab
eline i
line i
ti
be
over
over
used
an a
an a
ding,
ding,
to
lt.  I
lt.  
ab
support 
ase
as
ment g
ment
mal, cl
mal, c
In a
In
any 
ntnt
eline
elin
marketing
ges w
ges w
Subject
Subjec
abnorm
abnor
t for 
for
authorization 
bnorm
bnorm
findin
findi
aseline
seline
i
application 
ne, and
e, an
rized f
ized 
atmen
atme
and
e read
rea
any
rt rate
rt rat
din
di
extensions
vesti
est
he cli
he cli
ble re
le re
or 
tiga
ig
variations 
er 
er 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 45 of 93
not present already at the preceding scheduled visit). Treatment-emergent is defined as meeting 
the criteria at any post-Baseline visit during the Treatment Period (including unscheduled visits) 
and not meeting the same criteria during Baseline. All ECG parameter values will be listed for 
subjects meeting any abnormality criteria.
Abnormality criteria to be used in the determination of ECG abnormalities are defined as 
follows, where increase and decrease are relative to Baseline values:
Table 10‒2: ECG abnormality criteria 
Parameter
Age Range
Abnormality Criteria
QT interval (ms)
1m - 4y
≥500
QTc(F) (ms)
<6m
>490, or >15% increase from Baseline
6m - <3y
>440, or >15% increase from Baseline
3y – 4y
>440, or >15% increase from Baseline
QTc(B) (ms)
<6m
>490, or >15% increase from Baseline
6m - <3y
>450, or >15% increase from Baseline
3y – 4y
>450, or >15% increase from Baseline
PR interval (ms) 
<6m
>150, or ≥25% increase from Baseline
6m - <3y
>170, or ≥25% increase from Baseline
3y – 4y
>180, or ≥25% increase from Baseline
QRS interval (ms) 
<6m
>90, or ≥25% increase from Baseline
6m - <3y
>90, or ≥25% increase from Baseline
3y – 4y
>100, or ≥25% increase from Baseline
Heart rate (bpm)
<6m
<100, >180
6m - <3y
<90, >150
3y – 4y
<50, >120
Abbreviations: bpm=beats per minute; m=months; ms=milliseconds; QTc=corrected QT interval;
A subject data listing will be provided that identifies subjects with abnormal findings as assessed 
by the investigator/cardiologist after the first dose of study medication for each type of ECG 
abnormality.
10.4.3 
Physical examination  
10.4.3.1 
Complete physical examination 
A complete physical examination will be performed at Visit 1 and Visit 6, and at ETV in case of 
early termination. A complete physical examination will also be performed at Transition Visit 2 
and at the Safety Follow-Up Visit, as appropriate.
The complete physical examination completed at Visit 1 will be considered Baseline.
REDACTE
4y
4y
ED 
y
ED
<6m
<6m
AC
6
RE
R
COPY 
>
PY
PY
PY
PY
PY
CO
This document 
0.4
0.4
A 
A
cannot 
lity
it
3
4 3
4 3
be 
tig
y.y.
used
listing
isting
gato
gato
to
eats p
eats 
support 
sup
per
pe
any marketing 
m 
m - <3
<3
g
3y 
3y 
ket
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
authorization 
>15
1
>
on
ati
iza
th
application 
>15% 
>15%
n
0, or >1
 or >
at
50, o
50,
pp
and 
cr
% incr
inc
d any 
ease 
ease 
y extensions 
om Ba
m Ba
io
e from
from
te
or 
o variations 
va
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 46 of 93
The complete physical examination will include cardiac and respiratory function via 
auscultation, temperature measurement, and review of all body systems.
Clinically significant physical examination findings subsequent to Visit 1 will be reported as 
AEs. 
10.4.3.2 
Brief physical examination 
A brief physical examination will be performed at Visit 2, Visit 4, Visit 5, and Visit 6. A brief 
physical examination will also be performed at Transition Visit 1 and at the Taper Visit, as 
appropriate.
The brief physical examination will include a review of the following body systems:
x Cardiovascular
x Pulmonary
x Abdominal (hepato-gastrointestinal)
x Dermatologic
Clinically significant physical examination findings subsequent to Visit 1 will be reported as 
AEs.
10.4.4 
Neurological examination  
10.4.4.1 
Complete neurological examination 
A complete neurological examination will be performed at Visit 1, Visit 6, and at ETV in case of 
early termination. A complete neurological examination will also be performed at Transition 
Visit 2 and at the Safety Follow-Up Visit, as appropriate.
The complete neurological examination completed at Visit 1 will be considered Baseline.
The complete neurological examination will include selected assessment of: general neurological 
status (level of consciousness, mental status, speech), cranial nerves, reflexes, motor system 
(general motor status, muscle strength, muscle tone), coordination/cerebellar function and 
sensation.
For each neurological assessment, the number and percentage of subjects with a normal 
assessment at Baseline, and an abnormal, not clinically significant or an abnormal, clinically 
significant assessment at any post-Baseline visit during the study for that specific assessment 
will be presented by treatment group and overall. Subjects will be counted at most once based on 
the worst observed outcome across all abnormalities reported at all post-Baseline visits during 
the study for that specific assessment.
A listing of neurological examination findings from the complete neurological examination will
also be provided.
Clinically significant neurological findings subsequent to Visit 1 will be reported as AEs.
10.4.4.2 
Brief neurological examination 
A brief neurological examination will be performed at Visit 2, Visit 4, Visit 5, and Visit 6. A 
brief physical examination will also be performed at Transition Visit 1 and at the Taper Visit, as 
appropriate.
REDACTED
ami
ami
l be pe
be pe
gical e
gical e
Visit,
Visit,
COPY 
ina
ina
This document
A lis
lis
also
also
cannot
t ob
ob
udy fo
udy fo
istin
stin
be
sente
nt
bse
bs
used 
seli
el
essme
essme
ted
ted
to
al 
line
line
support
cle s
le s
 asse
asse
any
ment
en
stre
str
marketing
, as a
as 
ion com
on co
nation
natio
t
authorization 
ation
ation
erform
erform
exami
xami
ap
ap
application 
nt to Vi
to V
and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 47 of 93
The brief neurological examination will include selected assessment of: general neurological 
status, reflexes, muscle strength, and coordination/cerebella function.
A listing of neurological examination findings from the brief neurological examination will also 
be provided. No summaries of the brief neurological examination findings are planned.
Clinically significant neurological findings subsequent to Visit 1 will be reported as AEs.
10.4.5 
Vagus nerve stimulation 
Vagus nerve stimulation (VNS) status is recorded at all visits except Visit 3, at ETV in case of 
early termination, and at unscheduled visits, only for subjects with an implanted VNS device. 
Vagus nerve stimulation status will also be assessed during the Transition Period, Taper Period, 
and at the Safety Follow-Up Visit, as appropriate, only for subjects with an implanted device.
A listing of VNS status will be provided only for those subjects with an implanted device. No 
summaries of VNS data are planned.
10.4.6 
Achenbach Child Behavior Checklist 
 
The CBCL/1½-5 comprises 100 questions with the response options of:
0=not true (as far as known)
1=somewhat of sometimes true
2=very true or often true
The CBCL/1½-5 will be grouped according to syndrome scales in Table 10‒3.
REDACTED 
th
COPY 
he re
he re
Y
This docu
cument cannot be used to support any marketing 
cordin
cordi
ma
authorization
espon
espon
application
on 
atio
plica
and 
a
any extensions
aper P
aper 
anted d
nted 
anted 
nted
or
evic
vic
variations 
se of 
e of 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 48 of 93
 
.
If data are missing for more than 8 questions, not including question 100, then the syndrome 
scales will not be included in the analysis.
A Baseline assessment of the Achenbach CBCL will be performed at Visit 3; however, due to 
the short study duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be collected for subjects entering 
into the EP0034 study. Thus, the analysis of these data will be conducted in EP0034.
The Baseline Achenbach CBCL assessment results will be listed for the individual subjects.
10.4.7 
BRIEF-P assessment 
The BRIEF-P form comprises 63 questions with entry options N (never: scored as 1 point), S 
(sometimes: scored as 2 points), and O (often: scored as 3 points).
The 3 subscale scores and 5 individual component scores that make up these subscale scores are 
outlined in Table 10‒4.
 
CTED 
en
REDACT
COP
nt sc
nt sc
Y
OPY 
This docum
ument cannot be used to support any marketing 
horization 
cores t
ores t
autho
application 
nev
s).
s).
plica
app
and 
ver: 
ver:
any
ny extensions
ubjec
bje
exte
e
or 
ects
ct
variations 
ng
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 49 of 93
If at least one question is missing in a subscale score, then that subscale score will be excluded 
from the analysis. Similarly, the GEC score and the index score containing that subscale score 
will also be excluded from the analysis.
A Baseline assessment of the BRIEF-P will be performed at Visit 3; however, due to the short 
study duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be collected in subjects entering into the 
EP0034 study. Thus, the analysis of these data will be conducted in EP0034.
The Baseline BRIEF-P assessment results will be listed for the individual subjects.
10.4.8 
Bayley-III Scales 
A Baseline assessment of the Bayley-III scales will be performed; however, due to the short 
study duration of SP0967, the next assessment will be collected in subjects entering into the 
EP0034 study. Thus, the analysis of these data will be conducted in EP0034.
The Baseline Bayley-III sum of the scaled scores entered on the eCRF module will be listed for 
individual subjects.
REDACTED 
scales
scales
sessme
sessme
these
thes
D COPY 
Y
OPY
CO
This document cannot be used to support any marketing
e dat
e dat
caled 
caled
authorizatio
s will 
 will 
ent w
nt w
t
n
tion application
ion 
catio
plica
app
and 
d
and
a
any 
any extensions
ons 
nsio
xten
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 50 of 93
11 
REFERENCES 
Friede T, Kieser M. Blinded sample size recalculation for clinical trials with normal data and 
baseline adjusted analysis. Pharm Stat. 2011;10:8-13.
Rubin D.B. 1987. Multiple Imputation for Nonresponse in Surveys. New York: John Wiley and Sons.
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 51 of 93
12 
APPENDICES 
12.1 
Marked abnormality criteria for laboratory data 
12.1.1 
Marked abnormality criteria for hematology data 
Table 12‒1: Hematology abnormality criteria 
Parameter
Age Range
Unit 
(conventional)
Abnormality  
criteria 
(conventional 
unit)
Unit 
(standard)
Abnormality 
criteria 
(standard 
unit)
Hematocrit
<2y
%
≤27
>45
%
≤27
>45
2y - 4y
%
≤29
>47
%
≤29
>47
Hemoglobin
<2y
g/dL
≤9.0
>15.0
g/L
≤90
>150
2y - 4y
g/dL
≤9.5
>16.0
g/L
≤95
>160
WBC/ 
Leukocytes
All
109/L
≤3.0
≥16.0
G/L
≤3.0
≥16.0
Lymphocytes 
Absolute
<2y
109/L
<1.0
>9.8
G/L
<1.0
>9.8
2y – 4y
109/L
<0.7
>6.9
G/L
<0.7
>6.9
Basophils
>1m
%
≥5.0
%
≥5.0
Basophils 
Absolute
>1m
109/L
≥0.4
G/L
≥0.4
Eosinophils
>1m
%
≥10
%
≥10
Eosinophils 
Absolute
>1m
109/L
≥1.0
G/L
≥1.0
Monocytes
>1m
%
≥20.0
%
≥20.0
Monocytes 
Absolute
>1m
109/L
≥2.0
G/L
≥2.0
Neutrophils 
Absolute
>1m
109/L
<1.5
G/L
<1.5
Platelets
>1m
109/L
≤100
≥600
G/L
≤100
≥600
<2y
1012/L
<3.0
T/L
<3.0
CT
R
COPY 
5
>16.0
>16.0
≤
CO
C
This document
Ab
Ab
Ne
Ne
nt 
m
canno
nocyte
ocyte
bsolu
solu
ot 
tes
es
ot be 
e used
>1
>1
se
to 
m
to support 
up
any 
%
ny
an m
%
marketing 
/L
ng
m
authorization 
3.0.0
≥16
≥16
n
o
hor
o
application 
g
io
at
and 
g/L
/L
nd any extensions
unit)
it)
≤2
≤2
ns
ns
ex
or
nda
nda
)
variations 
ality
ality
a 
ard
ar
on thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 52 of 93
Table 12‒1: Hematology abnormality criteria 
Parameter
Age Range
Unit 
(conventional)
Abnormality  
criteria 
(conventional 
unit)
Unit 
(standard)
Abnormality 
criteria 
(standard 
unit)
RBC/ 
Erythrocytes
≥2y
1012/L
<3.5
T/L
<3.5
Abbreviations: ANC=absolute neutrophil count; m=months, y= years. A month is defined as 28 days; a year is 
defined as 365.25 days.
 
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application and any extensions or 
ar i
r 
variations 
ns
ns
ns
va
ns
is 
is
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 53 of 93
12.1.2 
Marked abnormality criteria for chemistry data 
Table 12‒2: Chemistry abnormality criteria  
Parameter
Age Range
Unit 
(conventional)
Abnormality  
criteria 
(conventional 
unit)
Unit 
(standard)
Abnormality 
criteria 
(standard 
unit)
AST (SGOT)
All
U/L
≥3.0 x ULN
≥5.0 x ULN
≥10.0 x ULN
U/L
≥3.0 x ULN
≥5.0 x ULN
≥10.0 x ULN
ALT (SGPT)
All
U/L
≥3.0 x ULN
≥5.0 x ULN
≥10.0 x ULN
U/L
≥3.0 x ULN
≥5.0 x ULN
≥10.0 x ULN
Alkaline 
Phosphatase
<4y
U/L
≥690
U/L
≥690
4y
ı834
ı834
GGT
<6m
U/L
≥522
U/L
≥522
6m - <1y
U/L
≥279
U/L
≥279
1y - 4y
U/L
≥66
U/L
≥66
Total Bilirubin
>1m
mg/dL
≥2.0
umol/L
≥34.208
Total Protein
2m-<1y
g/dL
<3.0
>11.9
g/L
<30
>119
1y - 4y
g/dL
<4.3
>12.0
g/L
<43
>120
Albumin
<1y
g/dL
<1.6
>7.2
g/L
<16
>72
≥1y - 4y
g/dL
<2.4
>8.4
g/L
<24
>84
BUN
<1y
mg/dL
≥24
mmol/L
≥8.568
1y - 4y
mg/dL
≥36
mmol/L
≥12.852
Urea
<1y
mg/dL
>42
mmol/L
>7.014
≥1y
mg/dL
>60
mmol/L
>10.02
Creatinine
1y - 4y
mg/dL
>1.2
umol/L
>106.8
Creatinine 
Clearancea b
All
mL/min
<50
mL/s
<0.835
REDACTED 
ED
dL
CT
dL
dL
ED
COPY 
≥522
≥522
Y
≥2
≥
O
C
This document 
m
cannot 
ea
ea
nn
be used 
se
us
to 
1y 
1y -
support t
4y
4
su
any 
ny
a
marketing 
g/dL
g/dL
ark
authorization 
279
279
n
≥66
≥6
at
o
ho
a
application 
oio
pl
a
and 
/L
any 
an extensions
≥10.0
≥10.
≥
io
ns
or
0 x U
x U
variations 
ns
ULN
ULN
U
iat
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 54 of 93
Table 12‒2: Chemistry abnormality criteria  
Parameter
Age Range
Unit 
(conventional)
Abnormality  
criteria 
(conventional 
unit)
Unit 
(standard)
Abnormality 
criteria 
(standard 
unit)
Bicarbonate
>1m - 4y
mEq/L
<15
>38
mmol/L
<15
>38
Calcium
<1y
mg/dL
<6.9
>12.2
mmol/L
<1.725
>3.05
1y - 4y
mg/dL
<7.4
>11.7
mmol/L
<1.85
>2.925
Chloride
>1m
mEq/L
≤90
≥112
mmol/L
≤90
≥112
Phosphorous
<1y
mg/dL
<1.8
>8.2
mmol/L
<0.5814
>2.6486
1y - 4y
mg/dL
<1.8
>7.4
mmol/L
<0.5814
>2.3902
Potassium
<1y
mEq/L
≤3.0
≥6.5
mmol/L
≤3.0
≥6.5
≥1y
mEq/L
≤3.0
≥6.0
mmol/L
≤3.0
≥6.0
Sodium
>1m
mEq/L
<127
>151
mmol/L
<127
>151
Glucose
>1m - 4y
mg/dL
<50
≥180
mmol/L
<2.775
≥9.99
Total 
Cholesterol
≥1y
mg/dL
>250
mmol/L
>6.475
LDL 
(calculated)
1y – 4y
mg/dL
>140
mmol/L
>3.626
HDL
≤2y
mg/dL
<10
mmol/L
<0.259
>2y
mg/dL
<20
mmol/L
<0.518
Triglycerides
<1y
mg/dL
>750
mmol/L
>8.475
≥1y
mg/dL
>300
mmol/L
>3.39
Uric Acid
<1y
mg/dL
>7.7
umol/L
>457.996
1y - 4y
mg/dL
>6.5
umol/L
>386.62
REDACTED 
q/L
q/L
AC
COPY 
1.8
1.8
>7.4
>7.
C
This document
Trig
Trig
m
cannot 
ca
be 
be used 
1y
1y
d
se
to 
t
support 
pp
any y
ny marketing 
mEq/L
Eq/L
eti
authorization 
≤3.0
≤3.0
≥6
ion
o
th
application 
mm
m
io
lic
and 
an
any 
L
extensions
>3.05
>3.0
<
io
ns
e
or 
25
25
variations 
ns
ns
ns
ns
va
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 55 of 93
Table 12‒2: Chemistry abnormality criteria  
Parameter
Age Range
Unit 
(conventional)
Abnormality  
criteria 
(conventional 
unit)
Unit 
(standard)
Abnormality 
criteria 
(standard 
unit)
Thyroxine (T4)
<1y
ug/dL
≤4.3
≥18.4
nmol/L
≤55.3453
≥236.8264
≥1y
ug/dL
≤3.8
≥13.5
nmol/L
≤48.9098
≥173.7585
Globulin
<1y
g/dL
<1.0
>4.5
g/L
<10
>45
≥1y
g/dL 
<1.2
>5.3
g/L
<12
>53
Abbreviations: ALT=alanine aminotransferase; AST=aspartate aminotransferase; BUN=blood urea nitrogen; 
dL=deciliter; GGT=gamma-glutamyl transferase; HDL=high density lipoprotein; LDL=low density lipoprotein; 
L=liter; m=months (a month is defined as 28 days) mg=milligram; mmol=millimoles; μg=microgram; U=unit; 
ULN=upper limit of normal; y=years (a year is defined as 365.25 days)
a Schwartz equation (subjects <12): Cr Cl ml/min=[Height (cm) * 0.55] / serum creatinine
b Cockroft equation (subjects >12): Male: Cr Cl ml/min=[(140-age) x body weight (kg)] / (72 x serum creatinine); 
Female: Cr Cl ml/min=[(140-age) x body weight (kg)] / (72 x serum creatinine)] x 0.85
REDACTED
] / (7
] / (
COPY 
.25 
.25
m) * 0
m) * 0
(140
140-a
72
72
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization
ge) x 
e) x
x seru
x seru
application
se; B
e; B
protein; 
rotein
ol=milli
ol=mil
ys)
55] / s
55] / s
bo
b
and 
an
BU
BU
any extensions
≥173
173
<
io
ns
e
or
909
909
variations 
ns
264
64
ns
ns
ns
98
va
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 56 of 93
12.2 
Other Significant TEAEs 
MedDRA Preferred Term
CARDIAC AND ECG RELATED TERMS
Atrioventricular block third degree             
Atrioventricular block second degree
Bradyarrhythmia
Bradycardia
Cardiac pacemaker insertion
Atrial fibrillation
Atrial flutter
Sinus bradycardia
Ventricular tachycardia
Ventricular fibrillation
Heart Rate decreased
Sick sinus syndrome
Atrial conduction time prolongation
Atrioventricular dissociation
Conduction disorder
Cardiac fibrillation
Cardiac flutter
Sinus arrest
Torsade de pointes
Ventricular asystole
Ventricular flutter
REDACTED 
ation
tion
TE
creas
creas
DA
COPY 
CO
This document 
nt cannot 
nn
be 
be used 
ed to support 
Atriove
Atriov
rt
C
up
any 
condu
condu
marketing 
sed
sed
yndrom
yndro
et
m
authorization 
n
iz
au
application 
n
lic
and any 
a
extensions 
io
xt
or r variations 
ari
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 57 of 93
MedDRA Preferred Term
Ventricular tachyarrhythmia
Implantable defibrillator insertion
SUICIDALITY RELATED TERMS
Completed suicide
Depression suicidal
Suicidal behaviour
Suicidal ideation
Suicide attempt
Intentional self-injury
Self-injurious behaviour
Self-injurious ideation
Intentional overdose
Multiple drug overdose intentional
Poisoning deliberate
ADDITIONAL TERMS
Loss of consciousness
Syncope
Appetite disorder
Decreased appetite
Diet refusal
Hypophagia
Food aversion
Abnormal behaviour
REDACTED 
ose
ose
CT
ov
ov
ED
COPY 
Y
CO
This document 
nt cannot t
an
be 
b
used 
se
to support 
Loss 
Loss
or
s
any y marketing 
verdose
rdose
deliber
delibe
ke
authorization 
on
ori
a
application 
on
pli
and 
d any extensions 
si
ex
or 
o variations 
iriri
ari
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 58 of 93
12.3 
List of AEs for Potentially Drug Induced Liver Injury (PDILI) 
MedDRA Preferred Term for PDILI
Acute hepatic failure
Alanine aminotransferase increased
Allergic hepatitis
Aspartate aminotransferase increased
Asterixis
Blood bilirubin abnormal
Blood bilirubin increased
Cholestasis
Cholestatic liver injury
Cholestatic pruritus
Chronic hepatitis
Coma hepatic
Cryptogenic cirrhosis
Drug-induced liver injury
Hepatic cirrhosis
Hepatic encephalopathy
Hepatic failure
Hepatic infiltration eosinophilic
Hepatic necrosis
Hepatic steatosis
Hepatitis
Hepatitis acute
REDACTED 
ED
DA
COPY 
OP
This document 
He
He
nt
m
canno
epatic 
patic 
not 
infi
infi
no be 
filtr
filt
e used 
e
d
u
to 
athy
athy
t
support t
hy
pp
any 
a
marketing 
tin
ma
authorization 
za
ut
application 
n
ica
a
and 
a
any 
an extensions 
ion
xt
or r variations 
io
ati
v
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 59 of 93
MedDRA Preferred Term for PDILI
Hepatitis cholestatic
Hepatitis chronic active
Hepatitis chronic persistent
Hepatitis fulminant
Hepatitis toxic
Hepatobiliary disease
Hepatocellular foamy cell syndrome
Hepatocellular injury
Hepatotoxicity
Hyperbilirubinaemia
Icterus index increased
Jaundice
Jaundice cholestatic
Jaundice hepatocellular
Liver disorder
Liver injury
Mixed liver injury
Non-alcoholic steatohepatitis
Ocular icterus
Subacute hepatic failure
REDACTED 
TE
ED
COPY 
CO
This document 
Sub
u
en cannot
icter
cter
bacu
bacu
nn
be 
be used 
c stea
stea
d to support 
rt
up
any marketing 
et
m
authorization 
n
riz
au
application 
on
lic
and 
d any 
a
extensions 
sio
ex
or 
or variations 
io
ia
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 60 of 93
13 
AMENDMENTS TO THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN 
13.1 
Amendment 1 
This amendment was done to reflect the changes in Protocol Amendment #3. The primary 
change is to the source of seizure data from the central reader’s interpretation of EEG to the 
investigator’s (local) EEG for analyses. Additional changes include the expanded details on the 
multiple imputation methodology, clarifications on the analyses of seizure data and the handling 
of age groups in several analyses, an update to the List of Other Significant AEs, the inclusion of 
a list of AEs for PDILI, as well as some style changes.
Change #1
SAP/Amendment Number and Date
Final SAP 07 Oct 2017
Was changed to:
Final SAP
07 Oct 2017
Amendment #1  05 Feb 2019
Change #2
List of abbreviations
Added abbreviation for PDILI
Change #3
Section 2.2.1.2
x Proportion of subject who achieved “seizure-free” status (yes/no) for subjects who completed 
at least 48 hours of interpretable video-EEG recording during the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG.
Was changed to:
x Proportion of subjects who achieved “seizure-free” status (yes/no) from all seizures, and 
from partial-onset seizure types only for subjects who completed at least 48 hours of 
interpretable video-EEG recording during the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Change #4
Section 2.3 
Subjects will be enrolled in the following age categories as detailed below:
x ≥1 month to <6 months of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥6 months to <1 year of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥1 year to <2 years of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥2 years to <4 years of age (≥20 subjects)
Was changed to:
Every attempt will be made to enroll subjects in the following age categories as detailed below:
REDACTED 
ved 
ved 
COPY 
This document 
x
cannot 
cts wil
ts wil
≥1 m
≥1 m
be 
3
used to 
deo
deo
support 
s who 
 who
seizur
eizur
-EE
E
any marketing
“seizu
“seizu
video
video
authorization application and any extensions or variations 
ng
ion of 
on of 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 61 of 93
x ≥1 month to <6 months of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥6 months to <1 year of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥1 year to <2 years of age (≥25 subjects)
x ≥2 years to <4 years of age (≥20 subjects)
Change #5
Section 2.4 Sample size
Subjects are randomized into the study based on the investigator’s interpretation of the 
video-EEG to meet study entry requirements; however, there may be a difference of 
interpretation of the number of seizures counted on the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG 
between the central reader and the investigator. To account for an anticipated difference of 
interpretation of the End of-Baseline Period video-EEG of 5% as well as the potential subject 
dropout rate of approximately 14%, the planned number of subjects to enroll is 122 subjects per 
treatment arm.
Was changed to:
Subjects are randomized into the study based on the initial interpretation of the video-EEG to
meet study entry requirements. However, the subsequent detailed assessment of seizure types
and counts needed for the efficacy analyses could lead to a discrepancy in seizure counts (ie, a 
subject initially thought to be eligible is later found to have fewer than the required number of 
partial-onset seizures during the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG).To account for an 
anticipated difference of interpretation of the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG of 5% as well 
as the potential subject dropout rate of approximately 14%, the planned number of subjects to 
enroll is 122 subjects per treatment arm.
Change #6
Section 3.2.9
Electrographic seizures are defined as recognizable ictal patterns on an EEG involving ≥2 
contiguous electrodes. The seizures are initiated as a unilateral or strongly asymmetric abnormal 
epileptiform discharge lasting a total of >10 seconds.
The video-EEG recordings will be evaluated locally by the investigator, sub investigator, or 
qualified designated reader. Subjects who discontinue on or before Day 20 will not require an 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Infants aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months
Partial-onset seizure frequency for infants aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months will be based on 
electrographic seizures.
The total number of partial-onset seizures is calculated as the total number of type IA/IB 
electrographic seizures plus the total number of type IA/IB electroclinical seizures plus the total 
number of type IC seizures.
The total number of seizures is calculated as the total number of partial-onset seizures (as 
defined above) plus the total number of other seizure types reported.
REDACTED 
oun
oun
eline 
eline 
f the E
f the E
f appro
f app
arm
arm
COPY
uent
uen
lead t
lead
nd t
nd
This document
elect
lect
Th
Th
canno
aged
ged
ot
ialal-on
on
tro
tro
be 
nte
d ≥
d ≥
used
ec
ec
nated 
nated
enan
enan
to
cord
ord
support 
de
de
he seiz
e seiz
e lastin
lastin
i
any 
fined
fined
marketing authorization 
to a
o a
to hav
o hav
Perio
Perio
End
End-o
oxima
xima
application 
nterpret
terpre
detailed
etaile
a di
a di
and any 
e p 
nroll is
roll i
extensions 
f 
ideo
deo E
differ
iffer
pote
pote
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 62 of 93
Infants aged >6 months to <4 years
Partial-onset seizure frequency for infants aged >6 months to <4 years will be based on 
electrographic seizures with an accompanying clinical correlate.
The total number of partial-onset seizures is calculated as the total number of type IA/IB 
electroclinical seizures plus the total number of type IC seizures.
The total number of seizures is calculated as the total number of partial onset seizures (as defined 
above) plus the total number of other seizure types reported. 
For the purposes of this SAP, the term electrographic partial-onset seizures will be used to define 
electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical correlate; electrographic and 
electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for subjects aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months, 
and electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for subjects aged >6 months to 
<4 years.
Calculation of the End-of-Baseline Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be 
based on the results from a video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every 
attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of interpretable recording) at Visits 2 and 3. The End-of-
Maintenance Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be based on results from a 
video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at least 48 hours
of interpretable recording) at Visit 6.
Was changed to:
Electrographic seizures are defined as recognizable ictal patterns on an EEG involving ≥2 
contiguous electrodes. The seizures are initiated as a unilateral or strongly asymmetric abnormal 
epileptiform discharge lasting a total of >10 seconds.
The video-EEG recordings will be evaluated locally by the investigator, sub investigator, or 
qualified designated reader. Subjects who discontinue on or before Day 20 will not require an 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
For the purposes of this SAP, the term electrographic partial-onset seizures will be used to define 
electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical correlate; electrographic and 
electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for subjects aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months, 
and electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for subjects aged >6 months to 
<4 years.
Infants aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months
Partial-onset seizure frequency for infants aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months will be based on 
electrographic seizures.
The total number of partial-onset seizures is calculated as the total number of type IA/IB 
electrographic seizures plus the total number of type IA/IB electroclinical seizures plus the total 
number of type IC seizures.
The total number of seizures is calculated as the total number of partial-onset seizures (as 
defined above) plus the total number of other seizure types reported.
Infants aged >6 months to <4 years
REDACTED 
gnizab
gniza
initiat
initia
of >1
of >1
COPY 
itht
This document
The t
he 
elec
elec
cannot
onse
nse
rograp
ograp
toto
be 
d ≥
e
et s
et
sed 
≥1 m
1 m
u
to
part
part
support
P, 
P, 
set seiz
et sei
onset s
nset 
rtial
tia
any 
o
the t
the t
marketing 
10 0 
aluated
luated
ts who
s wh
o-EEG
EE
authorization 
able ic
ble ic
ted as
ed as
sec
sec
application
Visits
isits
res wil
es w
very att
ery at
and 
alal
s reco
reco
s 2
any 
onse
onse
extensions
ic and
c and
to ≤6 
to ≤6
mont
mont
or
toto d
variations 
ned 
ned 
d
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 63 of 93
Partial-onset seizure frequency for infants aged >6 months to <4 years will be based on 
electrographic seizures with an accompanying clinical correlate.
The total number of partial-onset seizures is calculated as the total number of type IA/IB 
electroclinical seizures plus the total number of type IC seizures.
The total number of seizures is calculated as the total number of partial onset seizures (as defined 
above) plus the total number of other seizure types reported. 
Calculation of the End-of-Baseline Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be 
based on the results from a video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every 
attempt to obtain at least 48 hours of interpretable recording) at Visits 2 and 3. The 
End-of-Maintenance Period ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will be based on results 
from a video-EEG (up to 72 hours of continuous recording with every attempt to obtain at least 
48 hours of interpretable recording) at Visit 6.
Change #7
3.2.15 Seizure free status
At least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
is required to determine a subject’s seizure-free status.
All seizures
A subject is considered seizure free from all seizures if the End-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG has 0 (zero) seizures reported, that is, from all seizure types not just partial-onset seizure 
types.
Partial-onset seizures
A subject is considered seizure free from partial-onset seizures if the End-of-Maintenance Period
video-EEG has 0 (zero) partial-onset seizures reported.
Was changed to:
At least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
is required to determine a subject’s seizure-free status. As above, the term electrographic partial-
onset seizures will be used to define electrographic partial-onset seizures with or without clinical 
correlate; electrographic and electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for subjects 
aged ≥1 month to ≤6 months, and electroclinical partial-onset seizures will be included for 
subjects aged >6 months to <4 years
All seizures
A subject is considered seizure free from all seizures if the End-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG has 0 (zero) seizures reported, that is, from all seizure types not just partial-onset seizure 
types.
Partial-onset seizures
A subject is considered seizure free from partial-onset seizures if the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG has 0 (zero) partial-onset seizures reported.
REDACTED
izu
from a
from a
fro
fro
COPY 
ures 
ures 
This document
EEG
EG
type
type
cannot 
res
e
ot 
ubject 
bject 
G ha
G h
be 
d 
s
used
to ≤6
o ≤6
>6 m
>6 m
to
aphi
aph
6
support
etab
tab
a subje
a subj
used t
used t
ici
any 
ble 
ble
marketing 
om part
m part
et seizu
t seiz
authorization 
 if the
if the
ll seiz
ll seiz
application
Mainte
Maint
and any extensions 
ased o
ased o
to obta
to obt
or 
ry 
ry 
variations 
l be
be
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 64 of 93
Change #8
3.9 Changes to protocol-defined analyses
Further clarification of the definition of seizure-free status has been included. Seizure free from 
all seizure types and seizure free from partial-onset seizures, only, will be analyzed separately.
For one of the additional sensitivity analyses on the primary efficacy variable, multiple 
imputation using Monotone regression will be used.
Was changed to:
For sensitivity analyses requiring multiple imputation, missing data multiple imputation will not 
be performed by treatment group and age group (≥ 1 month to ˂ 6 months of age, ≥ 6 months to 
˂ 1 year of age, ≥ 1 year to ˂ 2 years of age, and ≥ 2 years to ˂ 4 years of age). Multiple 
imputation will instead be performed by treatment group (adjusting for age group.
For analyses of LCM plasma concentrations, in addition to summarizing descriptive statistics as 
described in the protocol, all tabulations will be performed by LCM maintenance dose level and 
separately by LCM maintenance dose level and age group.
Change #9
Section 4.1 
The primary efficacy analysis and planned sensitivity analyses will be adjusted for log-
transformed Baseline seizure ADF and center (appropriately pooled) in the analysis of
covariance (ANCOVA) models. Other statistical models may be adjusted for covariates, and any
such adjustments will be described in the context of the analyses performed.
Was changed to:
The primary efficacy analysis and planned sensitivity analyses will be adjusted for log-
transformed Baseline seizure ADF, age category (4 age stratification categories, pooled as 
appropriate) and center (appropriately pooled) in the analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) models. 
Other statistical models may be adjusted for covariates, and any such adjustments will be 
described in the context of the analyses performed.
Change #10
Section 4.2.5
Where necessary for the calculation of derived variables, partial dates will be completed using 
the earliest calendar date based on the partial date provided. This rule is valid for all partial dates 
with the exception of the following:
x Start and stop dates of AEs
x Start and stop dates of concomitant medication
x Start and stop dates of study medication
Completely missing dates will not be replaced and the corresponding derived variables will be 
set to missing.
REDACTED
(app
(ap
istical 
istical
e cont
con
COPY 
ivity a
ivity 
pr
pr
This document cannot
e exc
e exc
x
S
be
cale
cal
used 
ary f
ary f
to support
y
of the a
f the 
any
riat
ia
be adj
e adj
marketing 
anned s
anned
F, age c
age 
ately
tely
authorization
anal
anal
ropriat
opria
l mode
mode
text o
ext o
application 
lyse
lyse
and
maint
ain
any
descr
desc
nten
nte
extensions
on w
n 
≥ 6 mo
≥ 6 mo
Multip
Multi
group.
roup.
or 
wi
wi
variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 65 of 93
Was changed to:
Where necessary for the calculation of derived variables, partial dates will be completed using 
the earliest calendar date based on the partial date provided. This rule is valid for all partial dates 
with the exception of the following:
x Start and stop dates of AEs
x Start and stop dates of concomitant medication
x Start and stop dates of study medication
Completely missing dates will not be replaced and the corresponding derived variables will be 
set to missing.
For calculation of date of diagnosis and duration of diagnosis the following rules will be used for 
imputation of incomplete dates:
If the month and year are available, the diagnosis date is imputed as the later of the following 
dates: the first day of the month, the subject’s birthdate, or the date of the first seizure (if 
available). If only a year is available, the later of the following dates will be imputed: January 1st
of the year, the subject’s birthdate, and the date of the first seizure.
Change #11
Section 4.8 Examination of subgroups
Age groups as defined in Section 3.2.7 will be used within summaries of disposition, 
demography, exposure and adverse events.
Separate age subgroupings are used for the purpose of PedsQL summaries and are detailed in  
Section 8.3.3.
Was changed to:
Age groups as defined in Section 3.2.7 will be used within summaries of disposition, 
demography, exposure and adverse events.
Separate age subgroupings are used for the purpose of PedsQL summaries and are detailed in 
Section 8.3.3.
Descriptive summaries of US and EU primary efficacy endpoints will be provided by age group 
and treatment group.
Change #12
Section 5.1 Subject disposition
The number of subjects screened, and the number and percentage of those subjects who were 
screen failures, broken down by primary reason for screening failure will be presented by age 
group and overall. 
Was changed to:
The number of subjects screened, and the number and percentage of those subjects who were 
screen failures, broken down by primary reason for screening failure will be presented by age 
group and overall. Screen failures are allowed to be re-screened after consultation with the 
REDACTED
be use
be use
s.
for the
or the
COPY 
This document 
he 
he
scree
scree
gr
gr
cannot 
n 5.1
n 5.1
e num
num
be 
12
12
used 
mar
mar
group
group
to
aries
ries
support 
ngs are 
gs are
any 
n 3
ve
verse
rse
marketing 
e p
3.2.7
3 2
authorization 
ed wit
d wit
purp
urp
application
ates w
tes w
zure.
ure.
and 
e lal
of the 
f the 
w
any 
ater o
ater o
extensions
es w
s w
les wi
es wi
or 
wil
wil
variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 66 of 93
medical monitor. Subjects who are re-screened and subsequently enrolled and randomized are 
not included in screen failure counts. These subjects will be provided in a listing with previous 
subject ID and date of re-screening.
Change #13
Section 6.4.5 Concomitant AEDs
The number and percentage of subjects taking concomitant AEDs defined as AEDs taken 
concomitantly for at least one day in common with study medication, including AEDs taken as 
rescue medication, will be summarized by WHODD chemical subgroup (Level 4) and preferred 
drug name, and by treatment group and overall for the SS.
Vagus nerve stimulation is allowed and will not be counted as a concomitant AED.
Was Changed to:
The number and percentage of subjects taking concomitant AEDs defined as AEDs taken 
concomitantly for at least one day in common with study medication, including AEDs taken as 
rescue medication, will be summarized by WHODD chemical subgroup (Level 4) and preferred 
drug name, and by treatment group and overall for the SS.
Concomitant AEDs will be defined by a manual review of all unique combinations of ATC 
codes and indications reported in the database to identify medications taken to treat epilepsy.
Vagus nerve stimulation is allowed and will not be counted as a concomitant AED.
Change #14
Section 8.1.2.1 Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the US
Seizure ADF will be analyzed using an ANCOVA with terms for treatment and center (pooled 
appropriately), on log-transformed seizure ADF using the transformation of ln (X+1), where X is 
the seizure ADF and ln refers to the natural log. Log-transformed Baseline seizure ADF will be 
used as a covariate.
Was changed to:
Seizure ADF will be analyzed using an ANCOVA with terms for treatment, age category (4 age 
stratification categories, pooled as appropriate) and center (pooled appropriately), on log-
transformed seizure ADF using the transformation of ln (X+1), where X is the seizure ADF and 
ln refers to the natural log. Log-transformed Baseline seizure ADF will be used as a covariate.
Change #15
Section 8.1.2.1 Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the US
Assumptions for the parametric model described above will be evaluated by diagnostic (e.g.,
Shapiro-Wilk test for normality) and graphical methods such as residual plots, including normal
probability plots, histograms, and plots of residuals versus Baseline covariate values and
treatment. An assessment will be made with regards to the influence of individual observations
(e.g., extreme outliers) on the analysis. To the extent feasible, such potential influential
observations will be identified prior to unblinding, and an assessment will be made with regard
to the potential impact of such data, including the evaluation of alternative statistical
methodology such as non-parametric methods. If deemed that a non-parametric method is
REDACTED 
t b
rimar
rimar
an A
an A
COPY
w 
w
entify
entify
be co
be co
This document
Assu
ssu
Sha
Sha
p
cannot 
#1
on 8.1
n 8.1
um
um
be 
15
15
used
zure 
ure 
e natu
 natu
to
ories
orie
e A
e A
support 
nalyze
nalyz
es, p
s p
any marketing
ANCO
ANC
eizure A
izure
he natu
e nat
authorization 
ounte
ounte
ry effi
y effi
application 
gro
all uniq
ll uni
medic
medi
and
incl
incl
oup 
oup 
any
d as A
d as A
lud
lud
extensions 
D.
D.
or
efe
ef
variations 
n as
n as
ferr
ferr
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 67 of 93
warranted, an ANCOVA model on rank of seizure ADF with terms for treatment and center
(pooled appropriately) will be employed for the primary analysis. Ranked Baseline seizure ADF
will be used as a covariate.
Was changed to:
Assumptions for the parametric model described above will be evaluated by diagnostic (eg, 
Shapiro-Wilk test for normality) and graphical methods such as residual plots, including normal 
probability plots, histograms, and plots of residuals versus Baseline covariate values and 
treatment. An assessment will be made with regards to the influence of individual observations 
(eg, extreme outliers) on the analysis. To the extent feasible, such potential influential 
observations will be identified prior to unblinding, and an assessment will be made with regard 
to the potential impact of such data, including the evaluation of alternative statistical 
methodology such as non-parametric methods. If deemed that a non-parametric method is 
warranted, an ANCOVA model on rank of seizure ADF with terms for age group, treatment, and 
center (pooled appropriately) will be employed for the primary analysis. Ranked Baseline seizure 
ADF will be used as a covariate.
Change #16
Section 8.1.2.2 Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the EU
The proportion of responders between LCM and placebo will be analyzed using logistic
regression with treatment and center (pooled appropriately) as factors. From this model, odds
ratios will be presented along with the corresponding 95% CI and p-value. In addition, the
number and percentage of subjects with a 50% or more reduction in seizure ADF will be
presented.
Was changed to:
The proportion of responders between LCM and placebo will be analyzed using logistic 
regression with treatment, age category (4 age stratification categories, pooled as appropriate) 
and center (pooled appropriately) as factors. From this model, odds ratios will be presented along 
with the corresponding 95% CI and p-value. In addition, the number and percentage of subjects 
with a 50% or more reduction in seizure ADF will be presented by treatment group and age 
group.
Change #17
Section 8.1.3 Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variables
Was changed to:
For sensitivity analyses that are applied to subjects who discontinued early, the population will 
include all subjects with at least 48 interpretable hours of EEG data at both the End-of-Baseline 
Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, and additionally all subjects 
with at least 48 interpretable hours of End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and missing status for 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG as a consequence of early discontinuation.
Change #18 
Section 8.1.3.1 Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variable for the US 
REDACTED
p
pond
pond
50% o
50% o
COPY 
acebo
acebo
ropri
ropri
i
This document
cl
Perio
Perio
w
cannot 
ng
ng
ensitiv
nsitiv
lude 
ude 
be 
ged 
ged 
used 
Sens
Sens
to support 
% C
uction i
ction
any
y) a
y) a
CI an
CI a
marketing 
en LCM
n LC
egory 
egory
as f
authorization
iately
ately
ing 95
ng 95
or mo
r mo
application 
variabl
ariab
will b
will 
)
and any 
gr
gr
Rank
Rank
extensions
with r
with 
tical
ical
ic me
c me
roup
rou
or variations 
al
tions
ions
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 68 of 93
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted
in order to assess the effect of early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on
this primary endpoint. All sensitivity analyses require at least 48 hours of interpretable
recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance
Period video-EEG, unless otherwise stated:
Was changed to:
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on 
this primary endpoint. All sensitivity analyses require at least 48 hours of interpretable 
recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance 
Period video-EEG, unless otherwise noted. Sensitivity analyses are as follows:
Change #19
Section 8.1.3.1 Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variable for the US
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple imputation 
by treatment group and age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to <1 year of 
age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) using Monotone regression 
assuming a log-normal distribution. This will be applied for all subjects who discontinued 
early from the study.
Was changed to:
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple imputation 
by treatment group including age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to <1 
year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) and other 
appropriate variables (details in Section 8.1.3.3) using Monotone regression. This will be 
applied for all subjects who discontinued early from the study.
Change #20
Section 8.1.3.2 Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variable for the EU
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple imputation 
by treatment group and age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to <1 year of 
age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) using Monotone regression 
assuming a log-normal distribution. This will be applied for all subjects who discontinued 
early from the study.
Was changed to:
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple imputation 
by treatment group including age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 months to <1 
year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) and other 
appropriate variables (details in Section 8.1.3.2.1) using Monotone regression. This will be 
REDACTED 
he FA
he FA
riod v
riod v
e gr
e gr
COPY 
4 y
e appl
e app
This document 
Was
Wa
cannot 
≥1 1
sumin
umin
early
early
be 
men
men
 yea
 yea
used 
im
nd-of
of
ent g
nt g
o
mary
mary
support 
tivity
ivity
any
o disc
dis
marketing 
vid
roup (
oup (≥
of age,
f ag
in Sec
n Sec
co
authorization 
AS, exc
S, exc
deo
eo
application
aced 
aced
s of age
of ag
rs of ag
s of a
ied fo
ed fo
and 
of pa
of pa
any 
or the
or th
extensions
ntenan
enan
or variations 
ucted 
cted 
bias 
bias 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 69 of 93
applied for all subjects who discontinued early from the study, and the imputed End-of-
Maintenance Period ADF of partial onset seizures will be used to determine whether a 
subject is a responder.
Change #21
Section 8.1.3.3 Multiple Imputation
Multiple Imputation using Monotone regression (assuming a missing at random pattern) will be 
used to impute missing ADF of partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG. One hundred (100) imputed datasets will be created before combining them into a 
single inference. Note that the multiple imputation will be done on the continuous ADF of 
partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG. For the EU analysis, this 
variable will be dichotomized for the logistic regression analysis.
Was changed to:
Imputation Step
Multiple imputation using monotone regression (assuming a missing at random pattern) will be 
used to impute missing ADF of partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG. Note that the multiple imputation will be done on log-transformed ADF of partial-
onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, using the transformation of ln 
(X+1), where X is the seizure ADF and ln refers to the natural log.
Multiple imputation will be performed by treatment group. All subjects eligible for the analysis 
will be included: observed values will be included where available and imputed values from 
multiple imputation will be included for subjects needing such imputed values because of 
missing values. The missing ADF of partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG in each dataset (ie, missing values for subjects who dropped out prior to completion 
of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG but who have available data from the End-of-
Baseline Period video-EEG) will be imputed using monotone regression, with a total of 100 sets 
of imputations being performed. Age group and center (each pooled as appropriate), and seizure 
ADF from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG (similarly log-transformed) will be included in 
the imputation model. If the resulting multiple imputation model produces warnings or errors, 
then center (pooled appropriately) will not be included in the imputation model.
For the US analysis, the resulting imputed values will be used in the ANCOVA. For the EU 
analysis, the resulting imputed values will be back-transformed prior to being dichotomized into 
responder status for the logistic regression analysis.
For derivation of the EU primary efficacy variable (responder status), the log-transformed End-
of-Maintenance Period seizure ADF values in the imputed datasets will be back-transformed to 
seizure ADF values and compared to the observed End-of-Baseline Period seizure ADF values to 
determine if a reduction of at least 50% in ADF of partial-onset seizures was 
achieved. Consequently, imputed datasets will include observed and imputed values for log-
transformed seizure ADF at End-of-Maintenance (for US primary efficacy sensitivity analysis), 
and observed and imputed responder status at End-of-Maintenance (for EU primary efficacy 
sensitivity analysis).
Analysis Step – US Primary Efficacy Variable
REDACTED
atme
atme
nclude
nclude
r subje
r subje
f partia
partia
ing v
ing
COPY
video
id
o the n
o the
nt
This document 
eizu
iz
deter
deter
ac
ac
cannot
ivati
vati
ainten
inte
zure 
ure
be 
tatu
atu
used 
sisis
esultin
sultin
us f
us f
o
s, th
s, th
support 
inin
the res
he re
ppropri
propr
any
d. Ag
d. A
e Pe
e P
marketing 
al
values
values
deo
deo-E
be imp
be im
ge
authorization 
nat
nat
nt grou
grou
ed wh
d wh
ects n
cts n
ons
ons
application
ng
End
nd-of
o
n log
n log-t
EEG, 
EEG
atura
tura
and 
g at r
at r
any extensions
DF o
DF o
U anal
U anal
or
int
in
of
of
variations 
be
nto a
to a
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 70 of 93
End-of-Maintenance Period seizure ADF will be analyzed for each imputed dataset using an 
ANCOVA with terms for treatment, age category (4 age stratification categories, pooled as 
appropriate) and center (pooled appropriately), on log-transformed seizure ADF. Log-
transformed Baseline seizure ADF will be used as a covariate. The results from each of the 
imputed datasets will be combined for overall inference using Rubin’s rules, which account for 
the uncertainty associated with the imputed values (Rubin, 1987). This will be done using SAS 
PROC MIANALYZE.
Analysis Step – EU Primary Efficacy Variable
The proportion of responders between LCM and placebo will be analyzed for each imputed 
dataset using logistic regression with treatment, age category (4 age stratification categories, 
pooled as appropriate) and center (pooled appropriately) as factors. The results from each of the 
imputed datasets will be combined for overall inference using Rubin’s rules, which account for 
the uncertainty associated with the imputed values (Rubin, 1987). This will be done using SAS 
PROC MIANALYZE.
Change #22
Section 8.2 Statistical analysis of the secondary efficacy variables
The analyses of the secondary efficacy variables are based on the percent and absolute change in
ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from baseline (defined in Sections 3.2.10 to 3.2.15).
Percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures
A summary of the ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (defined in Section 3.2.10) from
the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be
presented by treatment group. A summary of the percent and absolute change in ADF of
electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG (defined in Sections 3.2.11 and 3.2.12) will be presented 
by treatment group.
8.2.1 Proportion of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, 50% to ≤75%, or >75% 
reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, ≥50 to ≤75%, or >75%
reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period 
video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be presented by treatment group. 
These classifications require at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the 
End-of- Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Percent reduction will be calculated as defined in Section.
8.2.2 Proportion of subjects experiencing no change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures (between <25% reduction and <25% increase)
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing no change in ADF of partial-onset seizures
(between <25% reduction and <25% increase) from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to
the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be presented by treatment group. This
classification requires at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG. Percent 
reduction/increase will be calculated as defined in Section.
REDACTED 
tro
tro
partial
partial
and th
nd th
mmary 
mmary 
fro
fro
COPY 
as
a
baselin
baseli
ogra
ogr
This document
2.
seizu
seizu
T
cannot
t redu
redu
2 Pr
2 Pr
be
aselin
aseli
used
e En
En
cation
cation
to
of el
f el
nd
nd
support
trogr
rog
entage 
ntage
elect
lec
any 
exper
expe
ra
marketing 
y of
of
m the 
m the
EG
EG (de
(d
authorization 
aphic
phic
-onse
onse
he End
e End
f the
f th
application 
iables
ables
on the 
on the
ne (def
e (de
and any 
be
b
extensions
pu
ategor
ategor
from e
om e
which
which
be d
e d
or
uted
ted
variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 71 of 93
8.2.3 Proportion of subjects experiencing an increase in ADF of electrographic partial-
onset seizures of ≥25%
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing an increase in ADF of partial-onset seizures
of ≥25% from the end-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the end-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG will be presented by treatment group. This classification requires at least 48 hours of
interpretable recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Percent increase will be calculated as defined in Section.
8.2.4 Proportion of subjects who achieved seizure-free status
For subjects who completed at least 48 hours of interpretable video-EEG recording during the
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, the number and percentage of subjects who achieved
“seizure-free” status from all seizure types, and from partial-onset seizure types only (defined in
Section 3.2.15) will be tabulated and presented by treatment group for both the FAS and the PPS.
Was changed to:
The analyses of the secondary efficacy variables are based on the percent and absolute change in 
ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from baseline (defined in Sections 3.2.10 and 
3.2.15).
8.2.1 Percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures
A summary of the ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (defined in Section 3.2.10) from 
the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be 
presented by treatment group and by age group. 
A summary of the percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
(defined in Sections 3.2.11 and 3.2.12) will be presented by treatment group.
8.2.2  Proportion of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, 50% to ≤75%, or >75% 
reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing a ≥25% to <50%, ≥50 to ≤75%, or >75% 
reduction in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Baseline Period 
video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be presented by treatment group. 
These classifications require at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Percent reduction will be calculated as defined in Section 3.2.13.
8.2.3  Proportion of subjects experiencing no change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures (between <25% reduction and <25% increase) 
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing no change in ADF of partial-onset seizures
(between <25% reduction and <25% increase) from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to
the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be presented by treatment group. This
classification requires at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG.
REDACTED
rtial
rtial-
nd the 
d the
ge gro
ge gro
ute 
ute 
COPY 
electro
lectro
This document
seizu
seizu
T
cannot
t redu
redu
3  Pr
3  P
be
elin
lin
used 
e En
E
cation
ation
ne
ne
to 
f elel
End
nd
suppor
trogr
rog
ntage o
ntage
electr
lect
any
expe
exp
grap
gra
marketing
chang
chang
eo-EEG
EE
2.12
.12) w
)
authorization
ogra
ogra
onset 
onset 
End
End
oup.
up.
application
he perc
e per
defined
define
ap
and any 
yp
yp
oth the
th th
extensions 
ng dur
ng du
ts who
s who
pes o
es o
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 72 of 93
Percent reduction/increase will be calculated as defined in Section 3.2.13.
8.2.4 Proportion of subjects experiencing an increase in ADF of electrographic partial-
onset seizures of ≥25%
The number and percentage of subjects experiencing an increase in ADF of partial-onset seizures 
of  ≥25% from the end-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the end-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG will be presented by treatment group. This classification requires at least 48 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-
Maintenance Period video-EEG.
Percent increase will be calculated as defined in Section 3.2.13.
8.2.5 Proportion of subjects who achieved seizure-free status
For subjects who completed at least 48 hours of interpretable video-EEG recording during the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, the number and percentage of subjects who achieved 
“seizure-free” status from all seizure types, and from partial-onset seizure types only (defined in 
Section 3.2.15) will be tabulated and presented by treatment group for both the FAS and the PPS.
Change #23
Section 9.1 Descriptive statistics of LCM plasma concentrations
The results of LCM plasma concentrations will be summarized using all reported decimal places 
and displayed to the same number of places as they are recorded in the database. Descriptive 
statistics will include number of subjects (n), number of subjects with plasma levels above lower 
limit of quantification (LOQ), arithmetic mean, SD, coefficient of variation (CV[%]), geometric 
mean, geometric CV(%), median, minimum, and maximum. The maximum number will be 
reported to 4 decimal places for any summary statistics. The CV(%) and geometric CV(%) will 
be presented with 1 decimal place.
Summary statistics will only be calculated if at least 2/3 of data are above the lower LOQ. 
Values which are less than the lower LOQ will be set to LOQ/2 for the determination of all 
summary statistics.
Summary tables of LCM plasma concentrations will be presented by treatment group, visit and 
Last Visit for the PK-PPS. 
A listing of LCM plasma concentrations by age group will be presented. In addition, and as 
appropriate, listings of concomitant AED plasma concentrations and last intake of concomitant 
AEDs prior to blood sampling by age group will be presented.
Was changed to:
The results of LCM plasma concentrations will be summarized using all reported decimal places 
and displayed to the same number of places as they are recorded in the database. Descriptive 
statistics will include number of subjects (n), number of subjects with plasma levels above lower 
limit of quantification (LOQ), arithmetic mean, SD, coefficient of variation (CV[%]), geometric 
mean, geometric CV(%), median, minimum, and maximum. The maximum number will be 
reported to 4 decimal places for any summary statistics. The CV(%) and geometric CV(%) will 
be presented with 1 decimal place.
REDACTED
th
, num
, num
mean,
mean,
imum
imum
summ
summ
COPY 
n
summ
sum
hey a
ey a
This document
and d
and d
sta
sta
cannot
hang
hang
e resu
resu
be
r to b
r to 
used
M pla
pl
stings
tings
blbl
to 
lasm
lasm
support 
M plasm
 plas
PPS. 
PPS.
any
owe
ow
marketing 
mary
mary
alculate
lculat
wer
wer
authorization 
ma
are rec
re rec
mber of
ber o
, SD, 
, SD, 
m, and 
and 
y
application 
tration
ratio
arize
arize
and 
ure
ur
or bot
or bot
any
ject
jec
e typ
e typ
extensions 
ording
ording
ctcts
or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 73 of 93
Summary statistics will only be calculated if at least 2/3 of data are above the lower LOQ. 
Values which are less than the lower LOQ will be set to LOQ/2 for the determination of all 
summary statistics.
Summary tables of LCM plasma concentrations will be presented by treatment group, visit and 
Last Visit for the PK-PPS. Summaries will also be performed by LCM maintenance dose level, 
and repeated by LCM maintenance dose level and age group.
A listing of LCM plasma concentrations by age group will be presented. In addition, and as 
appropriate, listings of concomitant AED plasma concentrations and last intake of concomitant 
AEDs prior to blood sampling by age group will be presented.
Change #24
Section 10.1 Extent of exposure
In addition, for the Titration Period, the number of back titration steps for each subject 
(categorized as: 0, 1, 2, and 3 or more), the number of subjects with a dose change together with 
the number of dose changes during the interval by dose back titration occurred (categorized as: 
<4mg/kg/day, ≥4-<6mg/kg/day, ≥6-<8mg/kg/day, ≥8-<10mg/kg/day, ≥10-≤12mg/kg/day, and 
>12mg/kg/day), the number of up titration steps for each subject (categorized as: 0, 1-3, 4-5, and 
≥6), and the number of subjects with a dose change together with the number of dose changes 
during the interval by dose up titration occurred (categorized as: <4mg/kg/day, ≥4-<6mg/kg/day, 
≥6-<8mg/kg/day, ≥8-<10mg/kg/day, ≥10-≤12mg/kg/day, and >12mg/kg/day), will be 
summarized by treatment group, and repeated by treatment group and age group using the levels 
defined in Section 3.2.7.
Was Changed to:
In addition, for the Titration Period, the number of back titration steps for each subject 
(categorized as: 0, 1, 2, and 3 or more), and the number of subjects with a dose change together 
with the number of dose changes during the interval by dose back titration occurred (categorized 
as: <4mg/kg/day, ≥4-<6mg/kg/day, ≥6-<8mg/kg/day, ≥8-<10mg/kg/day, ≥10-≤12mg/kg/day, 
and >12mg/kg/day), will be summarized by treatment group, and repeated by treatment group 
and age group using the levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
Change #25
Section 10.2 Adverse Events
The incidence of TEAEs during the Treatment Period by dose at onset (Placebo, 
>0-<2mg/kg/day, ≥2-<4mg/kg/day, ≥4-<6mg/kg/day, ≥6-<8mg/kg/day, ≥8-<10mg/kg/day, 
≥10-≤12mg/kg/day, and >12mg/kg/day) will be presented for each treatment group by MedDRA
primary SOC and PT, and will be repeated by treatment group and age group using the levels
defined in Section 3.2.7.
The incidence of non-serious TEAEs occurring in more than 5% of subjects in any treatment 
group will be summarized for each treatment group by MedDRA primary SOC and PT, and will 
be repeated by treatment group and age group using the levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
Other significant TEAEs during the Treatment Period, defined in Appendix 12 (Section 12.2),
will be summarized for each treatment group by MedDRA primary SOC and PT.
REDACTED
g
d by t
d by 
the
the
COPY 
ge
g
ategor
ategor
g/kg/d
/kg/d
This document
defin
efin
Th
T
cannot
/k/k
12mg/
2mg
mary S
mary S
ne
be 
ce 
kg/da
kg/d
sed
vers
er
e of T
of 
to 
rse
se
support 
e su
su
levels 
evels
any
day,
day
umm
umm
marketing 
e numb
numb
re), and
e), an
during
durin
≥
authorization
day, a
day, a
reatme
eatm
application
/day, 
day,
ect (cat
ct (ca
r with 
with
ized as
zed a
and 
dos
o
n occu
n occu
≥
any
each
eac
se ch
se ch
extensions 
ch
or variations 
mitant
itant
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 74 of 93
Was changed to:
The incidence of TEAEs during the Treatment Period by dose at onset (Placebo,  
≥2-<4mg/kg/day, ≥4-<6mg/kg/day, ≥6-<8mg/kg/day, ≥8-<10mg/kg/day, ≥10-≤12mg/kg/day, 
and >12mg/kg/day) will be presented for each treatment group by MedDRA primary SOC and 
PT, and will be repeated by treatment group and age group using the levels defined in Section 
3.2.7.
The incidence of non-serious TEAEs occurring in more than 5% of subjects in any treatment 
group will be summarized for each treatment group by MedDRA primary SOC and PT, and will 
be repeated by treatment group and age group using the levels defined in Section 3.2.7.
Other significant TEAEs during the Treatment Period, defined in Appendix 12 (Section 12.2),
will be summarized for each treatment group by MedDRA primary SOC and PT. In addition 
potential drug induced liver injury (PDILI) related TEAEs, defined in Appendix 12 (Section 
12.3) will be presented by SOC and PT.
Change #26
Section 10.3 Clinical Laboratory evaluations
Hematology and blood chemistry (including liver function tests) parameters are assessed
throughout the study from Visit 1, Visit 5, Visit 6, and at ETV in case of early termination, and 
may also be assessed at unscheduled visits. Laboratory parameters will also be assessed during 
the Transition Period, Taper Period, and at the Safety Follow-Up Visit, as appropriate.
Was changed to:
Hematology and blood chemistry (including liver function tests) parameters are assessed 
throughout the study from Visit 1, Visit 5, Visit 6, and at ETV in case of early termination, and 
may also be assessed at unscheduled visits. For reporting purposes ETVs are mapped to the next 
scheduled visit. Laboratory parameters will also be assessed during the Transition Period, Taper 
Period, and at the Safety Follow-Up Visit, as appropriate.
Change #27
Section 10.4.2 Electrocardiograms
The number and percentage of subjects with no abnormality, an abnormal but not clinically
significant finding, and a clinically significant finding, as assessed by the investigator, will be
summarized at Baseline and at each post-Baseline of the Treatment Period as scheduled, and
Last Visit, by treatment group. Percentages will be relative to the number of subjects with an
ECG assessment at each time point. Subjects are counted at most once at each visit based on the
worst observed outcome across all abnormalities reported at that visit.
Summaries of shifts from Baseline to post-Baseline visits, and from Baseline to Last Visit, will
also be provided by treatment group based on the categories normal, abnormal, not clinically
significant, and abnormal, clinically significant. In addition, the number and percentage of
subjects with a normal finding at Baseline, and an abnormal, not clinically significant finding or
an abnormal, clinically significant finding, at any post-Baseline visit during the study will be
presented by treatment group and overall. Subjects will be counted at most once based on the
worst observed outcome across all abnormalities reported at all post-Baseline visits during the
study.
REDACTED 
Sa
Sa
uding
uding
Visit 5
Visit 5
COPY
nd at
nd a
atory 
atory
afety
afet
This document
Sum
um
also
also
cannot
sessm
ess
obse
obse
mm
mm
be
by t
by t
sm
sm
used
ng, a
g, a
t Base
Base
tre
tre
to 
rce
ce
and
and
support 
cardiog
ardio
entag
nta
any 
U
marketing 
5, Vi
, Vi
visits. F
isits. 
eters wi
ers w
Up V
Up V
authorization 
par
pa
y Foll
y Fol
g liver
liver
isi
i
application 
sts) pa
sts) p
ETV in
TV i
aram
ram
and any extensions 
.
ection
ction
T. In a
T. In a
ndix 1
dix 1
or variations 
nd wi
d wi
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 75 of 93
Was changed to:
The number and percentage of subjects with no abnormality, an abnormal but not clinically 
significant finding, and a clinically significant finding, as assessed by the investigator, will be 
summarized at Baseline and at each post-Baseline of the Treatment Period as scheduled, and 
Last Visit, by treatment group. Percentages will be relative to the number of subjects with an 
ECG assessment at each time point. Subjects are counted at most once at each visit based on the 
worst observed outcome across all abnormalities reported at that visit. For this summary Baseline 
is defined as the worst assessment for ECGs taken before the first dose.
Summaries of shifts from Baseline to post-Baseline visits, and from Baseline to Last Visit, will 
also be provided by treatment group based on the categories normal, abnormal, not clinically 
significant, and abnormal, clinically significant. For this summary Baseline is defined as the last 
pre-dose ECG result.  In addition, the number and percentage of subjects with a normal finding 
at Baseline, and an abnormal, not clinically significant finding or an abnormal, clinically 
significant finding, at any post-Baseline visit during the study will be presented by treatment 
group and overall. Subjects will be counted at most once based on the worst observed outcome 
across all abnormalities reported at all post-Baseline visits during the study. For this summary 
Baseline is defined as the last pre-dose ECG result.
Change #28
References
Friede T, Kieser M. Blinded sample size recalculation for clinical trials with normal data and 
baseline adjusted analysis. Pharm Stat. 2011;10:8-13.
Was changed to:
Friede T, Kieser M. Blinded sample size recalculation for clinical trials with normal data and 
baseline adjusted analysis. Pharm Stat. 2011;10:8-13.
Rubin D.B. 1987. Multiple Imputation for Nonresponse in Surveys. New York: John Wiley and 
Sons.
Change # 29
Appendix 12 Table 12-2 Chemistry abnormality criteria
A row was added to table 12-2 Chemistry abnormality data to include a criteria for Alkaline 
Phosphatase for age 4y. The row:
Alkaline 
Phosphatase
<4y
U/L
≥690
U/L
≥690
Was changed to:
<4y
≥690
U/L
≥690
REDACTED
alcula
alcula
11;10:
11;10:
siz
siz
COPY 
t
This document t
W
cannot 
e
sph
phata
ata
c
be 
e used 
d toto
for age
r age
u
to 
o ta
o ta
support 
12-2 C
2 C
any marketing 
ze recal
e reca
at. 201
at. 20
ation 
ation
authorization 
tion fo
ion f
:8-13.
13
application
the 
he
and
e wor
wo
e stu
stu
any 
ma
ma
sente
sente
extensions
Vis
clinic
clinic
fined 
fined 
h a nor
a no
al, c
l, c
or
sit, w
it, 
variations 
line
ine
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 76 of 93
Alkaline 
Phosphatase
4y
U/L
≥834
≥834
Change #30 
12.2
Other significant TEAEs
MedDRA Preferred Term
Hepatotoxicity related terms
Hepatitis toxic
Hepatotoxicity
Cardiac and ECG Related Terms
Atrioventricular block complete
Atrioventricular block second degree
Bradyarrhythmia
Bradycardia
Cardiac pacemaker insertion
Atrial fibrillation
Atrial flutter
Sinus bradycardia
Ventricular tachycardia
Ventricular fibrillation
Heart Rate decreased
Sick sinus syndrome
Suicidality related terms
Completed suicide
Depression suicidal
Suicidal behaviour
REDACTED 
CT
ED
COPY 
Y
CO
This document
Suic
Suic
me
m
ca
cici
cannot 
sinus s
nus s
t
ca
be 
dec
e
b
used 
ati
at
crea
crea
se
to 
ion
ion
support 
or
s
any y marketing 
ke
authorization 
on
ori
a
application 
on
pli
and 
d any 
a
extensions 
sio
ex
or 
or variations 
io
ia
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 77 of 93
MedDRA Preferred Term
Suicidal ideation
Suicide attempt
Intentional self-injury
Self injurious behaviour
Self-injurious ideation
Intentional overdose
Poisoning deliberate
Additional terms
Loss of consciousness
Syncope
Was changed to: 
MedDRA Preferred Term
CARDIAC AND ECG RELATED TERMS
Atrioventricular block third degree             
Atrioventricular block second degree
Bradyarrhythmia
Bradycardia
Cardiac pacemaker insertion
Atrial fibrillation
Atrial flutter
Sinus bradycardia
REDACTED 
R
COPY 
Y
C
This document 
nt
nt 
nt cannot 
no be 
e used 
d
u
to 
t
support 
Atrioven
triov
At
A
pp
any 
LA
LAT
a
marketing 
MedD
MedD
tin
E
ma
authorization 
io
application 
io
pl
and 
d any extensions 
s
e
or 
o variations 
io
ria
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 78 of 93
MedDRA Preferred Term
Ventricular tachycardia
Ventricular fibrillation
Heart Rate decreased
Sick sinus syndrome
Atrial conduction time prolongation
Atrioventricular dissociation
Conduction disorder
Cardiac fibrillation
Cardiac flutter
Sinus arrest
Torsade de pointes
Ventricular asystole
Ventricular flutter
Ventricular tachyarrhythmia
Implantable defibrillator insertion
SUICIDALITY RELATED TERMS
Completed suicide
Depression suicidal
Suicidal behaviour
Suicidal ideation
Suicide attempt
Intentional self-injury
Self-injurious behaviour
REDACTED 
ole
ole
CT
utte
utte
ED
COPY 
Y
CO
This document 
nt cannot t
an
be 
b
used 
se
to support 
an
an
ELAT
LAT
or
s
any 
ntable
tabl
y marketing 
r
r tachya
tachy
ke
authorization 
on
ori
a
application 
on
pli
and 
d any extensions 
si
ex
or 
o variations 
iriri
ari
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 79 of 93
MedDRA Preferred Term
Self-injurious ideation
Intentional overdose
Multiple drug overdose intentional
Poisoning deliberate
ADDITIONAL TERMS
Loss of consciousness
Syncope
Appetite disorder
Decreased appetite
Diet refusal
Hypophagia
Food aversion
Abnormal behaviour
Change #31
Section 12.3 was added:
12.3
List of AEs for Potentially Drug Induced Liver Injury (PDILI)
MedDRA Preferred Term for PDILI
Cholestasis
Cholestatic liver injury
Cholestatic pruritus
Drug-induced liver injury
Hepatitis cholestatic
Hyperbilirubinaemia
REDACTED 
CT
havi
hav
ED
COPY 
Y
CO
This document 
Dr
Dr
nt
nt
m
cannot 
atic 
tic 
holesta
olesta
no be 
c liv
c li
e used 
d
u
to 
t
support
r Poten
Pote
pp
any marketing 
iour
our
ke
authorization 
on
ori
a
application 
on
pli
and 
d any extensions 
si
ex
or 
o variations 
iriri
ari
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 80 of 93
MedDRA Preferred Term for PDILI
Icterus index increased
Jaundice
Jaundice cholestatic
Jaundice hepatocellular
Mixed liver injury
Ocular icterus
Acute hepatic failure
Asterixis
Cholestatic liver injury
Coma hepatic
Cryptogenic cirrhosis
Drug-induced liver injury
Hepatic cirrhosis
Hepatic encephalopathy
Hepatic failure
Hepatic infiltration eosinophilic
Hepatic necrosis
Hepatic steatosis
Hepatitis fulminant
Hepatobiliary disease
Hepatocellular foamy cell syndrome
Hepatocellular injury
Hepatotoxicity
REDACTED 
TE
ED
COPY 
CO
This documen
H
ent 
Hep
He
en
m
cannot
tis fu
is fu
epato
pato
nn
be 
l
be used 
osis
sis
d to support 
nophilic
ophil
rt
up
any marketing 
et
m
authorization 
n
riz
au
application 
on
lic
and 
d any 
a
extensions 
sio
ex
or 
or variations 
io
ia
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 81 of 93
MedDRA Preferred Term for PDILI
Liver disorder
Liver injury
Mixed liver injury
Non-alcoholic steatohepatitis
Subacute hepatic failure
Allergic hepatitis
Chronic hepatitis
Hepatitis
Hepatitis acute
Hepatitis cholestatic
Hepatitis chronic active
Hepatitis chronic persistent
Hepatitis fulminant
Hepatitis toxic
Non-alcoholic steatohepatitis
Blood bilirubin abnormal
Blood bilirubin increased
Hyperbilirubinaemia
REDACTED 
TE
ED
COPY 
CO
This document cannot be 
be used
naem
naem
d 
d to
rease
eas
support 
rt
ed
up
any marketing 
et
m
authorization 
n
riz
au
application 
on
lic
and 
d any 
a
extensions 
sio
ex
or 
or variations 
io
ia
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 82 of 93
13.2 
Amendment 2 
The primary purpose of this amendment is to include additional analyses to address the impact of 
the global pandemic of COVID-19. Due to the global pandemic of COVID-19, standard data
cleaning and reconciliation processes have changed for some sites. In particular, monitors may 
be unable to perform their standard on-site visits with 100% source data verification of all eCRF 
pages. For video-EEG data, remote monitoring will instead be performed in which edit checks 
will be utilized to confirm correct data entry. Additional sensitivity analyses to address the 
COVID-19 impacts on efficacy results have been added, including repeating analyses of the 
primary and secondary efficacy variables which exclude subjects whose data cleaning and 
reconciliation was performed using these new processes. Further, the scoring details of the 
PedsQL for subjects ≤24 months of age was updated to make it consistent with other SAPs and 
protocols in the LCM pediatric program. Other editorial and clarification updates have also been 
made.
Change #1
SAP/Amendment Number and Date
Final SAP
07 Oct 2017
Amendment #1  05 Feb 2019
Was changed to:
Final SAP
07 Oct 2017
Amendment #1  05 Feb 2019
Amendment #2  07 May 2020
Change #2
List of Abbreviations
Added abbreviations for FAS-SDV and MI.
Change #3
3.2.16 Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL)
The PedsQL assessment is retrospective to the prior one month, and individual items are scored 
using a 5-point Likert scale (0 to 4 representing responses of: never, almost never, sometimes, 
often, or almost always). These scores of 0 to 4 will be transformed by the function: 100 –
(response x 25) in order to generate scores of 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100 where a higher value 
represents a better health-related quality of life (HRQoL).
Each scale score is then calculated as the mean of the non-missing categorized items if 50% or 
more of the items are non-missing.
The above algorithm will also be used to calculate an overall total scale score (all scales) for 
each subject.
Was changed to:
REDACTED COPY 
This document
Each
ach
mo
mo
cannot
se x 
e x 
esents 
sents
h s
h
be
mos
mos
2
used
essm
ssm
nt Lik
t Lik
t
to 
me
me
support 
ality o
lity o
any 
SDV
SDV
marketing authorization application and any extensions
of th
of th
her SA
er SA
tes hav
hav
or 
nd 
nd 
h
variations 
he e
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 83 of 93
The PedsQL is a validated instrument that consist of generic core scales suitable for use of 
pediatric population, including those with acute or chronic health conditions. The PedsQL 
Measurement Model consists of developmentally appropriate forms of pediatric subjects 
≥1 month to ≤12 months, ≥13 month to ≤24 months, and >2 years to ≤4 years of age. For each 
subject, the same version of the PedsQL used at Visit 3 (Baseline) should be maintained for the 
duration of the study.
For versions intended for subjects ≤24 months of age, PedsQL infant scale scores will be 
calculated for each of the following 5 PedsQL scales:
x Physical Functioning
x Physical Symptoms
x Emotional Functioning
x Social Functioning
x Cognitive Functioning
For versions intended for subjects >2 years of age, PedsQL generic core scale scores will be 
calculated for each of the following 4 PedsQL scales:
x Physical Functioning
x Emotional Functioning
x Social Functioning
x School Functioning
The PedsQL assessment is retrospective to the prior one month, and individual items are scored 
using a 5-point Likert scale (0 to 4 representing responses of: never, almost never, sometimes, 
often, or almost always). These scores of 0 to 4 will be transformed by the function: 100 –
(response x 25) in order to generate scores of 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100 where a higher value 
represents a better health-related quality of life (HRQoL).
Each scale score is then calculated as the mean of the non-missing categorized items if 50% or 
more of the items are non-missing.
The above algorithm will also be used to calculate an overall total scale score (all scales), the
psychosocial health summary score (a combination of the emotional, social, and cognitive 
functioning questions), and the physical health summary score (a combination of the physical 
functioning and physical symptoms questions) for each subject ≤24 months of age, and an 
overall total scale score (all scales), the psychosocial health summary score (a combination of the 
emotional, social and school functioning questions), and the physical health summary score (the 
physical functioning questions) for each subject >2 years age.
Change #4
Section 3.4 Protocol deviations
The following text has been added in this section:
In addition, protocol deviations related to the impact of the global pandemic of novel coronavirus 
(COVID-19) will be identified, reviewed, and agreed upon prior to unblinding of the database.
REDACTED 
ctive t
ctive 
COPY 
This document
phys
phys
C
cannot 
ing
ng
ll total
l tota
otiona
tiona
i
be 
qu
qu
g an
g an
used 
thm
hm
health 
ealth 
uest
uest
o
m w
m w
support 
calcula
alcu
non
on-m
i
any 
ratat
ted qu
ed qu
marketing
to the
to th
present
presen
ores of 
res o
te sc
te s
authorization application
ric co
ric co
and any extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 84 of 93
Change #5
Section 3.5 Analysis Sets
Addition of new analysis set FAS-SDV (Section 3.5.3), which will include all subjects in the 
FAS population who have both their End-of-Baseline Period and End-of-Maintenance Period 
video-EEG eCRF pages source data verified using on-site monitoring processes.
Subsequent sections were consequently renumbered.
Change #6
Addition of a new Section 3.8 (which renumbered subsequent sections) titled “Age strata pooling 
strategy”.
Change #7
Section 4.6 Use of an efficacy subset of subjects
The FAS, defined in Section 3.5.2, is the primary analysis set for the efficacy analyses.
The PPS is the secondary analysis set for the efficacy analyses. No additional efficacy subsets 
are defined for this study.
Was changed to:
The FAS, defined in Section 3.5.2, is the primary analysis set for the efficacy analyses.
The primary and secondary efficacy analysis will be repeated on the FAS-SDV, defined in 
Section 3.5.3.
The primary analyses will be repeated on the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study for the FAS 
and FAS-SDV. The first 244 subjects enrolled in the study will be determined using the date of 
informed consent. In case of ties, date of randomization will be used.
The PPS is the secondary analysis set for the efficacy analyses.
Change #8
In Section 5.1 Subject disposition, the additional analysis set FAS-SDV is included.
Change #9
Section 5.2 Protocol deviations
The following text has been added in this section:
An additional listing of protocol deviations related to the impact of the global pandemic of novel 
coronavirus (COVID-19) will be provided.
Change #10
Section 6.1 Demographics
The following additional demographic variables have been added in this section:
REDACTED
will 
will
d on 
d on tht
ts en
ts en
COPY 
y analy
y anal
This document
Chan
han
Se
Se
cannot
tion
ion
naviru
aviru
ang
ng
be 
ng
nal
nal
sed
oco
co
g tex
tex
to 
ol d
ol
support 
spositi
posi
any marketing
nrolled
rolle
e of ran
e of ra
s set fo
set f
authorization
ysis 
ysis 
be rep
be rep
e firs
firs
d
application
o ad
ad
s se
se
and
effic
fic
addi
ddi
any 
cacy
cac
extensions
rata
ata
or 
a po
a p
variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 85 of 93
x Region (North America, Latin America, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, 
Asia/Pacific/Other)
x Country (Argentina, Brazil, China, Croatia, Czech Republic, France, Georgia, Greece, 
Hungary, Israel, Italy, Lithuania, Mexico, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Republic of 
Moldova, Republic of Korea/South Korea, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Taiwan, Thailand, 
Ukraine, US)
x Center Pool (as determined at the final DEM prior to unblinding the study)
Change #11
Section 7 Measurements of Treatment Compliance
The total weight of oral solution (mg) will be calculated as:
(Sum of actual weight of used oral solution [g] / 1.1g/mL) x 10mg/mL
Note that the estimated weight of 1mL of oral solution is 1.1g, and the concentration is 
10mg/mL.
Where:
Actual weight of oral solution (g) = Total weight of bottles (including adaptors and caps) at 
Dispensation – Total weight of bottles (including adaptors and caps) at Return
The expected weight of oral solution (mg) will be calculated as:
Sum of daily oral solution (mg) for each day in the corresponding time period
Where:
Daily oral solution (mg) = (Morning dose [mg/kg] + Evening dose [mg/kg]) x Baseline weight 
(kg) 
Baseline weight is the most recent IVRS weight reported before a subject is dosed.
Compliance during a time period will be calculated using data from the respective time period 
only as follows:
100 x (Total weight of used oral solution [mg]) / (expected weight of used oral solution [mg])
A subject’s dosing compliance should be within 75 to 125% during each period. Compliance to 
study medication dosing will be calculated for the Titration Period, Maintenance Period, and the 
Treatment Period (Titration + Maintenance Periods).
Compliance will be summarized separately for the Titration Period, Maintenance Period, and 
Treatment Period for the SS. It will be presented using descriptive statistics and additionally 
using the categorization <75%, ≥75% to ≤125%, and >125%.
Was changed to:
The total weight of oral solution (mg) will be calculated as:
(Sum of actual weight of used oral solution [g] / 1.1g/mL) x 10mg/mL
Note that the estimated weight of 1mL of oral solution is 1.1g, and the concentration is 
10mg/mL.
REDACTED 
l be 
be
ay in t
ay in t
g do
g do
COPY 
ottl
ot
adapto
dapto
e ca
e ca
This document
using
sing
W
cannot
iance
ance
atmen
men
ng t
g t
be
Peri
Peri
used
ng c
g c
ion do
on do
iod
iod
to 
com
com
support 
ere
f used
f used
any 
iod w
iod w
marketing 
ose [mg
se [m
t IVR
IVR
authorization 
alculat
lcula
the co
he co
application 
(inclu
(inclu
rs and
s and
and
 con
co
any 
once
nc
extensions or variations thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 86 of 93
Where:
Actual weight of oral solution (g) = Total weight of bottles (including adaptors and caps) at 
Dispensation – Total weight of bottles (including adaptors and caps) at Return
The expected weight of oral solution (mg) will be calculated as:
Sum of daily oral solution (mg) for each day in the corresponding time period
Where:
Daily oral solution (mg) = (Morning dose [mg/kg] + Evening dose [mg/kg]) x Baseline weight 
(kg) 
Baseline weight is the most recent IVRS weight reported before a subject is dosed.
Compliance during a time period will be calculated using data from the respective time period 
only as follows:
100 x (Total weight of used oral solution [mg]) / (expected weight of used oral solution [mg])
A subject’s dosing compliance should be within 75 to 125% during each period. Compliance to 
study medication dosing will be calculated for the overall Treatment Period (Titration + 
Maintenance Periods).
Compliance will be summarized separately for the overall Treatment Period for the SS. It will be 
presented using descriptive statistics and additionally using the categorization <75%, ≥75% to 
≤125%, and >125%.
Change #12
Section 8.1.2.2 Primary analysis of the primary efficacy variable for the EU
The following text was added:
Subjects with 0 seizures at Baseline will be missing their Percent Change from Baseline. 
Subjects with 0 seizures at Baseline will be considered non-responders.
Change #13
Section 8.1.3.1 Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variable for the US
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on 
this primary endpoint. All sensitivity analyses require at least 48 hours of interpretable 
recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance 
Period video-EEG, unless otherwise noted. Sensitivity analyses are as follows:
x Repeat the primary analysis using the PPS.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using the Baseline 
observation-carried-forward approach. This will be applied for all subjects who 
discontinued early from the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced by the overall mean 
REDACTED 
f the p
f the p
COPY 
overa
overa
nally 
nally
This document 
x
cannot
gs d
gs d
d vide
vide
x
be
y en
y en
dur
du
used
dditi
dit
ess th
ss th
ndp
ndp
to 
tion
tion
support 
vity an
ity an
any
eline
elin
marketing
prim
rim
ne wil
ne wi
e w
authorization
al
y using
usin
ima
ma
application
ng ea
g e
tment P
ment
l Trea
 Tre
and
used
sed
each
ach
any 
d or
d o
extensions 
d.
ctive t
tive 
or 
weie
variations 
eight
igh
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 87 of 93
ADF of partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG from the 
subject’s respective treatment group. This will be applied for all subjects who 
discontinued early from the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple 
imputation by treatment group including age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6
months to <1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) and 
other appropriate variables (details in Section 8.1.3.3) using Monotone regression. This 
will be applied for all subjects who discontinued early from the study.
Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG (rather than at least 48 hours).
Was changed to:
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of modified standard data cleaning and reconciliation processes, 
early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on this primary endpoint. All 
sensitivity analyses require at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the 
End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, unless 
otherwise noted. Sensitivity analyses are as follows:
x Repeat the primary analysis for the PPS.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS-SDV.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study using the FAS.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study using the 
FAS-SDV.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using the Baseline 
observation-carried-forward approach. This will be applied for all subjects who 
discontinued early from the study. 
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced by the overall mean 
ADF of partial-onset seizures from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG from the 
subject’s respective treatment group. This will be applied for all subjects who 
discontinued early from the study.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple 
imputation by treatment group including age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6
months to <1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) and 
other appropriate variables (details in Section 8.1.3.3) using Monotone regression. This 
will be applied for all subjects who discontinued early from the study.
REDACTED 
PS.
PS.
he FA
he FA
for
for thth
COPY
Main
Main
ws:
ws:
This document 
x
canno
subj
ubj
disc
disc
be
DF of
DF of
ec
ec
used
he pr
pr
he En
e En
f p
f p
to 
prim
prim
support
ainte
inte
ed-for
fo
early f
arly 
any
alysis
alysi
tena
ten
marketing
he fir
e fir
or
or the f
the
f
authorization 
AS-SD
SD
irst
rst
application
d rec
re
s on th
 on th
record
recor
tenanc
nanc
and
y vari
vari
eco
eco
any 
b
extensions 
urs of 
urs of 
the
he
or variations 
and 
and 
This
This
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 88 of 93
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of 
interpretable recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG (rather than at least 48 hours).
Change #14
Section 8.1.3.2 Sensitivity analyses of the primary efficacy variable for the EU
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on 
this primary endpoint. All sensitivity analyses require at least 48 hours of interpretable 
recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance 
Period video-EEG, unless otherwise noted. Sensitivity analyses are as follows:
x Repeat the primary analysis using the PPS.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except subjects who discontinued from the 
study prior to performance of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG with reasons
related to lack of efficacy will still be considered non-responders, and subjects who 
discontinued from the study early for any other reason will be considered responders
instead of missing.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except all subjects who discontinued from the
study early will be considered non-responders.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple 
imputation by treatment group, including age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 
months to <1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) and 
other appropriate variables (details provided in Section 8.1.3.3) using Monotone 
regression. This will be applied for all subjects who discontinued from the study early, 
and the imputed End-of-Maintenance Period ADF of partial-onset seizures will be used to 
determine whether a subject is a responder.
x Repeat the primary analysis using the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of
interpretable recordings during both the end of Baseline Period video-EEG and the end of
Maintenance Period video-EEG (rather than 48 hours). Noting that subjects who 
withdraw or drop out before the first 24 hours of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG with reasons related to lack of efficacy will be considered non-responders and will 
be included in the analysis; all other subjects will be missing and will not be included in 
this analysis.
Was changed to: 
The following additional sensitivity analyses on this primary efficacy variable will be conducted 
in order to assess the effect of modified standard data cleaning and reconciliation processes, 
early discontinuations, protocol deviations, and operational bias on this primary endpoint. All 
sensitivity analyses require at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both the End-of-
Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, unless otherwise 
noted. Sensitivity analyses are as follows:
x Repeat the primary analysis for the PPS.
REDACTED
e FAS
e FAS
od vid
od vid
inclu
inclu
 year 
 year 
t
COPY
excep
exce
nders.
nders.
This document
The 
The 
inin
cannot
this 
his 
as cha
s cha
be
inclu
inclu
an
an
used
w or 
or 
with re
with r
d
to 
e P
dr
dr
support
ry anal
y ana
ecordin
cordi
Perio
eri
any
ubject
ubjec
marketing 
r to <
o <
tails pr
ails pr
lied for
ied fo
Mainte
aint
authorization 
S, exce
, exce
deo
eo-E
uding a
ding a
<2
<2
application
ill be 
ill be
t all su
 all s
and 
vide
d
ders,
ders,
any
iscon
sco
eo
eo-E
extensions
enan
nan
or 
nc
variations 
ted 
ted 
bias o
ias o
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 89 of 93
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS-SDV.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study using the FAS.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study using the 
FAS-SDV.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except subjects who discontinued from the 
study prior to performance of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG with reasons
related to lack of efficacy will still be considered non-responders, and subjects who 
discontinued from the study early for any other reason will be considered responders
instead of missing.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except all subjects who discontinued from the
study early will be considered non-responders.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS, except missing ADF of partial-onset seizures
from the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be replaced using multiple 
imputation by treatment group, including age group (≥1 month to <6 months of age, ≥6 
months to <1 year of age, ≥1 year to <2 years of age, and ≥2 years to <4 years of age) and 
other appropriate variables (details provided in Section 8.1.3.3) using Monotone 
regression. This will be applied for all subjects who discontinued from the study early,
and the imputed End-of-Maintenance Period ADF of partial-onset seizures will be used to 
determine whether a subject is a responder.
x Repeat the primary analysis for the FAS for all subjects who have at least 24 hours of
interpretable recordings during both the end of Baseline Period video-EEG and the end of
Maintenance Period video-EEG (rather than 48 hours). Noting that subjects who 
withdraw or drop out before the first 24 hours of the End-of-Maintenance Period video-
EEG with reasons related to lack of efficacy will be considered non-responders and will 
be included in the analysis; all other subjects will be missing and will not be included in 
this analysis.
Change #15
Section 8.2 Statistical analysis of the secondary efficacy variables:
The analyses of the secondary efficacy variables are based on the percent and absolute change in 
ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from baseline (defined in Sections 3.2.10 and
3.2.15).
Was changed to: 
The analyses of the secondary efficacy variables are based on the percent and absolute change in 
ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures from baseline (defined in Sections 3.2.10 and
3.2.15) and will be analyzed for the FAS unless otherwise noted; in addition, they will be 
analyzed for the FAS-SDV for sensitivity purposes.
Change #16
Section 8.2.1 Percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures
REDACTED 
de
FAS f
FAS f
both
both thth
G (ra
(ra
the 
the 
COPY
ts w
s w
d AD
d A
er.r.
This document
ADF
ADF
3.2.
3.2
canno
ang
ng
analy
analy
F o
F o
be 
ged
ged
used
he
graph
graph
to
e sec
sec
support 
l analy
anal
any marketing
ath
first 2
first 2
lack of
ack o
s; all ot
 all o
authorization 
DF
for al
for al
he end
e end
her t
her t
application
d ≥2 y
d ≥2 y
n 8.1.3
8.1.
o disco
disc
F of
of p
and
ced 
ed 
nth to
th to
any
partia
arti
usi
us
extensions 
inued 
nued 
o
ders
der
variations 
s
rs
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 90 of 93
A summary of the ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (defined in Section 3.2.10) from 
the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be 
presented by treatment group and by age group.
A summary of the percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
(defined in Sections 3.2.11 and 3.2.12) will be presented by treatment group.
Was changed to:
A summary of the ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures (defined in Section 3.2.10) from 
the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG will be 
presented by treatment group for the FAS and the PPS and by age group for the FAS.
The summary of the ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures will also be presented by 
treatment group on all subjects who have at least 48 hours of interpretable recordings during both 
the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG for the 
FAS, the FAS-SDV, the PPS, and for the first 244 subjects enrolled in the study for the FAS and 
for the FAS-SDV.
A summary of the percent and absolute change in ADF of electrographic partial-onset seizures 
from the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG to the End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG 
(defined in Sections 3.2.11 and 3.2.12) will be presented by treatment group for the FAS.
The summary (absolute, percent and absolute change) of the ADF of electrographic partial-onset 
seizures will also be presented on all subjects who have at least 48 hours of interpretable 
recordings during both the End-of-Baseline Period video-EEG and the End-of-Maintenance 
Period video-EEG.
Change #17
Section 8.2.5 Proportion of subjects who achieved seizure-free status
For subjects who completed at least 48 hours of interpretable video-EEG recording during the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, the number and percentage of subjects who achieved 
“seizure-free” status from all seizure types, and from partial-onset seizure types only (defined in 
Section 3.2.15) will be tabulated and presented by treatment group for both the FAS and the PPS.
Was changed to:
For subjects who completed at least 48 hours of interpretable video-EEG recording during the 
End-of-Maintenance Period video-EEG, the number and percentage of subjects who achieved 
“seizure-free” status from all seizure types, and from partial-onset seizure types only (defined in 
Section 3.2.15) will be tabulated and presented by treatment group for the FAS, the FAS-SDV 
and the PPS.
Change #18
Section 8.3.3.1 Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) Ages 1-12 Months
The PedsQL is a validated instrument that consists of generic core scales suitable for use with 
pediatric populations, including those with acute or chronic health conditions. The PedsQL will 
be administered only in countries where a translated version is available and will be completed at 
Visit 3, Visit 6, and at ETV in case of early termination. The version of the PedsQL used at
REDACTED 
cha
cha
ts who
ts who
ne Pe
e Pe
COPY 
d
ented 
ented
ange
ang
This document 
d
Cha
Ch
cannot 
fre
fre
on 3.2
3.2
the 
the 
be
inte
nte
ee
ee”
used 
who co
ho co
ena
ena
to support
v
m all se
all s
e tabula
tabu
any
least
leas
ideo
ideo
marketing 
cts wh
ts w
st 4
st
authorization 
e) of t
) of 
o have
 hav
riod v
riod v
application 
ctrograp
trogra
Mainte
Maint
by tre
by tre
and
n the
n the
any 
ec
od vi
od v
e st
extensions 
G w
G w
AS.
S.
presen
presen
cord
cord
or 
0)
wil
wi
variations 
) fro
fro
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 91 of 93
Visit 3 should be consistent with the subject’s age at Visit 3 and should be maintained for each 
subject for the duration of the study. Section 3.2.16 details how the scores for the core domains 
are calculated.
The PedsQL completed at Visit 3 will be considered Baseline as it is expected that this will be 
completed prior to the first dose of study medication.
Was changed to:
The multidimensional PedsQL 1-12 months generic core scales encompass the following core 
domains for pediatric HRQoL measurement: Physical Functioning, Physical Symptoms, 
Emotional Functioning, Social Functioning, and Cognitive Functioning.
Calculated values and changes from Baseline for the total scale score (all scales), the 
psychosocial health summary score, the physical health summary score and each of the 5 scale 
scores will be summarized for each visit, as appropriate, by treatment group. A change from 
Baseline will only be calculated if the same version of the PedsQL was completed at Baseline 
and at the corresponding post-Baseline visit.
All PedsQL 1-12 months data will be listed.
Change #19
Section 8.3.3.2 Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) Ages 13-24 Months
The multidimensional PedsQL 13-24 months generic core scales encompass the following core 
domains for pediatric HRQoL measurement: Physical Functioning, Physical Symptoms, 
Emotional Functioning, Social Functioning, and Cognitive Functioning.
Calculated values and changes from Baseline for the total scale score and each of the 5 scale 
scores will be summarized for each visit, as appropriate, by treatment group. A change from 
Baseline will only be calculated if the same version of the PedsQL was completed at Baseline 
and at the corresponding post-Baseline visit.
All PedsQL 13-24 months data will be listed.
Was changed to:
The multidimensional PedsQL 13-24 months generic core scales encompass the following core 
domains for pediatric HRQoL measurement: Physical Functioning, Physical Symptoms, 
Emotional Functioning, Social Functioning, and Cognitive Functioning.
Calculated values and changes from Baseline for the total scale score (all scales), the 
psychosocial health summary score, the physical health summary score and each of the 5 scale 
scores will be summarized for each visit, as appropriate, by treatment group. A change from 
Baseline will only be calculated if the same version of the PedsQL was completed at Baseline 
and at the corresponding post-Baseline visit.
All PedsQL 13-24 months data will be listed.
Change #20
Section 8.3.3.3 Pediatric Quality of Life Inventory (PedsQL) Ages 2-4 Years
REDACTED
en
: Phys
: Phy
ng, an
ng, an
Baseli
Baseli
visit
visit
COPY
ry (Pe
ry (P
neric
neric
This document
and a
and a
A
cannot
ocicia
s will 
will 
eline
eline
be
valu
alu
al h
al
used
ctioni
ioni
lues
ue
to
ric H
ric H
support 
l PedsQ
PedsQ
HR
HR
any
a will
wil
marketing
in
t, as ap
t, as a
e same
e sam
eline v
line 
authorization 
c core 
core
sical F
ical F
nd d Cog
Cog
ne for
e fo
application 
dsQL
dsQL
and any 
. 
omple
ompl
extensions 
, the
the
ach of 
ch of 
A c
A c
or variations 
ore
ore
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 92 of 93
The multidimensional PedsQL 2-4 years generic core scales encompass the following core 
domains for pediatric HRQoL measurement: Physical Functioning, Emotional Functioning, 
Social Functioning, and School Functioning.
Calculated values and changes from Baseline for the total scale score and each of the 4 scale 
scores will be summarized for each visit, as appropriate, by treatment group. In addition, for this 
age group, a psychosocial health score (a combination of emotional, social and school 
functioning questions) will be calculated for each subject and summarized for each visit and Last 
Visit by treatment group. A change from Baseline will only be calculated if the same version of 
the PedsQL was completed at Baseline and at the corresponding post-Baseline visit.
All PedsQL 2-4 years data will be listed.
Was changed to:
The multidimensional PedsQL 2-4 years generic core scales encompass the following core 
domains for pediatric HRQoL measurement: Physical Functioning, Emotional Functioning, 
Social Functioning, and School Functioning.
Calculated values and changes from Baseline for the total scale score (all scales), the 
psychosocial health summary score, the physical health summary score and each of the 4 scale 
scores will be summarized for each visit, as appropriate, by treatment group. A change from 
Baseline will only be calculated if the same version of the PedsQL was completed at Baseline 
and at the corresponding post-Baseline visit.
All PedsQL 2-4 years data will be listed.
Change #21
Section 9.1 Descriptive statistics for LCM plasma concentration
The paragraph 3 was updated as:
Summary tables of LCM plasma concentrations will be presented by treatment group, visit
including the Last Visit and time point for the PK-PPS. Summaries will also be performed by 
LCM maintenance dose level and repeated by LCM maintenance dose level and age group.
Change #22
Section 10.2 Adverse events
The following text was added:
Additional subject data listings will be presented for PDILI-related TEAEs, deaths, and coronavirus-
related AEs.
Change #23
Section 12.3 List of AEs for Potentially Drug Induced Liver Injury (PDILI)
MedDRA Preferred Terms “Alanine aminotransferase increased” and “Aspartate 
aminotransferase increased” have been added, duplicates have been removed, and Preferred 
Terms have been arranged in alphabetical order.
REDACTED 
or LC
or LC
COPY 
te,e
n of th
n of th
This document 
Sect
Sect
cannot 
AEs.
Es.
ange
ange
be
subje
subje
used 
text w
text w
to
rse 
rse 
support
vel a
el a
ev
any
me po
me p
and
an
marketing 
CM p
M p
conce
onc
authorization 
pl
p
application 
core
ore
ary sco
ary sc
y treatm
treatm
e Peds
Ped
and 
(
any 
fo
tional
iona
extensions 
follo
ollo
or variations 
Last 
Last 
on of 
n of 
thereof. 


UCB
07 May 2020
Statistical Analysis Plan
Lacosamide
SP0967
Confidential
Page 93 of 93
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN SIGNATURE PAGE 
This document has been reviewed and approved per the Review and Approval of Clinical 
Documents Standard Operating Procedures. Signatures indicate that the final version of the SAP 
or amended SAP is released for execution.
REDACTED COPY 
This document cannot be used to support any marketing authorization application and any extensions or variations thereof. 


Approval Signatures
Name:
sp0967-sap-amend-2
Version:
2. 0
Document Number:
CLIN-000144485
Title:
SP0967 Statistical Analysis Plan Amendment 2
Approved Date:
07 May 2020
Document Approvals
Approval
Verdict: Approved
Name: 
Capacity: Clinical
Date of Signature: 07-May-2020 15:17:07 GMT+0000
Approval
Verdict: Approved
Name: 
Capacity: Clinical
Date of Signature: 07-May-2020 15:23:32 GMT+0000
DACTED 
REDA
DA
OPY
App
App
CO
CO
This document cannot be used to support any ma
marketing 
ma
n
p
uthorization 
n
ori
Nam
Ca
aut
ut
application 
p
roval
ova
a
and any extensions or variations thereof.